Bill's Travel Adventures (Chapters 1-21)

Chapter 1.  TANZANIA (Kilimanjaro and Safari)

(March 7th - March 21st, 2006)

Why Tanzania for my "first ever" trip outside the United States ??? One of my favorite questions to ask fellow travelers is for them to guess which country was first in the 125+ countries that I have visited. No one has ever guessed Tanzania. When I decided to travel I enlisted GOOGLE to help with my decision regarding where to visit. I searched "Where to travel at 50 years old" and it was almost unanimous that climbing Kilimanjaro in Tanazania was the #1 place to go. I assume climbing Kilimanjaro must be related to a midlife crisis for 50+ year old mature travelers. Further research revealed that most of the advertised 6 day Kilimanjaro treks were $3500 and up. Definitely not in my budget. My continued persistence paid off as I finally found a local tour company in Tanzania  that charged only $1200. I would find out later that the majority of companies advertising Kilimanjaro would subcontract out to this same local company. After finding a relatively inexpensive ($1200) flight which involved approximately 24 hours of flight time, I then began my hiking preparation. Finding the necessary clothing and a backpack that would fit my needs was outlined by the tour company.  My biggest difficulty would be training for the Kilimanjaro summit which is 5895 meters or 19,340 feet. I was currently living in Natchez, Mississippi which has NO mountains to practice on and whose elevation is 217 feet. My only option was to hike up and down Roth hill on the Mississippi River which I did for several hours each day. Not ideal but good for getting the legs in shape and the cardio, while not at a significant altitude, would be beneficial.

As the day to fly to Tanzania approached I started experiencing a multitude of emotions. Anxiety and fear of stepping outside my comfort zone were a constant companion but the excitement of new beginnings and challenges helped me overcome those. This would become a recurring theme EVERY TRIP over the next 16 years.

" A life half-lived in fear is a life half-lived. "

                                                               Spanish proverb 


KILIMANJARO, TANZANIA

March 7th and 8th,  2006.  (Houston to Amsterdam to Kilimanjaro)

I left Houston, Texas on March 7th flying to Amsterdam.  My connecting flight in Amsterdam was delayed 2 hours and I arrived at Kilimanjaro Airport at 10 pm. I went to baggage claims and realized that my large climbing bag was not there, it was still in Amsterdam. They said it would be brought to my hotel tomorrow. Good thing I came one day early. Unfortunately there was another problem. I had failed to notify my hotel transportation of the complication and they had left. Now its about 11:30 pm and there are very few people and no marked taxis at the airport and I am 30 miles from the hotel in Moshi. Not a great way to start my 1st overseas trip. 2 men agreed to take me for $50 in this unmarked car. Reluctantly,  but with no other forseeable options, I agreed. While riding down this dark highway with 2 strange men,  I noticed the fuel gauge was almost on empty. I mentioned it and they did not respond. My heart rate increased and I began to have thoughts of being robbed or killed. No one knew where I was. Then all of a sudden we pulled off the road and stopped. My mind was racing. Then the driver honked the car horn and the lights of a gas station came on and we got gas for the remainder of the journey. I got to the hotel at 12:30 am. With 24 hours of traveling and an unusual "taxi" ride, I had never been so happy to climb into my bed. 

Moshi, Tanzania 

March 8th - 10th, 2006

The hotel was beautiful but no air conditioning and the electricity cuts off at 6 am, so no fan after that. After a few hours of sleep and breakfast I was reinvigorated. At lunch I met the other climbers in our group. There were people from Germany, Australia, New Zealand, the Netherlands, England and every other country imaginable. I also talked with a group who had just been on Kilimanjaro. Some made it, some did not. I was told about 30% make it to the summit. Some companies boast a 90% success rate but the guides say that never happens. You just don't know how altitude will affect you. Being in good shape is only one part of the equation. I was fortunate I decided to arrive 1 day early which gave me an opportunity to recover from the long flight and time for my lost bag to be delivered to the hotel.

MACHAME GATE (1800 Meters) to MACHAME HUT (3100 Meters)

Friday March 10, 2006

We drove to the Machame Gate {1800 meters} at 11 am. We hiked 1300 meters (4265 feet) and arrived at camp about 4:30 pm. Our porters carrying the camp supplies arrived before us and set up the tents. We started out in the jungle and by the time we summit, we will have climbed through 5 major ecosystems. (Cultivation Zone, Forest Zone, Heather - Moorland Zone. Alpine Desert zone and Arctic Summit climate zones)

"Mountain climbing is extended periods of intense boredom, interrupted by occasional moments of sheer terror."
                                                                  Anonymous

(though technically Kilimanjaro is a difficult hike, not climbing)


MACHAME HUT (3100 Meters) to SHIRA (3840 Meters)

Saturday March 11, 2006

The climb was steep and very hard today. We got to camp at 4:30 pm. There were at least 20 spots on the trail where one false step and you would fall 500 feet. You finally get used to the height. The food is not the best. There always seems to be some mystery meat, lots of rice and some kind of soup which is tasteless, but the scenery is incredible. We have been walking for 2 days and still have not seen the top of  Kilimanjaro. By the time we summit we will have walked over 30 miles.

SHIRA (3840 Meters) to BARRANCO CAMP  (3950 Meters)

Sunday March 12, 2006

Today we climb from 3800 meters to the Lava Tower at 4500 meters and then back down to 3950 meters. Climb high, sleep low is the best way to acclimate. I did not sleep at all last night.

BARRANCO CAMP (3950 Meters) to top of  BARRANCO WALL (4200 Meters)

Monday March 13, 2006

Still not eating or sleeping. Today we climb Barranco Wall, almost 1200 feet straight up. At one spot, the "kissing point", the ledge is only 8 inches wide and if you are not "kissing" the wall you might fall off. Camp will be at 4200 meters. A large group who paid more than $6000 each are at the camp. They brought banquet tables, a doctor and oxygen. I paid $1200 for my Kilimanjaro experience but no luxury amenities.

"Its not your aptitude, but your attitude that determines your altitude."
                                                                                        Thomas Alexander

BARRANCO WALL (4200 Meters) to BARAFU (4650 Meters)

Tuesday March 14, 2006

Slept great for the first night and ate well. Hopefully I have finally acclimated. Not sleeping and not eating are signs of altitude sickness. If you don't eat, the guides make you go back  down. Today the climb was only 700 feet in altitude to get to Barafu Camp. We are at 4650 meters (15, 255 feet).  It is so cold outside but inside the tent is like an oven with the sun beating down at 3 pm. Tomorrow we climb 4000 feet to summit Kili.

SUMMIT OF KILIMANJARO (5895 METERS OR 19, 340 FEET) ROOF OF AFRICA

March 15-17th, 2006

I left the camp with the guide,Charlie, about midnight. There was a hail storm last night from about 10 pm until 11, thankfully it quit about 11:30. The wind was blowing about 20 to 30 mph but Charlie said that was typical. We started at 4600 meters and have to make it to Uhuru Point which is 5895 meters. We have 4000 feet to climb almost straight up in the freezing cold at night with 30 mph winds. About half the way up we ran into two young guys who said the altitude got to them and they did not summit, which was not the most encouraging of news. Every few steps I would want to rest but Charlie would tell me to keep putting my feet in front of me. My eyes were hurting so bad due to the cold and wind. We had headlamps on due to the darkness but Charlie told me to put on my sunglasses to keep out the wind. (Should have brought googles)  So strange to be wearing sunglasses at night but it helped. I realized that I was taking 2 breaths to every step.  (What was I thinking when I decided to climb Kilimanjaro.) Whenever I thought about quitting, I thought of Gunther, the German who was making his 3rd climb. He was 80 years old and summited one day ahead of us tying the age record. Leaving at midnight accomplishes two purposes, the ground is still frozen and easier to climb and you arrive at the summit at daylight which is incredibly beautiful. Pole Pole, which is Swahili for slowly, slowly. That is the secret for climbing Kili and something the guide says EVERY 15 MINUTES the entire trip.  After about 5 hours we arrived at Stella Point. My guide said that many people stop here and consider this their summit. You also receive a Certificate that states you made it to Stella Point. He said it was another 60-70 minutes to Uhuru Point, the actual summit. I told him that I did not climb all this way to stop before the top. I saw my climbing friends , Rob and Caleb, who left without me because they thought I would slow them down, coming down the mountain. They were unhappy because they summited too early and it was too cold to wait for sunrise. I finally made it to the summit (19, 340 feet or 5895 meters) and arrived as the sun was coming up. I was the only one there at this time. Charlie took a few pictures with my camera and my batteries quit working due to the cold. Luckily I brought a cheap camera also which worked fine for a few more pictures. There is only 50% of the oxygen that you normally breathe at that height and it was about -10 C (14 F) so your time at the top is limited. If I go back I will climb for more days and acclimate better so that I can stay on top longer. 9-10 day climbs allow you to sleep right below the crater, acclimatize and only have to climb about 1000 feet to summit. The glaciers at the top were spectacular and to be standing on the "Roof of Africa" at sunrise is an unbelievable feeling.

But now you have to get down. You have been climbing for 6 days and now you go down using muscles that you have not been using. Everyone goes up different routes but everyone goes down the same way which is very rocky and uncomfortable. Now the sun is up and the ice on the ground is melting and you are slipping and sliding all the way down back to the camp. After several hours of walking, you arrive at camp and they let you sleep for 1.5 hours. Then they pack up the camp, eat a quick lunch and you walk down for another 5 hours. We had walked up 4000 feet and down 11,000 feet in one day. We finally made it to the Mweka Hut and had a celebration beer or beers. We tipped our porters and guides who amazingly carried all of our supplies up this mountain. 

The next day we got our certifications from the Park Ranger stating we had actually summited and went back to the hotel. Tomorrow I go on Safari.

"It is not the mountain we conquer, but ourselves."
Sir Edmund Hillary

"Some people travel to look, while others come to see." 
                                    Tenzig Norgay to Sir Edmund Hillary 

March 17, 2006

Time for much needed rest at the hotel . There was a long wait to get a massage today as hikers were looking for relief for their aching muscles. Beer was flowing during the night but I turned in early as my safari was leaving at 8 am. During the night I heard a commotion from my 2nd floor room and thought it was just people who had overindulged. I was very shocked in the morning to see water and mud throughout the hotel grounds. Seems a flash flood destroyed one of the hotel perimeter walls. Fortunately no one was hurt at the hotel but heard there were a few fatalities in Moshi. Some on the 1st floor mentioned they woke up to water flooding their rooms. I guess when you are really tired you can sleep through most anything.


SAFARI       
    
March 18th - March 21st  (2006)

A  3 night/4 day safari to (3) National Parks was the reward to myself for making it to the summit of Kilimanjaro (5895 meters or 19,340 ft.). I had a private guide and private Landrover at a cost of about $1000. The luxury lodges were a welcome respite from the difficult tent camping conditions on Kili and no air con at the hotel in Moshi. Plus each lodge had "all u can eat" buffets. I gained back all the weight that I lost on the Kili trek plus several extra pounds.

(1)  SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK 

Serengeti National Park, in northern Tanzania, is known for its massive annual migration of wildebeest and zebra. Seeking new pasture, the herds move north from their breeding grounds in the grassy southern plains. Many cross the marshy western corridor’s crocodile-infested Grumeti River. Others veer northeast to the Lobo Hills, home to black eagles. Black rhinos inhabit the granite outcrops of the Moru Kopjes. ― Google
 
Saturday March 18-19th, 2006

Today we drove 3 hrs to the Serengeti National Park. The Serengeti in Tanzania is one of those places that you see on tv and dream of seeing one day. The wildlife is unbelievable with its great diversity. I really did not expect to see camels there. I only thought they were in the desert.

On the way to our lodge we saw 2 lions with a zebra kill  and 3 of the Big 5 {lion, water buffalo and elephant}. Only the rhino and the  leopard were missing. I also witnessed the wildebeest migration which is beyond belief. Over one million wildebeest travel year round in a large circle from the Serengeti to Ngorongoro Crater and then back to Kenya.

That afternoon, we finally found the elusive leopard. When we arrived at the site, 3 other vehicles were also there. The leopard was lying on a branch in the tree and we found out that the other vehicles had been waiting for 2 hrs for him to move. As soon as we parked, the leopard started to come down the tree and posed for us for about 20 minutes. The lodge was built up on high rocks and had a beautiful view of the Serengeti , especially at sunset. During the night I could hear lions roaring from what seemed to be right outside my window.  Another early morning  safari tomorrow before driving to Lake Manyara. 

(2)  LAKE MANYARA NATIONAL PARK 

Lake Manyara National Park is a protected area in Tanzania's Arusha and Manyara Regions, situated between Lake Manyara and the Great Rift Valley.It is administered by the Tanzania National Parks Authority, and covers an area of 325 km 2 (125 sq mi) including about 230 km 2 (89 sq mi) lake surface. More than 350 bird species have been observed on the lake.. Wikipedia

March 19-20th, 2006

Lake Manyara was not my favorite National Park but was my favorite lodge. A baboon was actually outside below my 2nd floor balcony, which leads to my story. On checking in we were told to keep our balcony doors locked. The morning after check in I went out on my balcony to see the sights, closed my balcony door and went to breakfast. Someone in the hotel starting screaming and asking who was in room 223 because a baboon was in the room. My room of course. He was removed by hotel personnel. They come into the rooms looking for food I was told and I had forgotten the "lock the balcony door" rule. We did 2 safaris here, one in the afternoon and another early in the morning before driving to the Ngorongoro Crater. We saw lots of animals but Lake Manyara is famous for its birds. My guide told me that he had to learn to distinguish all the bird species to become a certified guide.

(3) NGORONGORO CRATER

The Ngorongoro Crater in Northern Tanzania, once a gigantic volcano, is the largest intact caldera in the world. Some maintain that before it erupted, it would have been higher than Mt Kilimanjaro, the highest peak in Africa.

Today, long since having collapsed and eroded, it is an extensive highland area with the famous 600 m deep Ngorongoro Crater as its focal point. Nearly three million years old, the ancient caldera shelters one of the most beautiful wildlife havens on earth.

March 20-21st, 2006.   

The Ngorongoro Crater is the 10th most visited natural wonder in the world. It is the largest natural crater in the world with over 25,000 large animals living there year round. It is 15 kilometers in diameter with a 2000 foot crater rim all the way around. The lodges are perched on the crater rim and the Land Rovers drive down into the crater to view the wildlife each day. You can watch the animals graze in the crater from your hotel room. It's like watching people walking on the streets from the top of a skyscraper. There are a lot of lions in the crater and we observed a pride of lions stealthy staging themselves at various points trying to encircle a herd of wildebeest.  We also saw several lion cubs and finally the  last of the Big 5, the rhino. Early morning safari before the drive to Kilimanjaro Airport for my late afternoon flight. 

GOING HOME 

March 21, 2006.   
12 hr. flight from Kilimanjaro airport to Amsterdam and then a 3 hr. layover. 10 more hours to Houston and all that was left was the 6 hr. drive back to Jonesville, Louisiana. I was physically and emotionally drained by the end of this magical journey. 

Climbing Kilimanjaro gave me the confidence to try things that I never considered trying. The Serengeti and Ngorongoro Crater showed me the beauty of Africa that I had only seen on television. These 2 things together gave me a burning desire to see the rest of the world that I will always have. 

"Twenty years from now you will be more disappointed in the things that you didn't do than by the ones you did."
                                                                        Mark Twain





CHAPTER 2.   EUROPE (Inital Trip)
(September 5th - November 3rd, 2006)

OVERVIEW

Amsterdam,  Netherlands 

September 5th - 6th, 2006  (Flight to Amsterdam, Netherlands)

I flew into Amsterdam but immediately took the high speed Thalys train to Paris. I wanted to start my journey in Paris and end it in Amsterdam 2 months later.  I have my passport, credit cards, camera, a 2 month eurail pass and only the clothes that will fit in my small, carryon backpack. I will buy clothes if necessary.  I have a general plan but nothing written in stone. This is only my second time to go overseas with Kilimanjaro, Tanzania in Africa in March 2006 being the first. The train station is located directly beneath the airport so that was convenient.  Unfortunately, the train I had planned on taking was fully booked so I opted for a later Thalys high speed train for an additional  25 euros.  The entire trip was only 3 hours and I enjoyed the included meal and drinks at 150 mph.

Paris, France  (City of Lights)

Paris, France's capital, is a major European city and a global center for art, fashion, gastronomy and culture. Its 19th-century cityscape is crisscrossed by wide boulevards and the River Seine. Beyond such landmarks as the Eiffel Tower and the 12th-century, Gothic Notre-Dame cathedral, the city is known for its cafe culture and designer boutiques along the Rue du Faubourg Saint-Honoré. ― Google

September 6, 2006

I was very excited to be visiting Paris as the 1st stop on my 2 month European adventure.  All my life there were movies and books that portrayed Paris as this romantic destination that must be visited. However, being a typical American I suffered from a lack of foreign languages. Paris has always been portrayed as unkind to American tourists and I was somewhat fearful of the language barrier. Fortunately that turned out not to be a major problem. As I would learn in my travels, most people around the world speak at least some English, especially in tourist destinations. In France, they prefer you to speak English rather than "massacre " their language, as I was told.

After arriving in Paris, I checked into my room, showered and went out to explore. Then a breakfast croissant at a local bakery and my FIRST EVER subway experience. This country boy from Louisiana was very apprehensive and a little scared of the unknown but quickly figured out how to get to the Arc de Triomphe and climbed to the top. From the top the streets looked like the spokes of a wagon wheel all connected to the Arc de Triomphe. Construction began in 1806 by Napolean to celebrate his armies victories. The Arc de Triomphe is also connected to the Champs-Elysees which is one of the main streets in Paris. Then on to the Eiffel Tower which is probably the most recognized monument in the world. It was originally built as a temporary, decorative centerpiece for the 1889 Universal Exhibition but was saved from demolition and used as a radio tower because it was the tallest structure in Europe. Today, it is the very symbol of Paris.

" If one of us dies, ' the husband told his wife, ' I shall move to Paris. "
                                                                                                Sigmund Freud

After visiting the Arc de Triomphe and the Eiffel Tower, I walked down the Champs-Elysees and through the Tuileries Garden to the Louvre.  Once the largest palace in the world and now the largest museum in the world, it is the home of the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. It contains over 400,000 works of art, 35,000 of which are on permanent display. I spent several hours in the Louvre and then it was only a 15 minute walk along the Seine River to the Notre Dame Cathedral.

Notre Dame Cathedral is the 3rd largest Gothic cathedral after Rome's St. Peter's and Canterbury Cathedral and the first to use flying buttresses. It is known for its unrivaled stained-glass windows and sculptures. The beautiful stained glass windows were removed piece by piece during both world wars and put in a safe place. I paid the 7.50 euro to climb the 376 steps to the bell tower (No Quasimodo) for an amazing  view of Paris and up close view of  its famous gargoyles.  Later that evening I took the METRO back to the Eiffel Tower to see it lit up. The 1st 10 minutes every hour after 10 pm it blinks. Impressive. Lots of musicians getting on metro playing music and requesting tips.

September 7, 2006

Today I visited the Chateau De Versailles which was home of one of the most flamboyant courts and opulent palaces since the fall of the Roman Empire. It was constructed mostly by Louis XIV between 1661 to his death in 1715. Its most memorable room is the 236 foot long Hall of Mirrors. The renovations of the 800 hectare Gardens began in 1661 and lasted over 40 years. After visiting Versailles I spent the day walking along the Seine River and had a glass of wine on a "barge restaurant". Later that evening I visited the Latin Quarter and listened to some great jazz. (Felt like I was in New Orleans) 

Friday, September 8, 2006 

Last day in Paris. I strolled down the Seine River and visited Montmarte District where the Sacred Coeur Basilica is located. There are amazing views of Paris from the Basilica as it is the highest place in Paris. The Moulin Rouge is also located in Montmarte. I also visited the Picasso Museum but Monet was my favorite.  Late overnight train to Madrid to save hotel room expense. Saying that the recliner seat was uncomfortable would be an understatement.  Enjoyed Paris. Exciting beginning to this 2 month "whirlwind" adventure.

Madrid, Spain

September 9th and 10th, 2006

Madrid, Spain's central capital, is a city of elegant boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. It was beautiful and supposedly  the cleanest city in Europe.  Not as exciting as I had hoped but the fact that it rained both days and I was there on a Sunday and Monday may have been contributing factors. The Mayor Plaza, where my budget hotel was located, was especially nice and there were sidewalk cafes everywhere. It rained too much to take many pictures. After checking out Monday, I still had 10 hours until my late overnight train to Barcelona. It was still raining so I spent most of the day on the Hop-On, Hop-Off bus to see the sights and stay dry.  Hop-On, Hop-Off or HOHO tours are a convenient and hassle-free way to see all the top attractions in a city. I splurged and had dinner at the Hard Rock Cafe. 

Barcelona, Spain

September 11, 2006

Barcelona is known for its art and architecture.  There is also a great beach. When I arrived in Barcelona it was storming,  but fortunately I had packed a poncho. I found my hotel which was located near Las Ramblas, one of the most famous streets in Barcelona. It is a tree-lined pedestrian walkway that stretches 1.2 km connecting Placa de Catalunya with the Christopher Columbus Monument at the port.  Immediately I realized I had not planned enough time here. It is so beautiful and there is so much to do. Later I visited the Sagrada Familia.  Construction began on this enormous incomplete, roofless masterpiece by the eccentric genius Antonio Gaudi in 1882. He was run over by a tram in 1926 before he could complete his most controversial creation.  The construction is still ongoing. 

September 12, 2006

This morning I walked down Las Ramblas to the port. Street performers, sidewalk cafes, markets and flower and bird shops line this beautiful pedestrian street. At the very end of Las Ramblas is the iconic statue of Christopher Columbus next to the port. After watching the sailboats at the port, I continued walking to the beautiful beaches located in Barcelona. Later that evening I went to a sidewalk cafe on Las Ramblas for my 1st experience with Paella,  similar to Louisiana Jambalaya,  and ordered a small pitcher of Sangria. As soon as I ordered,  it began to storm. I ran inside to eat and drink and 5 hours later the torrential downpour stopped. It was now 12:30 am but as luck would have it, the Tapas Bars were in full swing. Spain eats and parties late.

September 13th, 2006

More rain. Used the Hop On, Hop Off bus to see the sights but not picture worthy due to weather. Overnight train to Cannes, France leaves at 4:32 pm. (So I thought)  The train left Barcelona 2 hours late due to technical difficulties.  3 hours later it broke down and we had to bus the rest of the way to Cannes. I arrived 8 hours later than anticipated. As I would learn, you can always depend on the unexpected and must learn to adapt. 

Cannes and Nice, France

September 14, 2006

Only spending a few hours in Cannes so I walked to the harbour and saw where they have the Cannes Film Festival. Then back on the train to Nice. After checking into my budget hotel, I took the Hop-On, Hop-Off bus to see the sights. It started raining so my "hopping off " was limited. Then to my room for much needed rest and KFC for dinner. (Yum)

Monte Carlo,  Monaco 

September 15, 2006

Early morning train to Monte Carlo, Monaco to spend a few hours in the home of the "Rich and Famous".   THE YACHTS go on forever. OMG.  The town looks like a perfect old Italian village on a mountain by the sea. Except new and very expensive. 

I spent a few hours walking around Monte Carlo dazzled by its beauty and opulence. The principality of Monaco, which is smaller than London's Hyde Park,  is famous for its yachts and Rolls-Royces. I took a picture of a Rolls-Royce sitting next to a Smart car in front of the Grand Casino. I guess you arrive in one and leave in the other. lol  Before catching the late train to Venice, I did visit the Grand Casino and won 75 euros. (Won 125 euro on Black Jack , Lost 50 euros on Poker Slots)   I was shocked they let this poor backpacker dressed in jeans and  carrying a backpack in the Grand Casino but it was morning and assume the "rich" people were still sleeping or lounging on their yachts. 😆 

Venice, Italy 

Venice, the capital of northern Italy’s Veneto region, is built on more than 100 small islands in a lagoon in the Adriatic Sea. It has no roads, just canals – including the Grand Canal thoroughfare – lined with Renaissance and Gothic palaces. The central square, Piazza San Marco, contains St. Mark’s Basilica, which is tiled with Byzantine mosaics, and the Campanile bell tower offering views of the city’s red roofs. ― Google

September 16, 2006

I just arrived in Venice early morning after spending the night traveling on the train in a sleeper car from Monaco. Venice was beautiful but after 4-5 hours you pretty much have seen almost everything. Guess since I was traveling alone, I did not or chose not to grasp the romantic atmosphere that Venice typically portrays.  I did  enjoy watching the gondolas navigate the narrow canals using 1 oar and today solely used for tourists at a hefty price. The gondolas are very beautiful  and the unmistakable symbol of Venice. I was supposed to stay 2 nights but only stayed one at my hotel located near St. Mark’s Square. Venice is very expensive and truly can be seen in 1 day if short on travel time. Many backpackers arrive early in morning, check their backpack at the train station, and spend the day in Venice. Then back on the train to visit another place. The streets are narrow, not straight and the street names change every 50 feet. Everyone is lost. The Piazza San Marco {St. Mark's Square} is impressive as is St. Mark's Basilica. Watch out for the pigeons.  

Unable to find Internet Cafe again. 

Munich, Germany

Munich, Bavaria’s capital, is home to centuries-old buildings and numerous museums. The city is known for its annual Oktoberfest celebration and its beer halls, including the famed Hofbräuhaus, founded in 1589. In the Altstadt (Old Town), central Marienplatz square contains landmarks such as Neo-Gothic Neues Rathaus (town hall), with a popular glockenspiel show that chimes and reenacts stories from the 16th century. ― Google

September 17, 2006

I took the train from Venice 10 hours earlier than anticipated to Munich for Oktoberfest. I had tried to stop off and visit Neuschwenstein Castle but missed the stop. My room in Munich was not ready so I got back on the train and rode to Stuttgart to sleep on the train, then turned around and slept on the way back to Munich.  I stayed at the Jaegermeister Hostel which was only a few blocks from the Olde Town Center and the Fairgrounds where Oktoberfest was located. The Glockenspiel Clock is one of the highlights of Olde Town . After World War II, most of Munich had been destroyed. The people were given the choice of rebuilding as it was or rebuilding in a newer style. They chose as it was before.

Munich to Neuschwanstein Castle (day trip)

September 18, 2006

Today I visited Neuschwanstein Castle outside of Furren, Germany, which was the prototype used by Walt Disney for Sleeping Beauty and the Magic Kingdom. This was one of three castles built by Mad King Ludwig and was built on an isolated rock ledge amid heart-stopping scenery. The Hohenschwangau is nearby and where Ludwig lived while overseeing the work of Neuschwanstein. I hiked on a trail above Neuschwanstein Castle to get some great pictures. Breathtaking and picturesque came to mind. 

Munich, Germany (Oktoberfest)

September 19, 2006

Oktoberfest in Munich was quite an experience. The festival always starts in September which is kind of strange being that it is Oktoberfest. The Bavarian breweries brew beer for 4 months just to have enough beer for the 12 day festival. Numerous beer tents are set up by breweries that hold about 6,000 people in each tent. While almost impossible to find a seat in one of the beer tents after 10 a.m., I enjoyed watching the festivities, listening to the music and drinking beer ...while standing. Outside the "beer tents" there was a street festival atmosphere with many carnival rides and food concessions but the focus is definitely on the beer.

Salzburg, Austria 

Salzburg is an Austrian city on the border of Germany, with views of the Eastern Alps. The city is divided by the Salzach River, with medieval and baroque buildings of the pedestrian Altstadt (Old City) on its left bank, facing the 19th-century Neustadt (New City) on its right. The Altstadt birthplace of famed composer Mozart is preserved as a museum displaying his childhood instruments. ― Google

September 20, 2006

My day trip to Salzburg,  Austria was just as expected. The train from Munich only took 1.5 hours.  It was a beautiful old town set in the mountains with that "Sound of Music" vibe. I walked up to the Castle overlooking Salzburg. An amazing  puppet museum was located inside the castle. There was a scenic hiking trail from the Castle back down to the Old Town. I also visited the Residenz Fountain with its 4 water spouting horses built between 1658 and 1661. Then back on the train to Munich to await my late night overnight train to Florence, Italy at 23:40 pm.

Florence, Italy 

Florence, capital of Italy’s Tuscany region, is home to many masterpieces of Renaissance art and architecture. One of its most iconic sights is the Duomo, a cathedral with a terracotta-tiled dome engineered by Brunelleschi and a bell tower by Giotto. The Galleria dell'Accademia displays Michelangelo’s “David” sculpture. The Uffizi Gallery exhibits Botticelli’s “The Birth of Venus” and da Vinci’s “Annunciation.” ― Google

September 21, 2006

My overnight train from Munich arrived in Florence at 9:30 am. My hotel was only 1 block from the train station which is very convenient and close to most of the tourist attractions. After checking in, I went to the Academia and waited for 2 hours in line. 

The Statute of David picture on my blog was taken in the Academia. You are not allowed to take pictures but I carefully snapped a few pictures without being noticed. The other statutes were in various piazzas. Afterwards I went to the Uffizi Gallery to see the "Old Masters" paintings which is not my thing. Another 1.5 hours in line for the ticket. At night I visited the various Piazzas and watched various street artists perform and do my favorite thing, PEOPLE WATCH. 

The Il Duomo {The Cathedral of Santa Maria Del Fiori} boasts an enormous octagonal dome which was the largest in the world when built. The bronze doors at the baptistry in the piazza are called the Doors of Paradise. Eating gelato was my favorite thing to do in Italy. It is said that you are never more than 20 feet from a shop selling gelato at any time in Italy.

September 22, 2006

This morning I did a Hop-On, Hop-Off bus tour but it wasn't a great idea as most tourist sights are not bus accessible.  Florence is very walkable and the best way to see most sights. That evening I went to Piazzale de Michelangelo which overlooks Florence and has amazing views at sunset. My favorite thing so far on this trip. Florence looked magical as we sat on the steps sipping wine, eating pizza, listening to local musicians and watching the sunset. There are amazing views of Florence with the Duomo dominating the skyline. There are also great views of the Arno River and its bridges.

Florence was my favorite city in all of Europe. My favorite thing was sitting in the piazzas, grabbing a bite to eat, having a glass of wine and watching the people go through their every day lives. It is a very beautiful and walkable city and the piazzas and nearby streets are washed by  street cleaners nightly. There are many sidewalk cafes in the piazzas where you can wine and dine and enjoy the ambience and which typically carries a slightly inflated price.  The Piazza Della Signoria was one of my favorites. Several beautiful statutes including a Statue of David replica, the Fountain of Neptune and Perseus with the head of Medusa decorate the Piazza which is located next to the Uffizzi Gallery.

Cinque Terre (5 Villages)

Cinque Terre is a string of centuries-old seaside villages on the rugged Italian Riviera coastline. In each of the 5 towns, colorful houses and vineyards cling to steep terraces, harbors are filled with fishing boats and trattorias turn out seafood specialties along with the Liguria region’s famous sauce, pesto. The Sentiero Azzurro cliffside hiking trail links the villages and offers sweeping sea vistas. ― Google

Saturday , September 23, 2006

I left Florence early this morning to go to Cinque Terre. On the way I stopped in the town of Pisa to take pictures of the Leaning Tower of Pisa. The Tower was my only reason to visit here so my entire trip lasted one hour. 20 minutes to the tower, 20 minutes at the tower, and 20 minutes back to the train station. Then to Riomaggiore,  one of the 5 villages that are called Cinque Terre. 

In my RICK STEVES guidebook, Rick mentions Cinque Terre and that he was reluctant to include this mostly unknown jewel on the Mediterranean in his book. Upon arrival I fell in love with these colorful villages. Trains run to all the villages which are only minutes apart. Needless to say, it will not remain unknown for long.

Today I began hiking the trails between the 5 villages. A lot of up and down on the cliffs through grape vineyards above the villages and along the Mediterranean Coast. The views made it all worthwhile. Unfortunately I did not spend enough time in the other 4 villages.

September 25, 2006

Today I visited Vernazza and enjoyed the coast. Last day here, this trip. Living "la dolce vita", the sweet life. Vernazza is located on a peninsula that juts out into the Mediterranean.  It is the most lively of the 5 villages and can be really crowded when tourists from nearby cruise ships arrive at La Spezia and bus or take the train to visit Cinque Terre. 

My last night so I splurged at a restaurant in Riomaggiore where my hostel was located. I ordered the sea bass and house wine. The waitress was so beautiful that I ordered again. (Shrimp and more wine)   Guess I could have just ordered another glass of wine but I panicked. Lol  I spent more on dinner that night than 2 nights accomodation at the hostel. Italy is teaching me to live in the moment and enjoy life. 

Tuscany, Italy (Siena, San Gimignano & Monteriggioni)

September 26th and 27th,  2006

I took the train from Riomaggiore to Siena and then caught a bus to San Gimignano for the 2 day walk through Tuscany. San Gimignanno has 14 medieval towers dating back to the 12th century. At one time there were 70 towers which were symbols of wealth and power. (some as high as 50 meters)  There were no hostels here so I was forced to spend 80 euros ($95) on a hotel room. (Ouch)  No one seemed to know about a walking route, so the next morning  I started walking along the highway on my way through the beautiful Tuscan landscape. Beautiful rolling hills, grape vines and olive trees decorated the countryside. I finished the 25 kilometer (15.5 mile) walk to the medieval walled town of Monteriggioni in about 4.5 hours. After lunch and a brief tour I continued the remaining 20 kilometers (12.5 miles) to Siena . Only a short 3.5 hour walk but picturesque . 

Siena, Italy

September 28-30th, 2006

Lots of expensive shops in the best preserved medieval city in Italy. The Piazza di Campo is shaped like a bowl and is famous for the Palio de Siena, a horse race that is held twice a year. There are 10 horses and riders bareback and dressed in the appropriate colors representing 10 city wards. In the past it was the meeting place for the city and today it is still a great place to meet friends, get a bite to eat or just bask in the sun. I climbed the gate tower to get a good view of the city including the duomo. Statues of Romulus and Remus suckling a she-wolf are located tbroughout the city. According to legend,  Siena was founded by Senius, son of Remus, who was in turn the brother of Romulus,  after whom Rome was named. I will spend September 30th in Florence and then continue to Rome.

Rome, Italy

October 1, 2006

I left Florence this morning and arrived in Rome at 11 am. I visited the Colisseum, Roman Forum, Pantheon and Trevi Fountain. The Pantheon had closed by the time I got there. The Colisseum is magnificent from the outside and a little disappointing on the inside. Not sure if I expected to see gladiators battling or lions eating Christians, but I did not expect it to be in such disrepair. I guess being 2000 years old can take its toll. Oh well, when in Rome. There was renovation going on when I was there so hopefully one day it will more closely resemble its former glory inside. 

The Trevi Fountain surprised me the most. The Fountain always seemed larger in movies, television and in photos. I was surprised by its size and the size of the piazza. Much smaller than I had imagined. The Fountain depicts Neptune standing on a chariot drawn by winged horses. It was completed in 1762 and was actually never a big tourist attraction until the movie, "Three Coins in a Fountain". Throwing a coin over your shoulder into the fountain is supposed to ensure your return to Rome. My first attempt hit someone in the head, so I moved closer and had better success.

October 2, 2006

This morning I went to the Vatican City, the world's smallest independent state. It is accessed through St. Peter's Square, surrounded by an elliptical colonade with some 140 saints on top. Straight ahead is St. Peter's Basilica, the center of world Catholicism. The Swiss Guard protect the Vatican. St. Peter's Basilica is the most beautiful church I have ever seen. The interior of St. Peter’s is filled with many masterpieces of Renaissance and Baroque art, among the most famous of which include Michelangelo’s Pietà and the Baldachin by Bernini over the main alter.

After St. Peter's Basilica I visited the Vatican Museum and the Sistine Chapel.  The ceiling in the Sistine Chapel was painted by Michelangelo between 1508 and 1512. You are not allowed to take pictures inside the Sistine Chapel. I did manage to get a couple of shots, including Adam and Eve being cast out of the Garden of Eden, before they threatened to confiscate my camera.

The Spanish Steps is the place to be at sunset with a great view of Rome's 7 hills. It is located in the Piazza di Spagna. It is called the Spanish Steps because the Spanish Embassy is located nearby.

October 3, 2006

This morning I went to the Piazza Novona which was being repaired and then back to the Pantheon to see the inside. Raphael's tomb is inside. The Pantheon is the most complete ancient Roman building remaining today and is an architectural wonder. Its dome is exactly as wide as it is high, supported by pillars hidden in the walls. It is located in the Piazza dell Rotunda. There is a fountain in the middle of the piazza. Almost had my wallet stolen by a pickpocket on the crowded city bus after leaving the Pantheon. Thankfully an elderly woman brought it to my attention as she chastised the couple standing  next to me for trying to get my wallet. Yes, one of the culprits was a beautiful girl whose job was to distract me. Now I use a moneybelt when traveling for added security. Another great day and spaghetti again for dinner.

NOTE: In Italy the house wine is really inexpensive and tastes great. It's called house wine because that is the wine they would serve to family and friends ....at their house.

Sorrento, Italy  (Amalfi Coast)

The Amalfi Coast is a 50-kilometer stretch of coastline along the southern edge of Italy’s Sorrentine Peninsula, in the Campania region. It’s a popular holiday destination, with sheer cliffs and a rugged shoreline dotted with small beaches and pastel-colored fishing villages. The coastal road between the port city of Salerno and clifftop Sorrento winds past grand villas, terraced vineyards and cliffside lemon groves. ― Google

October 4-7th, 2006

I caught the train from Rome to Naples and then the local train (Circumvesuviana) to Sorrento. My guidebook said that Naples was the pickpocket capital of the world. But after my Rome encounter I believed I was prepared.  I wasn't.  After getting on the crowded local train between Naples and sorrento I felt a bump. I immediately looked and my front pocket was unbuttoned , my wallet gone and the pickpocket was stepping out of the train. 3 seconds was all it took. Fortunately I only had 20 euros in it. I keep my cash, credit cards and passport in a moneybelt now.

Sorrento was very touristy but beautiful. It is famous for its lemons and lemoncello, a lemon flavored liqueur.

I was based to Sorrento but did several day trips. I caught the boat from Sorrento to Positano to see the sights. Positano is the most beautiful of the towns on the Amalfi Coast with its black sand beach and multi-colored houses clinging to the cliffside. Supposedly the bus ride high above the coastline is one of the great experiences here but I did not have the opportunity to see for myself. I also went to Ravello which had amazing views. 

Bari, Italy to Athens, Greece to Ios, Greece.

October 7th, 8th and 9th, 2006

Train to Bari, Italy where I spent the night. Then overnight ferry to Patras, Greece. Left the ferry and caught the train to Athens. I am only spending enough time in Athens to see the Acropolis and the Parthenon and then catch the overnight ferry to Ios. I met an interesting man who is about 80 on the train and we still correspond by mail every few months.

Ios, Greece

Ios, Io or Nio is a Greek island in the Cyclades group in the Aegean Sea. Ios is a hilly island with cliffs down to the sea on most sides, situated halfway between Naxos and Santorini. It is about 18 kilometres long and 10 kilometres wide, with an area of 109.024 square kilometres. Population was 2,024 in 2011. Wikipedia

Tuesday, October 10, 2006

Another long overnight ferry ride {8.5 hrs} but I finally arrived at Ios at 6 am.  Very uncomfortable ferry as I did not get a room, just floor space. My brother, Morgan, had shared  stories of he and his friends from college enjoying wine and sleeping on the deck of the overnight ferries in Greece. His memories were much better than mine. Of course, I did not have wine or friends with me. After arriving at the port, I finally found my hostel about 8 am but had to wait for someone to open. Most people have left the island because the season is mostly over, but I was fortunate because it was just me and 8 girls from Australia at Francesco's hostel. That alone made the ferry ride worth it. After lunch I walked the 15 minutes to the beach.  It was a beautiful sunny day but the water was chilly. Late night with my new Australian friends.

October 11, 2006

I walked to the beach again today but it was very cloudy and windy so I  decided to go back to the hotel . As I began walking back I saw a local bus coming and waived it down. I climbed on the bus and immediately all the school children started laughing.  Oops. The bus driver dropped me off in the village. I didn't care, it was free. Lol

Santorini, Greece

Santorini is one of the Cyclades islands in the Aegean Sea. It was devastated by a volcanic eruption in the 16th century BC, forever shaping its rugged landscape. The whitewashed, cubiform houses of its 2 principal towns, Fira and Oia, cling to cliffs above an underwater caldera (crater). They overlook the sea, small islands to the west and beaches made up of black, red and white lava pebbles. ― Google

October 12-15th,  2006

I spent 3 days just enjoying the beauty that is Santorini. Standing on the edge of the Caldera overlooking  the Aegean Sea was truly spectacular. Around 1620 B.C. one of the largest volcanic eruptions in the past 10,000 years created what is now Santorini and the caldera. Friday I took the bus to Oia, a beautiful village on Santorini, which supposedly has the most beautiful sunset in the world. Over 200 people waited with cameras for that perfect sunset but unfortunately it was too cloudy. Santorini is all about money with jewelry stores and expensive restaurants lining the caldera. Cruise ships provide eager rich tourists with money to spend. Lots of cruise ships arriving  daily. One interesting fact is that the grape vineyards here do not put their grapes on poles but instead place the vines in a circle on the volcanic soil to help with the moisture.

Sunday October 15, 2006

Checked out of the hotel but left my backpack in storage as I am going to Crete at 10 pm on the ferry. I am going to spend the day at Perissa beach which is about 40 minutes by local bus and costs under $2. The beach has beautiful black volcanic sand. The water was cold but the sun was warm. 

Crete, Greece 

October 15-17th , 2006

Left Santorini on  ferry at 10 pm and  arrived in Heraklion on the boat at 12:30 am and finally found a hostel. I only got 4 hrs sleep because I had to catch the 5:30 am bus to Chania which was 2.5 hrs away. I got there just in time to catch the 8 am bus to Samaria Gorge, which was the only reason I came to Crete. It is the longest ravine in Europe and starts off with a 3000 ft. drop during the first mile and another 11 miles after that. The hike takes about 5-6 hrs and eventually leads to a seaside town. Unfortunately, I still had my backpack since I had no time to check into the hostel. Walking downhill on rocks is very painful and it reminded me of Kilimanjaro. Unfortunately, the pain was not completely over by the time we reached the beach town. The bus was full and I had to stand another 1.5 hrs. I am ready to leave Crete. The walk was a great trek but I am looking forward to hiking in Switzerland. Finally got checked into the hostel after an exhausting 2 days of travel and hiking. Showered, food and bed. My clothes are screaming to be laundered but early flight tomorrow won't  allow it.

Chania, Greece to Milan (flight) to Interlaken,  Switzerland (train)

October 17, 2006

Flight to Milan, Italy after a connecting flight to Athens, Greece this morning to catch a connecting train to Interlaken,  Switzerland . I woke up at 7:30 am sore but somewhat rejuvenated. The weather outside was horrible with high winds and a torrential downpour. I caught the bus to the airport and easily reached my gate. After boarding  the plane we were told to deboard due to 45 mph winds. The result was a 4 hour delay which causes me to miss my connecting  Athens flight and connecting train. Will need a Plan B. I arrived in Milan at midnight. The next train would be leaving at 6:25 am so decided to spend 45 euros for a room next to the train station for a few hours sleep.

Milan, Italy to Interlaken, Switzerland 

October 18, 2006

I arrived at the train station at 6:12 am and realized I had left my camera back in my hotel room and had to go back and get it. I rushed back to the hotel and it was sitting on the receptionist desk. The camera had ALL my Europe pictures on it. I was not smart enough to back them up.  I got to the train 2 minutes before it pulled out. The train ride to Switzerland was incredible. If I had not missed my flight, I would have missed all that beautiful scenery since it would have been at night. I got to Interlaken at 9 am and found out that the next train to the Jungfrau Mountain, which I wanted to visit, left in 3 minutes so I bought a ticket. The weather has been warm since I have been in Europe and I did not bring a coat. It would have been nice to have had one when I went to the Jungfrau and the Ice Palace, which is located inside the mountain. At 11,400 feet Jungfrau has been the highest railroad terminus for over a century and the Aletsch Glacier is Europe's longest. Buying an inexpensive jacket, if there is such a thing in Switzerland, has moved to the top of my "to do"  list. After a great day in the Swiss Mountains I took the train back to Interlaken and checked into my hostel. There were many activities listed at the hostel so I signed up for Paragliding. 

Interlaken, Switzerland 

Interlaken is a traditional resort town in the mountainous Bernese Oberland region of central Switzerland. Built on a narrow stretch of valley, between the emerald-colored waters of Lake Thun and Lake Brienz, it has old timber houses and parkland on either side of the Aare River. Its surrounding mountains, with dense forests, alpine meadows and glaciers, has numerous hiking and skiing trails. ― Google

October 19, 2006.  (Paragliding)

Today I went with 4 other people up a mountain about 2800 feet up and then ran off the side of the mountain along with my pilot, Julian, in a tandem paraglider.  Julian said his 1st jump was only 18 months earlier and that is  when he decided to get his paragliding license. Julian asked if I liked rollercoasters when we were still about 500 feet up. I said yes and we started spiraling towards the ground. Nothing gets the heart beating like potential impending death.  Before that, the view over Interlaken was beautiful and calming. We landed right in a park directly in front of Hooters, the only one in Europe. Life doesn't get much  better than this.     

After a lunch of chicken wings at Hooters,  I took the cog train up Harderklum (4337 feet).  You can see both lakes, Thun and Brienz, from the top. Interlaken means between the lakes. I walked down to enjoy the great scenery.

Jungfrau Region 

October 20, 2006 (Schilthorn)

Today I had planned to go to Trummelbach Falls, which has 10 waterfalls inside a mountain, but took the wrong bus and ended up at the cable car to Schilthorn. I decided it must be fate and paid the $72 cable car fee. Schilthorn is famous for having the longest ski run in the world and being the location for one of the older James Bond films. It was the best view so far including Jungfrau. At the top is a rotating restaurant which gives you a 360 degree view while eating lunch. There were beautiful panoramic views of the Eiger, Monch and Jungfrau Mountains. 

" All journeys have secret destinations of which the traveler is unaware."
                                                                                                          Martin Buber


October 20, 2006 (Murren and Gimmelwald,  Switzerland)

I got off the cable car at the 1st stop from Schilthorn to visit the village of Murren. It is a typical small Swiss village on the mountainside. It has restaurants and hotels which makes it tourist friendly. A good place to stay in the Alps can be hard to find.

Later I walked down to Gimmelwald which is much smaller with only one bed and breakfast, no restaurants and the Mountain Hostel which has probably one of the best views in the Alps. Since Gimmelwald is not too far up the mountain from Murren, it is easy to get supplies and food in Murren when staying here.

Bern, Switzerland

October 21, 2006  

Up early and took the morning train from Interlaken to Bern. Only 1.5 hrs. I immediately walked to the Olde Town to see the Glockenspiel clock with the bear chasing the rooster and then visited the bear den. Bern was named after the bear because it was the 1st animal killed on that site. I also took pictures of the various fountains including the Ogre Fountain which depicts him eating children and the Rose Garden overlooking the city. There also was a cheese and milk market which happens every Saturday morning. 

Lucerne, Switzerland 

October 21, 2006

After lunch I continued on the train from Bern to Lucerne. It has a beautiful bridge, Kapellbrucke, that has 120 captioned triangular paintings from the early 1500's that chronicle the city's history.  I also got to watch skull {rowing} races in the middle of the city with everyone lining the river and cheering. A Cheese Festival was also going on with a milking contest complete with a fake cow that could be milked. The building decorations were some of the most unusual that I have ever seen. The train ride back to Interlaken  through the mountains was breathtaking. 

Zermatt,  Switzerland (Matterhorn Mountain)

Zermatt, in southern Switzerland’s Valais canton, is a mountain resort renowned for skiing, climbing and hiking. The town, at an elevation of around 1,600m, lies below the iconic, pyramid-shaped Matterhorn peak. Its main street, Bahnhofstrasse is lined with boutique shops, hotels and restaurants, and also has a lively après-ski scene. There are public outdoor rinks for ice-skating and curling. ― Google

Sunday October 22, 2006

I left Interlaken by train early this morning to go see the Matterhorn in Zermatt. The train ride was a long 5 hrs. The ride on the cog railway up the mountain across from the Mattterhorn was beautiful with the Matterhorn staring you in the face the entire time. I decided to walk the six hours down the mountain to enjoy the scenery. I took a trail that I later found out was not the hiking trail but a mountain goat trail. Some places I walked were a little dangerous and very steep. Fortunately I found the hiking trail again.  I got back to Zermatt just in time to catch the last train to Interlaken. 

Interlaken,  Switzerland 

October 23, 2006

Cloudy day so took this as opportunity to do laundry and buy presents for the kids.  I just missed Martina Hingis, a famous Swiss tennis player, at Omega Store promotion downtown.  Enjoyed the "down time" and did a lot of nothing. I am learning that it is not necessary to do something every minute while traveling.  Relaxing and enjoying the experience is also important.

October 24, 2006 (Skydiving from plane)

I decided to skydive over Lake Thun today. I jumped tandem (harnessed to the jumpmaster) from 13,000 feet and there was a 35-40 second free fall before our chute opened. I had jumped several times about 20 years earlier but views then were not as spectacular as those of Switzerland.  After landing,  the jumpmaster said that was the 2nd best thing to do in Interlaken.  WHAT ????  2ND BEST.

Seems that skydiving from a HELICOPTER  inside the Jungfrau Valley is #1.  Aaarrgg I just spent $350 on skydiving from plane and now I can't get skydiving from a helicopter out of my mind. Lol 

October 25, 2006

Today I checked on Helicopter Skydiving and they did not have the minimum number of persons required. It is nearing the end of the season. Will check back later. I spent the rest of the day window shopping in Interlaken. Cuckoo clocks and Swiss chocolate everywhere. I found out that evening that I will be skydiving tomorrow at 9 am. Excited !!!

Jungfrau Region 

Thursday October 26, 2007.  (Skydiving from helicopter)

The jumpmaster told us that there were only 3 places in the world you could jump from a helicopter in the mountains ........ Australia, Hawaii and Interlaken, Switzerland. 2 days ago I went skydiving out of a plane but the opportunity to jump from a helicopter was too great to pass on. Another major expense of $550 including the video but definitely worth it.  Unfortunately I don't have any pictures.  Need to learn how to upload my video. There was a momentary delay as a mechanic needed to perform maintenance on the helicopter. NOT A CONFIDENCE BUILDER.  But off we went, the helicopter climbed to 15,000 feet and the views were spectacular.  We jumped right inside of the Jungfrau, Monch and Eiger mountains which was quite an adrenaline rush. At one point we were only about 20 feet from a waterfall. Best money ever spent. Good day.

"decide....whether or not the goal is worth the risks involved. If  it is stop worrying ...."              Amelia Earhart

October 27, 2006

Interlaken is one of the most beautiful towns that I have ever seen. I came here for 3 days and stayed 9 days. Set in the middle of the Alps, it is a town of about 20,000 people and has a beautiful river running right through the center of town. It also has two lakes on both sides of it, therefore the name Interlaken. Ursula and Chris at Rugenpark Hostel made me feel like I was at home. I probably would have stayed longer except they were closing for the month of November. Ursula gave me a box of chocolates as a going away present. Train to Milan at 9 am and then connecting train to Lake Como, Italy.

Como, Italy (Lake Como)

October 28th,  2006

Overnight train to Milan and switched trains to visit Como, Italy.  Then I took a cruise on beautiful Lake Como, called the most beautiful lake in the world by many. Lake Como is the playground of the rich and famous.  George Clooney and Brad Pitt have homes here. The cruise was about 6 hours and visited several towns.. After the cruise I went back to Milan to catch the overnight (11:35 pm) train to Paris but it was full. I found out from fellow backpacker that sometimes the conductor saves a few couchettes (sleeper) to sell. I checked and fortunately he had one available for 45 euros. 

Bruges, Belgium

Bruges, the capital of West Flanders in northwest Belgium, is distinguished by its canals, cobbled streets and medieval buildings. Its port, Zeebrugge, is an important center for fishing and European trade. In the city center’s Burg square, the 14th-century Stadhuis (City Hall) has an ornate carved ceiling. Nearby, Markt square features a 13th-century belfry with a 47-bell carillon and 83m tower with panoramic views. ― Google

October 29-31st, 2006

After arriving in Paris the next morning I decided to continue to Bruges,  Belgium. Bruges has one of the most beautiful "old towns" that I have seen in Europe. Belgium is famous for beer, lace, chocolate and frites {french fries} , except they use mayo rather than ketchup. Without a doubt Bruges is the most beautiful city I have visited with its pristine Old Town and canals.

Amsterdam, Netherlands 

Amsterdam is the Netherlands’ capital, known for its artistic heritage, elaborate canal system and narrow houses with gabled facades, legacies of the city’s 17th-century Golden Age. Its Museum District houses the Van Gogh Museum, works by Rembrandt and Vermeer at the Rijksmuseum, and modern art at the Stedelijk. Cycling is key to the city’s character, and there are numerous bike paths. ― Google

October 31, 2006

Woke up at 7am and caught the train to Amsterdam. I have now arrived "full circle" to my starting point, which was my plan. I found my hotel and decided to get a little culture. I visited the Rembrandt and Van Gogh Museums. 4 hours in the museums was my cultural limit. I found a deli that had affordable spaghetti for dinner and went back to the hotel. Did not even realize it was Halloween. 

November 1, 2006

I moved from the Hotel Verdi to the Ship Avanti. Bunk beds on this floating ship hostel located in the canals but much closer to downtown and much cheaper. I walked around the Red Light District later that night. It is illegal to take pictures in the Red Light District. You must really be careful taking pictures because plain clothes policemen will appear from nowhere if you try to take pictures of the ladies in the windows. I also stopped in a "cafe" as a curiosity but did not partake of any herbal refreshment since that is just not my thing.

Thursday November 2, 2006

I caught the local bus and went to a small village outside Amsterdam which is known for their windmills. A bus tour would have been 28 euros but the local bus only cost me 7 euros round trip. I also walked to the Red Light District during the day to for a different perspective. Later that day there was a hail storm and 50 mph winds. Not great weather especially since almost everyone rides a bike to work in Amsterdam. The wind was blowing people off their bikes much to the amusement of a few of us who had sought refuge in the local bar.

Norwegian saying
"No such thing as bad weather, only bad clothing."

GOING HOME

Friday November 3, 2006 

I was supposed to stay 3 more nights in Amsterdam but changed my flight to November 3rd for $230. Crazy I know but not going to lie, I was homesick. I justified it by saving 3 nights of hotel expense that I no longer have.

I have seen some amazing sights and done some amazing things. But enough us enough. 2 months is a long time moving what seems like nonstop for a beginning traveler. My flight is scheduled  for 10:10 am.

I got to the airport at AMS at 8 am. I realized after boarding that I had left my camera at the securtity check. All of my pictures. The stewardess let me go and retrieve it. I had been so careful for 60 days except in Milan and almost lost it getting on the plane. It has been a great trip. Greece and Italy were incredible but Switzerland stole my heart. There is something about waking up in a small village in the middle of the Alps. I got back to Houston at 2pm and my sister's friend, Angie, was there to pick me up. I took my sister, Sandra, and Angie to dinner to thank them for putting me up and taking me to the airport and picking me up. I am glad to be home but at the same time a little sad the adventure is over. Traveling is an addiction and I was already feeling a little withdrawal 8 hrs after landing in Houston. Also, a special thanks to my brother, Morgan, whose European adventures were the basis for my traveling obsession.

 "Travel is as much a passion as ambition or love."

                                                             L.E. Landon



CHAPTER 3.   NEPAL  

(March 14th - April 9th, 2007)

Overview

Hiking in the mountains became my passion after Kilimanjaro and Switzerland, so hiking in the Himilayas seemed a natural progression. Who hasn't seen pictures or documentaries of Everest and dreamed of seeing it in person. I've decided it's time to stop dreaming and start doing. This trip will be my 3rd new continent to visit in my newfound "life of travel". (Africa, Europe and Asia)

Trekking to Everest Base Camp 

March 14th-16th, 2007

After a 12.5 hr. flight from Newark, NJ, I got to sit in transit at the New Delhi Airport in India for 15 hrs. For some reason it seems that all planes from the U.S. arrive just after the last flight of the day to Nepal. I finally made it to Kathmandu and was picked up at the airport by my tour guide. Then I got to witness the insane traffic of Kathmandu, a city of over 1 million, but only two lanes of traffic in many places from what I witnessed. But that doesn't stop 5 different vehicles from trying to drive side by side, weaving in and out with reckless abandon. My plan is see everything there is to see in Kathmandu tomorrow. Early to bed after 2 hard days of travel to get rejuvenated for sightseeing tomorrow. 

Kathmandu,  Nepal

March 17, 2007

Today I visited the Pashupatinath Hindu Temple, next to the holy river, the Bagmati, which is a very popular and religous place for Hindus to be cremated. While I was on the other side of the river there were 4 cremation ceremonies happening at the same time. For a moment, life's temporary existence, seemed to stare me in the face as I watched the bodies engulfed in flames. Afterwards I visited Durbar Square which  has more than 50 temples, shrines and old palaces within a few blocks. My last stop was to visit the Swayambhunath Stupa (Monkey Temple) where lots of monkeys call home. This is one of the most ancient and holy shrines in the Kathmandu Valley and a "must see".

Flight from Kathmandu to Lukla (2860 m/9380 ft)

Sunday March 18, 2007.  

My Everest journey begins today. Ram, my guide, picked me up at the hotel in Kathmandu and we went to the airport. We left on a small prop plane (STOL) which stands for short-takeoff-and-landing aircraft at 8:40 am to our destination, Lukla. I had heard that landing and taking off at Lukla Airport aka Tenzing-Hillary Airport is an experience in itself. They were right. Considered by many to be the world's most dangerous airport whose runway is located on the side of a mountain at 9383 feet,  It is only a 30 minute flight but what a view. I highly recommend GOOGLING "flight to Lukla video" to see the landings and takeoffs. The runway seems much shorter than the 527 meter (1729 ft.) length they claim.  Pilots must receive special training to be licensed to fly to Lukla. After arriving, we hired a porter, Santos, to help with my large bag trekking bag. We trekked about 3 hours until our arrival at Phakding. I am getting excited. No heat in the rooms so you must rely on your sleeping bag to stay warm. Tea houses in Nepal are accomodations along trekking routes that offer lodging and meals. Every tea house has one large communal dining area with a wood burning stove in the center. It’s a great spot to meet other trekkers, swap stories, warm up, and sip tea. Tomorrow  is a tougher hike and I was in bed by 7 pm. 

Phakding (2610 m/8562 ft) to Namche Bazaar (3535 m/11,597 ft)

March 19, 2007

I woke up very early {5:30 am} and the stars seem to be sitting on top of the mountains waiting for me to get up. After breakfast we began trekking at 7 am.  Today we walked up and down mountains for 6 hrs. It was so difficult. There was a Nepalese woman about 80 yrs old walking along the same trail. I would rest and she would pass me always smiling and then she would stop to rest and I would pass her. I am pretty sure she did not see this as a friendly competition as I imagined, OR DID SHE ?? She passed me one final time and I would never see her again. Quite a humbling experience, I should have done more cardio. I was always looking for a reason to rest {taking a picture, sip of water or to let group of yaks pass}. We finally made it to Namche Bazaar about 1 pm and had a great lunch of yak pepper steak and rice. I rested most of the afternoon recuperating from one of the hardest hiking days I have ever experienced. Afterwards I walked around looking in the shops. Grilled chicken and French fries for dinner and then to bed at 6:30 pm. I could not stay awake any longer which I attribute to the hard day trekking and the altitude.

Tuesday , March 20, 2007.  

Today is an acclimatization day in Namche Bazaar and I am getting a little used to the altitude even though I still need to rest frequently. This morning we climbed up to Syangboche Airport right above Namche Bazaar but only helicopters land there. There were good views of Everest and surrounding mountains. I met a lot of climbers at the tea house but most were going straight to base camp and not to Gokyo which was our destination. Gokyo is a  difficult climb and a longer hiking route to Everest Base Camp. I rested and shopped in Namche Bazaar for the rest of the day. This village is where most guides and trekkers get their final supplies. It also provides markets for locals in the surrounding villages. Kind of like a Himalayan "Walmart". The higher we go up in the Himalayas, the more expensive everything will be  such as chocolate and other personal necessities. After 3 cups of coffee,  I managed to stay up until 8 pm, a new record for me on this trek. I have given up shaving and showers,  at least for now.

Namche Bazaar (3535 m/11,597 ft) to Phorste Drenka (3675 m/12,057 ft)

March 21, 2007

We left at 7:45 am and had steep climbs until 11:15 am. I slowed my pace today as my legs were fine but breathing was still difficult at this altitude. We had tea at 4000 meters and then straight down to 3675 meters. Going straight down is tough on the knees and can be dangerous if  not paying attention to every step. On a positive note, breathing is getting easier. I had a tuna sandwich for lunch. (Tuna from a can and 2 pieces of bread, that's it) Still enjoyed it.  I went to my room to rest and I couldn't get warm. It's snowing outside but the rooms are made of wood with a tin roof. It snowed hard for 2-3 hours and was absolutely beautiful. 

Phorste Drenka (3675 m/12,057 ft) to Macherma (4470 m/14,665 ft)

March 22, 2007

Up at 5 am and had breakfast at 5:45. A very hard climb at the beginning. We stopped at a tea house for lunch at 11:30 which was spaghetti with tomato sauce. At the tea house I saw a 6 year old girl and 8 year old boy hiking with their German parents. Ram told me that they hired a porter to carry the girl for the hard parts. I was both in awe and a little jealous of those parents providing these amazing adventures to their children. Hopefully one day I can share adventures with my grandchildren. We finally made it to Macherma about 2:30 pm. I am learning to enjoy the scenery as I hike. In the beginning I was concentrating too hard on the path. What's the point if you don't remember where you have been or what you have seen. This was my "can't see the forest for the trees" moment.

It was very cold in Macherma. I will spend most of the afternoon in the communal/restaurant area which has the only heat source, a pot belly stove in which "yak dung" is the fuel. No wood at this altitudet but it does the job. As you might expect, it has quite an odor. Overnight my curtains froze to the window and my water bottle also froze. Thank God for a warm sleeping bag. Tomorrow we hike to Gokyo. 

The Nepalese people that I meet on the trail seem to be the happiest people in the world. They are hardworking but don't seem to realize that they live in poverty or at least what we call poverty. The children in the villages are always smiling and saying namaste, which is a respectful greeting or their version of hello.. They may in fact be the richest people in the world since they all seem so happy and do not have a care in the world. I would probably also be smiling if I woke up with the Himilayas as my backyard every day.

Macherma (4470 m/14,665 ft) to Gokyo (4790 m/15,715 ft)

March 23, 2007

We left Macherma at 7:30 am and arrived at Gokyo at 11:30. It was a hard trek and a lot of climbing. When we got to Gokyo Lake it was frozen and then we realized that Lakes 4 and 5 which we were supposed to visit tomorrow would also be frozen. Tomorrow we climb to Gokyo RI, the hardest trekking climb in the Himilayas according to Ram. It will give us the best views of Everest and 3 other of the tallest mountains in the world.

Gokyo (4790 m/15,715 ft) to GOKYO RI (5483 m/17,988 ft)

March 24, 2007

We left around 6:30 am and everyone was stopping every 20-30 minutes to catch their breath. The climb is almost 700 meters (2300 feet) straight up. The climb was incredibly hard but the view at the summit made it all worth while. The day was beautiful and cloud free. You could see the high winds blowing snow off of the peak of Everest. I do wish the lake had not been frozen because it would have been beautiful in the mountain setting. We summited about 10 am and sat on top and looked at Everest in all its glory. The sun was getting hot so we decided to go down after 30 minutes before the ice started melting and the trails got slippery. Later, I realized I had gotten sunburned. Getting sunburned in the mountains is just as easy as on the beach. Suntan lotion is usually hard to remember at 5 am. We got back at 12:30 pm and I took my 1st shower in 4 days. Heated showers at this altitude are expensive. ($5)  I overheard a group of young girls at a table saying, "What is that smell ?" Another girl said, "That is Sarah, she took a shower today." LOL. It's true, you don't notice the smell if no one has taken a shower in a while. Lunch was a tuna fish sandwich and tomato soup. I quickly learned that tuna fish from a can on bread was the only consistent meal on the mountain. Everything else on the menu at the various tea houses is subject to interpretation and not always an appetizing intepretation. After lunch, I visited the "highest bookstore in the world" but only bought Pringles. Great day!!!!

Gokyo (4790 m/15,714 ft) to Dragnag (Tangnag)  (4700 m/15,419 ft)

March 25, 2007

Late start today (8:30) after almost 12 hours of much needed sleep. 15 hours if you count the afternoon nap. The trek would only be about 3 hours today and not too difficult. However, as usual, Ram's pace was much quicker than mine and I had complained the entire trek about it. Being 30 years younger than me, he probably thought his pace was slow.. He had mentioned a few days earlier that he loved April Fool's Day and today was my day to get even. He was about 50 yards ahead of me when I yelled in pain and fell into the snow clutching my heart. I could hear him running towards me and right before he got to me I jumped up and yelled "April Fool". He laughingly said that it wasn't funny as he was already trying to figure out where to dispose of the body.  We arrived at the tea house before lunch but now I have the whole afternoon with nothing to do. The guides play cards but I don't know the games they play nor do I have the inclination to learn.

Dragnag (Tangnag) (4700 m/15,419 ft) to  Cho La Pass (5330 m/17,486 ft) to Cho La Pass Resort 

Monday March 26, 2007

We left Tangnag {Dragnag} early this morning with about 9 other climbers. Chola Pass has been closed due to snow for the last month but we heard it had just opened. The 6.5 hrs straight up is one of the most physically challenging things that I have ever done. The scenery at the Pass was incredible with views of the mountains and glaciers at the top. We spent about 15 minutes enjoying the view, ate a quick bite of orange slices and headed down for 2 more hours to the next lodge. Ram and I tried to cross a mostly frozen stream but both of us got our feet wet. Luckily we were almost to the lodge and we finally got the stove lit and got our shoes dried by the "yak dung fire". GREAT DAY !!

Chola Pass Resort to Labouche (4910 m/16,109 ft)

March 27, 2007

I woke up at 5:15 am and packed my bag. I wanted coffee but all the guides and porters were still asleep. My body was screaming for caffeine.  Supposedly an easy trekking day to Labouche.  We left at 7:30, after coffee, and started by going up for 1.5 hours. Not my idea of an easy day but Ram did let me pick my own pace since it would be a shorter trek.  It was wonderful and I walked slowly and enjoyed the magnificence of the Himalayas that God created. We arrived at Labouche a little before noon and my biggest problem is figuring what to do with rest of my day. Lunch was looking like Cheese and Tomato pizza and finally found something affordable to drink that I liked.  On the menu it was listed as Hot Orange Drink, but found out it was TANG so I got it not heated. (Boyhood memories of Tang, drink of the astronauts)  Bored crazy this afternoon. 

Labouche (4910 m/16,109 ft) to Gorakshep (5164 m/16,942 ft) to Kalapathar (5545 m/18,192 ft)

March 28, 2007

It was very cold last night. Our accomodations at the tea houses consist of 1/4 inch plyboard walls and tin roofs with no heat. Most trekkers stay in the communal room to keep warm until the stove fire goes out or bedtime. My water bottle froze again last night on the nightstand. A warm sleeping bag is essential.  We left LaBouche at 6:30 am and arrived at Gorashep at 9:00, I put my clothes in the room and we left 30 minutes later to climb Kalapathar. We summited at 11:40. It was an almost vertical climb and I was exhausted but the view made up for it. At 18,192 feet/5545 meters Kalapathar had one of most amazing views that I have ever seen. From the summit, you can view 4 of the top 10 tallest mountains in the world, Changste {24,770 ft.}, Nuptse {25,850 ft}, Lhotse {27,890 ft} and Everest {29,035 ft}. 

It took 1.5 hours to get down as the melting ice made it very slippery. I had a sandwich for lunch at 2 pm and slept for 2 hours before having another sandwich at 5:30 and back to bed. Slept good but did hear yak bells during the night. (think cow bells for reference)


Gorakshep (5164 m/16,942 ft) to EVEREST BASE CAMP (5500 m,17,900 ft)

Thursday March 29, 2007

We left at 6:30 am for Everest Base Camp from Gorashep and arrived at EBC at about 9am. Only a few camps are up and running but that will change next week according to Ram. I took pictures of the crashed helicpoter which is kind of the official site and also took pictures of Khumbu Ice Falls which people say may be the most dangerous part of climbing Everest. It is unbelievable that you cannot even see Everest from base camp because of mountains in the way. A lot of Yaks and porters carrying supplies to Everest on the trail. Ram said that most climbers start showing up on April 1st. We stayed the night in Pheriche. 

Pheriche (4371 m/14,340 ft) to Tengboche Monastery (3867 m/12,687 ft)

March 30, 2007

We left Pheriche at 7:30 am and arrived at Tengboche Monastery at 11:00 am. I went straight to the sign that said BAKERY and gorged myself on chocolate rolls. There is a beautiful view of Ama Dablam Mountain {nicknamed the mother and daughter} and the Monastery is magnificent.

We were allowed to watch the Buddhist Tea Ceremony but are not allowed to talk or take pictures during the ceremony. However, several visitors did take pictures and talk and the monks were definitely unhappy about it. I can not believe that people are so disrespectful.

Tengboche Monastery (3867 m, 12687 ft) to Namche Bazaar (3535 m, 11597 ft)

Saturday March 31, 2007

I got up at 5:45 am and packed my big bag for Santo, my porter. We left at 7:30 am and arrived at Namche Bazaar at 11 am. Much easier walking down.  Today I spent the day shopping, relaxing and eating the best meals that I have had since my trek started. Tomorrow Lukla and then Kathmandu the day after. I went to the big local market but most things had closed by the time I got back after forgetting my camera. While resting in my room I heard growling and scratching on my door.  I cautiously looked out of the window and there was a small boy crouching with paper claws on his hands  pretending to be a tiger. Namche Bazaar is the last place to purchase equipment, clothes and supplies for the trek. It is always busy and very beautiful.

Namche Bazaar (3535 m, 11597 ft) to Lukla (2860 m, 9380 ft)

April 1, 2007

We left Namche Bazaar at 7:30 am and got to Lukla at 12:08 pm. About 1.5 hrs quicker than my guide said we would. Coming down the mountain after being above 18,000 feet for so long makes you feel like Superman. I felt like running most of the way. lol Tonight is the last night of our trekking trip. I got a straight razor shave at a local barber which was a little scary, best food of the trip and some celebratory Everest beer. Lukla is the starting and ending point of all trekking in the Everest region. You can find guides, porters and supplies here. Flights here are nonstop during the day.

Monday April 2, 2007

Today is the end of my 16 day trek through the Himilayas with my guide, Ram. I go to the airport at 6:30 am and wait for the 4th Yeti airplane flight. The runway is very short and goes off the side of the mountain. Landing and taking off gets the adrenaline pumping. It is amazing to watch the planes land and take off in such a quick turnaround. There are lot of people from Kathmandu trying to get to the Himilayas as climbing season is beginning. The weather was perfect the entire trip. Ram said he had never seen it be cloudless everyday since he has been guiding. Back in Kathmandu I said goodbye to Ram at my hotel. Tomorrow will begin my reward for completing my trek to Everest Base Camp. I am going whitewater rafting  and on a Safari to Chitwan National Park. 

WHITEWATER RAFTING and SAFARI

April 3, 2007

I caught the bus from Kathmandu to the rafting headquarters which was about 3 hrs. from Kathmandu. Unfortunately I was not able to take any pictues while rafting. We rafted for 2 days on Class III and Class IV rapids. Lydia, the Swedish girl, was thrown from the raft on the second day. Great fun but the water was freezing.

April 4, 2007

This morning we visited the Thara Village which gives a realistic idea of the villages outside of the cities. I especially liked the photo I took of the woman shucking corn while under a mosquito net.  There was a tower in the field to look out for rhinos which can damage the crops. 
I just finished the white water raft trip with my new Swedish friends, Joseph and Lydia, and was dropped off after a 2 hr. ride in the back of a jeep to a town outside Chitwan to meet my guide.

April 5, 2007

The Royal Chitwan National Park is 360 square miles in size and once was the private hunting land for the King of Nepal. Of the hundred breeding tigers left in Nepal about 50 are in Chitwan. I went on a special trip with my own guide one day in search of the elusive Bengal Tiger but our only sighting was a fresh paw print from earlier in the day. The rhinos are most impressive and you are given instruction on what to do if they charge and you are on foot. It actually happened to one group while I was there. By the way, you zigzag as you run as they do not change direction well. Also do not wear bright colored clothing. This safari is no way comparative to Africa but was nice for a couple of days rest. Most of your wildlife viewing will be rhinos, birds and a few monkeys along with the elephants that you ride. I really enjoyed the elephant interaction.

April 6, 2007

Elephants have a big role at the Island Resort as most safaris are done riding the elephants to search for rhinos and tigers.  They are well cared for by their handlers and we were allowed to bathe the elephants every afternoon in the river.

April 7, 2007

The Island Resort in the Royal Chitwan National Park was very nice. I stayed there for 5 days and 4 nights. There were usually about 50-60 people there but a few days there were only 5 of us. Usually a big group would show up. We bathed elephants, went on elephant safaris, walked through the jungle looking for tigers and rhinos and watched local tribes do custom ritual dances. You have to be ferried in a boat across the river to the island. It was a nice way to wind down after trekking through the Himilayas for 16 days. I will spend 1 more night in a hotel in Kathmandu (8th) before flying home.

GOING HOME

April 9, 2007

I leave today after an amazing adventure in the Himalayas.  My flight from Kathmandu to Delhi, India leaves at 2:45 p.m. and then a 6 hour layover until my direct flight to New York.  Delhi Airport is not where you want a 6 hour layover. Upon arriving in Delhi I was unable to find a reservation desk to get my boarding pass for the flight home but I did hear them calling out names for upcoming flights. I assumed that was the protocol, wait until your name is called. As departure time approached, I noticed a flight screen flashing that my plane was boarding and still no one has called my name. With only 1 flight per day from Delhi to the U.S. , I began to get concerned. Panicked is probably closer to the truth. Finally I found someone who spoke English to help me and it seems the airline did not have me listed as a passenger by error. They wanted me to take another flight the next day (24 hours later) but I refused. Luckily, I got on the plane with 15 minutes to spare and located my seat in the far back of the plane. My bags were not so lucky as there  was no time to check them. I was assured they would be sent later. 

A few minutes before takeoff, the pilot announced that the plane was completely full BUT he BELIEVED we had enough fuel to make it to New York without refueling. DID HE JUST SAY THAT OUTLOUD.... I was thinking to myself. 

Then I heard my name being called, asking me to come to the front of the plane to speak with a stewardess.  Immediately I thought I was going to be bumped because the plane was overloaded and I was the last to board. However, as my dad would say, " A blind hog found an acorn." LOL. I was being upgraded to 1st Class for the flight for all the trouble I encountered. Free gourmet food, snacks , drinks and room to sleep for next 12 hours was just what the doctor ordered. 

About an hour before arriving in New York, the pilot announced we would be making an unscheduled (emergency) landing at a military base in Canada for fuel. REALLY!!!!  Guess he didn't have enough fuel. Fortunately the remainder of the trip was uneventful.  Got my bags a week later. Still GREAT TRIP. 

Inconveniences are a small price to pay for amazing life experiences. 


CHAPTER 4.  PERU and BOLIVIA 

(May 17 - June 18, 2007)

Overview 

My short but amazing trip to Nepal a few months ago did little to curb my insatiable appetite for travel. Obviously it has become an addiction for me, one that I happily welcome.. A new and inexpensive trip to Peru including Machu Picchu, one of 7 Wonders of the World, seemed to be a perfect solution to feed my travel obsession. This would be my 4th continent to visit since beginning my new life of travel. With Peru being so diverse with the Andes Mountains, the Amazon, and desert coastline, finding things to do and see will not be difficult.

Lima, Peru

Lima, the capital of Peru, lies on the country's arid Pacific coast. Though its colonial center is preserved, it's a bustling metropolis and one of South America’s largest cities. The Plaza de Armas and the 16th-century cathedral are the heart of old Lima Centro. ― Google

May 17, 2007

After 2 plane changes in San Jose, Costa Rica and Bogota, Colombia I finally arrived in Lima at 7 pm. My flight to Cusco tomorrow was not until 6 am so I had booked a hostel in Lima for the night. A taxi ride from the airport to Lima was 45 minutes . Unfortunately I only had a few hours to look around Lima since I would need to leave at 3:30 am to make sure I did not miss my flight. I definitely should have booked another night in Lima to explore the sights. Traveling slower is definitely not one of my strengths but is something I must learn to truly appreciate traveling the world. Traveling slower is also much cheaper because it eliminates additional transportation costs.

Cusco, Peru

Cusco, a city in the Peruvian Andes, was once capital of the Inca Empire, and is now known for its archaeological remains and Spanish colonial architecture. Plaza de Armas is the central square in the old city, with arcades, carved wooden balconies and Incan wall ruins. The baroque Santo Domingo Convent was built on top of the Incan Temple of the Sun (Qoricancha), and has archaeological remains of Inca stonework. ― Google

May 18, 2007 

After my 50 minute flight to Cusco, I checked into my hostel and went to the Plaza de Armas, the center of activity for Cusco. The altitude (11,152 feet) was immediately noticeable and my breathing was more difficult, especially walking up stairs.  I checked out several local travel agents for prices for the Salkantay 5 day/4 night hike to Machu Picchu which ironically is only 7,972 feet high. I found one which included cooks, porters, guides, entrance fee to Machu Picchu, accommodations for one night in Aguas Calientes and the train ride back to Cuzco for only $166. The trip was available for May 21st. By comparison, the Inca Trail which is more famous, is $550 and must be booked 6 months in advance. My research had advised the Salkantay Trail as it is less crowded, much less expensive and more scenic. I also booked a city tour and Sacred Valley tour for the next couple of days.

Saturday May 19, 2007 

I took the city tour to see the Temple of the Sun and Sacsayhuaman, a fortress-temple complex,  on the outskirts of Cusco . I was the only one on the tour bus that did not speak Spanish, so it was a little embarrassing that the guide had to repeat everything just for me. The tour lasted about 5 hours and included several important Inca sites located just outside Cusco.  Later that evening I found a little pizza place with only a few tables, a wood oven and just locals. Even though I spoke no Spanish and they spoke no English we seemed to communicate just fine. I have learned in my short time traveling to look for places where the locals eat. The food is usually the best and the least expensive. 

Sunday May 20, 2007

Today I visited The Sacred Valley on a full day bus tour. The Sacred Valley drive was very beautiful with ruins and agricultural terraces high up on the mountains. The terraces are  held in place by stones and cultivated by using foot plows.  We went to Ollantaytambo, a massive Inca fortress with large stone terraces on the hillside and which is one of the best preserved Inca sites. We also visited the Sunday market in one of the small towns. There was a lot to see today and wish I had taken more notes.

HIKING SALKANTAY TRAIL

Monday May 21, 2007

I left at 4:30 am to go to Molepata to begin the 5 day hike on the Salkantay Trail to Machu Picchu. In our group were 2 English, 1 from Netherlands, 1 Scottish, 1 Irish and me. Deirdre {Irish} and Sam {Scottish} are married and have traveled all around the world. I loved listening to some of their travels. The first day we climbed to 3900 meters (12, 795 feet).  It was cold that night and there may have been an Andean bear roaming around the tents. The Salkantay Mountain was beautiful.

Tuesday May 22, 2007

I got up at 5 am and left at 6:15 am. Today was very hard and almost straight up. There were some switchback trails which helped. We finally reached the Salkantay Pass which is 4653 meters (15, 265 feet).  Then we walked down to 2900 meters. What a day. My legs hurt and my back is sore from my backpack, which is too heavy. I should have invested in the "horseback option" for my backpack but I am too cheap. Everyone else is drinking beer at 4:45 pm and it is starting to get cold and dark. I will pass on the beer and get rest instead. I forgot to put on suntan lotion and my face is starting to burn. Obviously I did not learn my lesson in Nepal a few months ago.

Wednesday May 23, 2007

We had to get up early and hike to the next village to catch the noon bus. (so we thought)  We found out later it was just so the guides and porters could all meet up and play soccer at the village at noon. Deidre had a wonderful interaction with a group of school children. They loved looking at their pictures as Deidre was taking them. It was one of those special moments which we unfortunately do not get to be a part of often enough. We arrived at the village right before noon.  After a few soccer matches and a late lunch , we climbed into the back of a truck with boards as seats.  Then we rode on a very narrow road with very steep cliffs which had the adrenaline going.  Later that evening we all went to the local hot springs to swim, relax and and drink cold beer.

Thursday May 24, 2007

Today we had to cross a river using cables and a pulley chair. The chair would only fit one person so it took a while. Diedre had some great interaction with the local school children. It was one of those special moments which we unfortunately do not get to be a part of often enough. Then we walked the final few hours along the railroad tracks all the way into Aguas Calientes. 

Aguas Calientes 

Aguas Calientes is a town in the Urubamba River Valley, in southeast Peru. It’s known for its thermal baths and as a gateway to the nearby Inca ruins of Machu Picchu. The town center is full of eateries and shops, anchored by the central Mercado Artesanal, a craft market. Northwest, along the river, are Los Jardines de Mandor gardens with orchids and birds. The nearby Butterfly House is a local conservation project. ― Google

Friday May 25, 2007

We stayed in a hostel in Aguas Calientes last night which was a great improvement over "tent life". We left at around 5 am and arrived at Machu Picchu at 6:10 am, hours before the tourist buses get there. To walk, you must climb about 1700 steps straight up the mountain. A task hard enough by itself but leaving my water at the breakfast table made it a bit more challenging. The view was spectacular especially since we were the only ones there at the beginning. Just us and the llamas. About 7:30 the clouds rolled in and Machu Picchu essentially disappeared for about 2 hours. About 10 am it cleared up again. I walked to the Sun Gate and the Inka bridge which both are an additional 1 hour walk each. After lunch I walked down the 1700 steps {all to save $3}, caught the train to Ollantaytambo and then switched to the bus to Cusco. We got back about 7:30 pm. Later that night I met up with all of the group at the highest Irish Pub in the world and we closed it down. Great day.

Cusco, Peru

May 26th and 27th, 2007

Slept, slept and slept. The combination of the exhausting day of Machu Picchu and the return to Cusco with late night at Irish Pub (2 am) took its toll. I did find time to wash clothes and plan my upcoming trip to Lake Titticaca.  Meeting Sam and Deidre for dinner. Deidre has been fussing at me for not visiting Ireland yet. That has me thinking about another trip. That has now become the "norm" for me, planning a new trip midway of my current trip. One of the great things about backpacking is the interaction with other travelers, especially when staying at hostels. This is when we share our travel experiences and listen to others experiences which provides insight for possible future trips.

Puno and Lake Titticaca 

May 28th and 29th, 2007

Travel day. I say goodbye to Cusco and bus (7 hours) to Puno. Upon arriving I checked into my hotel and signed up for a tour tomorrow to the Uros Islands (floating islands) on Lake Titticaca. I also reserved a room for Sam and Deidre who were arriving on a later bus. The Uros Islands are made of reeds and 3-10 families live on each of the islands. There are approximately 80 islands and each belongs to a family clan. The islands were originally built to keep the Incas and later the Spanish from taking their people slaves. These islands provided the seclusion needed to keep them from being found. The occupants must add up to 3 feet of reeds to their islands every 6-9 months to keep them afloat. Walking on the islands felt like walking on a trampoline.  All of the island residents were dressed in native outfits and displayed a variety of crafts for purchase. There were even boats completely made of reeds to ferry the tourists between islands.

Afternoon bus to Copacabana, Bolivia for the night. My original plan did not include Bolivia, but plans change.  Sam and Deidre had mentioned going to La paz, Bolivia to bike down the "Death Road" and I decided it sounded like an adventure I should not miss. Beautiful view of Lake Titticaca  from my room. I plan on visiting the Isle of Sol tomorrow and then go La Paz, Bolivia.

May 30, 2007

I took the boat from Copacabana to the Isle of Sol. The island has hiking paths which circle the entire island.. The path mainly follows the top of the hills on the coast and gives great views all the times. Some of the paths were in stone and made by the Incas. I got lost at the end of the day due to a local giving me the wrong directions, due to a language barrier,  and I missed the last boat. I ending up staying at the same hostel Deidre and Sam were staying purely by accident. The "backpacking world" is so small.

La Paz, Bolivia 

La Paz, in Bolivia, is the highest administrative capital in the world, resting on the Andes’ Altiplano plateau at more than 3,500m above sea level. It stretches to El Alto city in the highlands, with snow-capped, 6,438m-high Mt. Illimani as its backdrop. The city's dramatic setting can be taken in during rides on Mi Teleférico, the aerial cable car system. ― Google

Thursday May 31, 2007

The early morning boat from the Isle of Sol was "interesting". The boat began to take on water about 10 minutes into our journey. The next The remaining 35 minutes consisted  of the crew and passengers continuously bailing out water to prevent us from sinking. Aahh, the joys of travel. After arriving, I took the next  bus to La Paz, Bolivia. The bus ride was 3.5 hrs including the ferry ride. I checked into a hostel next to Downhill Madness, a company that takes people biking down the "Death Road". Rooms in the hostel are still pretty cold at night. We are at 11,942 feet and no heat to my knowledge, at least not in the dormitory. Tomorrow I bike down the "Death Road".

 June 1, 2007.  (BIKING THE "DEATH ROAD")

It is called the "Death Road" because on average over 300 people a year died on this road until 1994. Most of these ocurred in passenger buses that were overloaded. A new and much safer alternative route was built around after that but local traffic still uses this road. The descent is 3800 meters (12,467 ft) and is 64 km (40 miles) long. It is about a 600 meters (2000 foot) fall if you go off the road at almost every point. Also, there are no guardrails.  They also did not tell us beforehand that we had to ride on the outside edge due to traffic until after we got there. Seems traffic prefers to ride on the inside instead of the outside edge. One of the guides rides in front and alerts us to oncoming traffic.  Almost the entire trip is downhill (gravity cycling) and it seems as though you are continuously  braking. Each bike was fitted with hydraulic brakes which took a little getting used to.  We stopped every 30 minutes so the guides could check and adjust the brakes if necessary. I had two minor crashes but nothing serious. The 1st accident was 30 seconds into our ride. I used the front brakes exclusively and went headfirst  over the handlebar. The 2nd was when I was going downhill much too fast, hit some loose gravel and then intentionally launched my bike and myself into the inside wall. I was making sure to stay away from the outside ledge whenever possible. It had been about 25 years since my last bike ride so I was a little out of my element. Many young bikers from Colorado and Belgium in our group were going so fast that I lost sight of them within minutes.  One of the riders behind me did slide a bit off the edge of the road but another guy and I pulled him up. Quite an exhilarating experience. The scenery was BREATHTAKING. After completing our bike ride we had a few celebratory cervezas (beer) and a delicious  lunch buffet at a local hotel before our return to La Paz at 9 pm. I leave for Arequipa, Peru on the bus tomorrow morning and then plan on visiting Colca Canyon.

Arequipa,  Peru

Arequipa is the colonial-era capital of Peru’s Arequipa Region. Framed by 3 volcanoes, it's filled with baroque buildings constructed from sillar, a white volcanic stone. Its historic center is anchored by the Plaza de Armas, a stately main square flanked on its north by the 17th-century neoclassical Basilica Cathedral, which houses a museum displaying religious objects and artwork. ― Google

Saturday June 2, 2007. 

I caught the bus to Arequipa and had to cross the border again to go into Peru. The original hostel that I was going to stay in Arequipa was awful. Later that day, I found a great hostel  that was recommended by the  travel agent who arranged my trip to Colca Canyon. Arequipa was one of the most beautiful cities that I visited in Peru. It's called the "White City" since the buildings were constructed from a white volcanic stone.. The plaza was great and had several nice restaurants plus it was only 3 blocks from my hostel. The market that I visited on Sunday was very busy and had fresh fruit drinks, vegetables, meats and anything else you could possibly want. There were also many restaurant booths, side by side, offering inexpensive meals of fish, chicken of pork with vegetables and a drink that were tasty and filling. 


June 3, 2007  (Monasterio De Santa Catalina)

It is called an Island of Serenity in Peru's White City {Arequipa}. Covering an entire city block, the original convent was built in 1580. At its maximum, 450 women were living there in this quiet, self-contained community. It had a reputation of an exclusive club where young girls of aristocratic families arrived for an education, safe haven or a spiritual vocation. Quite impressive. 

In the afternoon I visited Mummy Juanita, the Inca Ice Maiden.

Local climber Miguel Zárate was guiding an expedition on Nevado Ampato (6288m/20,629 ft) in 1992 when he found curious wooden remnants, suggestive of a burial site, exposed near the icy summit. In September 1995 he convinced American mountaineer and archaeologist Johan Reinhard to climb the peak, which, following recent eruptions of nearby volcano Sabancaya, had been coated by ash, melting the snow below and exposing the site more fully. Upon arrival, they immediately found a statue and other offerings, but the burial site had collapsed and there was no sign of a body. Ingeniously, the team rolled rocks down the mountainside and, by following them, Zárate was able to spot the bundled mummy of an Inca girl, which had tumbled down the same path when the icy tomb had crumbled.

The girl's body had been wrapped and almost perfectly preserved by the icy temperatures for about 500 years. It was immediately apparent from the remote location of her tomb and from the care and ceremony surrounding her death (as well as the crushing blow to her right eyebrow) that this 12- to 14-year-old girl had been sacrificed to the gods at the summit. For the Incas, mountains were gods who could kill by volcanic eruption, avalanche or climatic catastrophes. These violent deities could only be appeased by sacrifices from their subjects, and the ultimate sacrifice was that of a child.    Lonely Planet

This visit was both creepy and intriguing.  Besides seeing one of the best preserved mummies in the world, the story was depicted by a video including actors portraying the events and commentary that brought life to this tragic story. Her body is still maintained in a climate controlled enclosure that you can view from all sides.

Chivay, Peru


June 4, 2007.  (Chivay, base for Colca Canyon)

I took the bus early on a tour from Arequipa to Chivay which would be our base to visit the Colca Canyon and see the Andean Condors. The Vicuna, smallest member of the camel family and relative of the Llama are the official animal of Peru. Our van broke down on the way for 1.5 hrs but we finally made it. An uninvited alpaca keep licking the bottom of our roadside table at the restaurant. We finally looked and saw it was licking gum stuck to the bottom of the table. I met two great Canadian girls, Alex and Kylie, with whom I spent the night partying at the local Irish Pub {yes they had an Irish Pub in Chivay} even though it is very small. At dinner, we watched Peruvian folk dancing and had a great local meal.


Colca Canyon

Tuesday June 5, 2007.   (Colca Canyon and Andean Condors)

"We take to the breeze, we go as we please."
Charlottes Web.  E.B. White

Took the bus at 6 am to go to Condor Cross. This is the site at the Colca Canyon which is best for viewing the Andean Condors soaring in the Andes. The Condors, about 7 of them, would almost appear out of nowhere catching the updrafts of wind in the canyon. At times they would fly only 15-20 feet over our heads. It was nature at its finest. The Colca Canyon was also very impressive and is at least twice as deep as the Grand Canyon according to the guide. The baby alpaca was the center of attention when we stopped for lunch in the next village. At every stop we were swarmed by locals selling their crafts.

Iquitos, Peru

Iquitos is a Peruvian port city and gateway to the jungle lodges and tribal villages of the northern Amazon. Its district of Belén is known for its massive open-air street market and rustic stilt houses lining the Itaya River. In the historic center, the Main Square (Plaza de Armas) is surrounded by European-influenced buildings dating to the region's turn-of-the-20th-century boom in rubber production. ― Google

June 6, 2007.  (Iquitos, Gateway to the Amazon)

I left Arequipa at 11:20 am to fly to Iquitos, Peru to begin my Amazon adventure. I had a 4 hr. layover in Lima but still arrived in Iquitos at 7 pm. I took a taxi (3 wheel motorcycle) to the center of town and found a hostel. My taxi stopped at a street money changer to let me change dollars into soles. I caught him trying to cheat me the 1st time but somehow he shortchanged me again the second time. Lesson learned. The road for the 3 miles to the city from the airport was covered in glass and burning trash. The taxi driver said they were having peaceful demonstrations. I hope I don't see any "peaceful " demonstrations like that.  The taxi driver tried to double the price at the end of the ride due to the road conditions he said. I denied his request and just walked away. Going to sleep and will try and find an inexpensive trip down the Amazon tomorrow.

June 7, 2007.  (Yellow Rose of Texas, Belen District)

Talked to Exploroma about 4 night/5 day Amazon trip and they wanted $832. Finally found a local tourist company who offered me a 6 night/7 day trip without the luxury accommodations for $360. I went to a restaurant I had read about in the Lonely Planet guide that had great American food, The Yellow Rose of Texas. Gerald, the owner, is originally from Thibideaux, Louisiana but moved to Texas when he was a young boy. He has been in Iquitos for about 30 yrs he said. Good food, great looking waitresses and is open 24 hrs a day but mostly visited by tourists and expats.

In Iquitos, the Belen District  is the slum area consisting mostly of floating houses and floating shops. The rise and fall of the river makes this necessary for the low lying area. I hired a local who gave me a boat (canoe) trip of Belem's houses and markets.

Friday June 8, 2007.  (Slow Boat Down the Amazon)

My guide and I boarded the slow boat that was going down the Amazon to get to my remote destination 150 miles from the nearest city or town of any size. The boat trip will last about 18 hrs and my sleeping quarters will be a hammock on the open deck along with 250 other locals. There will also be bananas, cattle and various other goods which will be transported back to Iquitos on the return trip. Many villagers also pay the fee to return to their villages after going to the city for supplies. The Amazon was so enormous it was almost unbelievable. You can not see the banks of both sides at some times. It looks like an ocean.

Saturday June 9, 2007.  (Canoe trip to Camp)

After getting off the boat, we took a canoe and went down a tributary of the Amazon River to our camp site. We passed several houses that belonged to friends of my guide. While traveling down the river, my guide filled up my empty coke bottle with river water and drank it. He showed me the water and it was perfectly clear. The guide said the Amazon was the largest self cleaning river in the world and it just looked dark due to the soil on the top which had not settled yet. We passed balsa wood that had been cut and tied together to float down the river at a later date. Hard to believe that as remote as were were there was still some logging going on.

June 9-12th, 2007

I slept pretty well for my 1st night in the jungle. A cabin with no electricity, makeshift toilet, and a mattress with a mosquito net was the extent of my accomodations. My breakfast consisted of Piranha cooked in Banana  leaves. It was great though the head was still attached and was a little scary looking with its teeth very noticeable. I am going fishing for Piranha later in the canoe. (I caught 4)

While in the Amazon, we walked through the forest while the guide showed me the medicinal plants and what their uses were. We would also fish, mostly for Piranha, in the mornings to have fresh food to eat. We only took two live chickens and vegetables with us to the camp for the week. At night we went looking for Caiman {alligators}. My guide, Raphael, and his friend caught a young Caiman one night and also shot a river rat on the river bank. Then they jumped out of the boat and chased the wounded river rat. This would be their dinner later, NOT MINE.  Ending the trip earlier than expected as I got bored. Late afternoon boat back to Iquitos. I now realize I was more interested in seeing more of the Amazon River than the jungle.

Wednesday June 13, 2007

Back in Iquitos and I decided to visit the Butterfly Farm and animal sanctuary. I caught a boat down the river a few kilometers and found my way to the site. A woman from Austria had moved here 20 years ago and began the Butterfly Farm which breeds butterflies in their natural habitat. She also has accumulated monkeys, crocodiles, parrots, a tapir, a jaguar and even an anteater. The woman told me that recently a parrot fell into the small pond and that the a crocodile ate it. She said the parrot fell into the pond because the monkeys like to sneak up behind them and pull out their tail feathers.


Trujillo and Huanchaco,  Peru

June 14th - June 17th, 2007

I caught a flight from Iquitos to Lima and then slept in the airport until my early morning flight to Trujillo.

I spent a couple of days relaxing in Trujillo where I visited Chan Chan, a pre-Colombian city and  archeological site. Then my last few days were  in the small coastal village of Huanchaco. Nice beaches and great seafood. The fisherman here still use reed boats to fish in the ocean. The boats are called cabillitos de tortora. Cabillitos means "little horse". Fisherman kneel on them rather than ride in them. Nice to just relax without trying to see too many sights. I leave on the bus from Truijillo at 11 pm on the 17th and will arrive in Lima at 8 am the next day. Then taxi to Airport and flight home at 2:30 pm. Good trip.


CHAPTER 5.  IRELAND and NORWAY (2007) + NORWAY (2015)

(August 22nd - September 20th, 2007)

Overview 

This trip occurred at the insistence of my new friends from Scotland and Ireland,  Sam and Deidre, who I met in Peru a few months earlier. I am very happy they convinced me because Ireland is now like a 2nd home to me. I was not prepared for Ireland's beauty and culture and look forward to all future trips with great anticipation. 

Dublin, Ireland

August 22, 2007       

Well I finally made it to Dublin after my flight was rerouted to Atlanta from Cincinnati. I arrived about 9:30 a.m. and caught the 41 bus which went straight to my hostel. Unfortunately, check-in was not until 2:00 p.m. so I walked around and explored the city center.

Trinity College was nearby so I went to see the famous Book of Kells. This book was written by Scottish monks in the 8th century. It is in latin and represents the 1st 4 books of the new testament. The pictures and artistic writing are unbelievable and I cannot imagine how much time it took to create that much detail. Google the "Book of Kells" if you get a chance. I then went to the Long Room which is their library and home to over 700,000 books. Most of them are over 400 years old and in latin.

By this time it was well after 2:00 pm so I checked into the hostel and caught a few hours sleep. Then I walked a few blocks to the Temple Bar District which is Dublin's equivalent of the French Quarter in New Orleans, Louisiana, my home state. With over 1000 pubs in Dublin, I do not see how they get any work done. It is said that there is no walking route across Dublin where you will not pass a PUB. I found a nice pub with original Irish folk music and ordered my first Guinness. It is very dark and takes several minutes for it to settle so that you can drink it. It was quite bitter but by the second pint I could see that this could become an acquired taste. 3rd pint was AWESOME. 

I met two girls from England and we tried several other Irish beers and Jameson whiskey. One of the English girls was drinking Jameson and lemonade. Tasted pretty good. I was told by an Irish woman on the plane that I would probably spend a lot of my time in the pubs while in Ireland because that is where the Irish spend their time. I can see that now.

The Irish like to go to the pubs and have craic (pronounced crack).  The first time I heard that I was a little surprised and then I learned that craic is good conversation and a good time with friends.

August 23, 2007

Had so much fun yesterday I slept late and finally was woken by hostel staff saying the hostel closes daily from 11-2 for cleaning. I spent the next few hours sightseeing and then chilled for rest of the day. I leave tomorrow  for Kilkenny. 

Kilkenny, Ireland

August 24, 2007  

took the 11:30 bus to Kilkenny {Ireland's medieval city}. In Ireland the bus ticket does not reserve you a seat, it only means that you have a ticket to that destination for that day. To make sure you have a seat for a certain time you have to wait in line for the bus for 30-45 minutes before it leaves. The bus ride was 2 hrs. Kilkenny has about 20,000 people and all the sites to see are within 15 minutes of my hostel. The most famous of the sites is the Kilkenny Castle. I hope to post pictures as soon as I figure how. I am still trying to adjust to the cost of everything here. After Peru everything is going to seem expensive. A McDonalds happy meal here is almost $8.00. So far the hostel has been fine. Having 7 roommates takes a little getting used to especially if a lot of them are girls. Waiting for the bathroom can take a while.


Saturday August 25, 2007

Another day, another pub. Took it easy today and just walked around. I went to bed early but sometimes a hostel's great location is also a detriment which I learned as I tried to sleep with drunken party-goers rambling the streets until 2 am. Lesson learned, don't go to sleep early when in Ireland. 

Note: I thought that understanding the language in Ireland would be easier than South America but not so much. I understand every 3rd word of the Irish speaking English and a lot of young and old also speak Gaelic.

"Those who wander are not necessarily lost."
J.R.R. Tolkien


Rock of Cashel

August 26, 2007.   

Today was a day trip from Kilkenny to see the iconic Rock of Cashel. Legend says that St. Patrick arrived here in AD 432 and baptized King Aengus, who became the Ireland' s first christian ruler. This is also where he plucked the shamrock to explain the mystery of the Trinity and is how it became Ireland's symbol. This was the home to the kings of Munster from 370 AD until 1101.

After going to the Rock of Cashel I stopped in Cahir to see the Cahir Castle which is one of the best preserved castles in Ireland and the Swiss Cottage which was about 3 km away.

Cork, Ireland

August 27-29, 2007

After Kilkenny,  I took the bus to Cork. It is a large city with 175,000 people. I checked into the Bru Hostel and did what most backpackers do, talk to other travelers about the sites to see and places to visit. 

The next day I took the bus to Blarney to visit the Blarney Castle and kiss the famous Blarney Stone. Kissing the Blarney Stone supposedly gives you the " Gift of Gab". While there I also visited the Blarney Manor, gardens, and witches steps. I walked up and down the witches steps with my eyes closed which is supposed to give me a free wish within a year. Killarney tomorrow. 

Killarney,  Ireland

August 29- 31, 2007.

I have been in Killarney for the past 2 days. Yesterday I went on a bus tour to the Dingle Peninsula and got some great pictures of the coast and the Blasket Islands, which is the nearest European land mass to the US. Unfortunately, this computer is locked and I cannot download the pictures. I will try again at my next hostel.

Today I start a 9 day trek around the Ring of Kerry called the Kerry Way. The walking path is 135 miles and begins by walking from Killarney through the Killarney National Park and then along the coastline of the Kerry Peninsula. There are hostels located along the path and hopefully it's well marked. The Kerry Way is supposedly the most beautiful hike in Ireland. Hiking is quickly becoming a passion of mine. Big cities, not so much.

On another note, I finally got the courage to use the hostel's kitchen to store food in the refrigerator. Something about leaving food in there when everyone has access but everything is marked and there doesn't seem to be a problem.

Kerry Way

Friday, August 31, 2007.   (Killarney to Glencar)

I started walking at 7:30 am from Killarney to Black Valley {22 km. or 14 miles} and got to the Black Valley hostel at 3:00 pm but they were closed until 5:00. The path went by Muckross House and the Torc Waterfall. I decided to keep on walking to the next town. Not the smartest of moves. I arrived in Glencar at 9:00 pm. That is a total of 13.5 hrs walking my first day with only a 10 minutes break for a ham sandwich. The hostel/pub/restaurant was a welcome site. I sat at a table with backpackers from South Africa, Germany, Australia and Ireland sharing travel adventures. Also, the two girls bartending were from Poland. Seems a lot of people from Eastern Europe have come to work in Ireland. I had a big bowl of Irish stew, a few beers and crashed in the dorm.

Saturday , September 1, 2007 (Glencar to Glenbeigh)

I overslept due to exhaustion from previous days hike and didn't start hiking until 9:00 am. Today should be a much easier as Glenbeigh is only 8 miles from Glencar. As soon as I started on the trek I ran into Simon, a 21 yr. old Aussie, and we decided to walk together for a while. We arrived in Glenbeigh about 2:00 pm and asked where we could find a room. The man laughed and said this weekend was the biggest festival of the year and most rooms were probably booked. 
Fortunately we found a B&B which had just received a cancellation. 30 euros apiece for twin beds and a complete breakfast. About 14 euros more than the hostel but the free breakfast was worth about 9 euros. Luckily I had run into Simon or I would have had to pay the 60 euros myself. We walked  to the beach and watched the festival's horse races. Quite interesting watching them race in the sand with the ocean as  a backdrop. I will post pictures when possible. Later music played in the street and people were still partying at 6:00 am. I had crashed about midnight but still heard most of the festivities. The B & B owner said he partied until daylight. 

September 2 thru 6th, 2007.   (Glenbeigh to  Carchiveen to Sneems to Kenmare to Killarney)

Hiked from Glenbeigh to Carchiveen which was the hardest hiking day so far. Up and down about 14 hills which were 600 to 1800 feet each. The next day I trekked from Carchiveen to Sneems. High up on the hills you could see the coast below. The next day was to Kenmare and then finally back to Killarney. 7 days and 135 miles. Tired,  but definitely worth the effort. The scenery was just unbelievably beautiful each day and only a brief, light rain on 2 occasions. 

Doolin, Ireland

September 7, 2007.   

I got up early (6:30) and went downstairs at the Killarney hostel to use the Internet  and map out my route to Doolin. Simon was sitting at the computer, he had locked himself out of his room. I caught the 9 am bus to Doolin and had a 3 hr layover in Galway. Nice university town with pedestrian walkways. I arrived at Doolin at 8 pm and checked into the hostel. Tomorrow I get to see the Cliffs of Moher

Standing 700 feet high and running for about 9 miles, the majestic Cliffs of Moher are the crown jewels of Ireland’s west coast. With their astounding height and breathtaking views, these rock formations are some of the most visited natural attractions on the Emerald Isle. 

Saturday, September 8, 2007.   (IRELAND, Cliffs of Moher)

Today was a great day. The hostel owner told me of a great path to the Cliffs of Moher from the hostel. The path was right beside the cliffs starting close to the hostel and lasting for about 2 hours . Part of the path was outside a barbed wire fence and only left about 6-12 inches between the path and the cliff.  It was quite an adrenaline rush. At the end of that dangerous stretch the path ended and went straight up a hill. I decided if others had done it, why not. As I approached the top of the steep hill several other hikers at the top asked what I was doing. I said walking the path along the Cliffs. They laughed and said those were "animal" trails and showed me the safer, well kept trail further from the edge of the Cliffs. Oh well, survived another misadventure. I walked a total of 8 hrs today,  partially because I did not want to pay for the bus to return. The view of the Cliffs was spectacular. I took sandwiches for lunch and sat on the edge of the cliff for over an hour just taking in the scenery. I can't wait to find a computer that will let me post some pictures.

"As you walk and eat and travel, be where you are, otherwise you will miss most of your life."
                     Buddha

September 9, 2007

I did not sleep well because of  "snoring guy" in the dorm and a fire alarm that went off at 4 am. I had planned on taking a boat to the Aran Islands today but bad weather forced me to change plans so I opted for a leisure day washing clothes, checking email and downloading pictures. Pubs and Irish music was my plan for the night.

Galway, Ireland

Galway, a harbour city on Ireland’s west coast, sits where the River Corrib meets the Atlantic Ocean. The city’s hub is 18th-century Eyre Square, a popular meeting spot surrounded by shops and traditional pubs that often offer live Irish folk music. Nearby, stone-clad cafes, boutiques and art galleries line the winding lanes of the Latin Quarter, which retains portions of the medieval city walls. ― Google

September 10, 2007.   (IRELAND, Galway)

Today I am in Galway. On my blog are a few pictures of Galway which is a university town and supposedly the liveliest of all towns in Ireland. The colorful buildings and the harbor provide amazing postcard scenery. I will know more by tomorrow. I have actually stopped here on two other occasions while changing buses for a few hours and it looks like a lot of fun. 

"Life is not measured by the number of breaths we take but by the places and moments that take our breath away." Unknown


September 11, 2007.  (IRELAND, Clifden, Connemara)

Day trip to  Clifden which is in the Connemara region. It was a very beautiful town and like most places in Ireland has great music. I also walked the Sky Road which runs above the town and has a great view of the Atlantic Ocean. Afternoon bus back to Galway, then a few of us from the hostel visited the Crane Pub, where local musicians practice their craft. 

I will take the bus to Dublin  tomorrow and catch the 3:15 pm flight to Oslo, Norway. I will stay in Norway until September 30th and then fly back to Dublin for my final few days and return flight home.


September 12, 2007.  (Galway to Dublin Airport to Oslo, Norway)

I woke up at 6:20 am and had to get my stuff together in the dark to not wake everyone in the dorm. I took the bus from Galway to the Dublin Airport and arrived at 12:30 pm. My flight to Oslo, Norway was scheduled at 3:25 pm. I arrived at the Airport in Norway at 6:30 pm but still had a 2 hour bus ride into Oslo. (One of the problems in flying cheap airlines)   I checked into my really nice but expensive hostel. I paid $50 for the right to sleep in a tiny bunk bed with 9 other people in the room. (However, cheapest alternative)


September 13th, 2007.  (NIGHTMARE IN NORWAY, Finse and Bergen)

I got up early, ate breakfast, checked out and went on the train to Finse,  where I had planned on doing some hiking in the mountains. I arrived in Finse and was told the Hostel had closed 5 days ago for remainder of the season and that I should find a hotel. The cheapest hotel room was 135 euros ($150) and definitely not in my budget. The next train to Bergen, my next planned destination,  was at 8:20 pm so I purchased a ticket and explored Finse. 

I arrived in Bergen at 10:30  pm and could not find the hostel nor did anyone know of it. (Seems they had changed the name) Hard to find people willing to help late at night. It started raining and someone mentioned another hostel. I got there and it closed at 9 pm and there was no reception. Still raining. All hotels I checked were 180 euro ($210). REALLY !!!!  I tried going to the train station to sleep but it was locked until the morning. After being chased by a homeless man who insisted on talking to me, I reluctantly agreed to pay $150 for a hotel at about 1 am. My cold, soaking wet, aching,  exhausted body thanked me. Planning better instead of "winging it" will become the core of all my future trips.  

Voss, Norway

September 14, 2007  

After checking online I found a hostel in Voss, near Finse, that would serve my purposes and  took the 10:28 am train. Upon arriving at the train station, I asked for directions to the hostel. When I arrived at the hostel I was informed that MY hostel was 40 kilometers from here. The receptionist helped me cancel my other reservation and booked me for 2 nights. At only $40 a night in the dorm, I was ecstatic.  This hostel will be closing in 10 more days. I checked the weather and saw that tomorrow would be a great day to visit the fjords, the main reason I came to Norway.

NORWAY MIRACLE

After  checking into my hostel in Voss, I was looking for a sign of better things to come. I went to the local market to buy sandwich meat for the next few days and that is when it happened. Right in front of me was a package of 10 hot dog wieners and 10 hot dog buns. That's right, an even number of both. Not sure if this would make the pope's list of miracles but it is certainly something that I have neither seen or heard of in my lifetime. lol This was the sign I was waiting for and I quickly purchased them.


Saturday, September 15, 2007.  (NORWAY IN A NUTSHELL)

The next day was overcast but had great visibility so I went on the "Norway In A Nutshell" tour. It started with a bus ride down the mountains on hairpin turns, then on a two hour ferry ride through the most beautiful fjords in Norway and then finished by train on the famous Flam Railroad. When we  arrived at the town of Myrdal , high in mountains, it started to snow very hard. Overall, it was everything that I came to Norway to do. Trekking through the mountains would be nice but all the hostels in the mountains closed in August much to my dismay.

Sunday I take the train back to Oslo and Monday I fly back to Dublin 12 days earlier than planned. The fact that trekking is not possible and Norway is the most expensive country in Europe made going back to Dublin early an easy decision.

Oslo, Norway
Oslo, the capital of Norway, sits on the country’s southern coast at the head of the Oslofjord. It’s known for its green spaces and museums. Many of these are on the Bygdøy Peninsula, including the waterside Norwegian Maritime Museum and the Viking Ship Museum, with Viking ships from the 9th century. The Holmenkollbakken is a ski-jumping hill with panoramic views of the fjord. It also has a ski museum. ― Google

Monday, September 17, 2007

I spent Sunday night in a hostel in Oslo and will fly to Dublin today at 7pm. Earler today I took the ferry in Oslo to see the Viking Ship Museum. They have 3 original viking ships that have been restored. There are also other viking artifacts such as wagons, carts and cooking utensils. It was quite a sight to see. I also visited the Kon-Tiki Museum which included the raft and the boat made out of papyrus. This boat and raft sailed across the Atlantic Ocean and part of the Pacific to prove that ancient civilizations could have colonized far away countries many years ago. 

"I sought to see the amazing as normal, and the daily as unique, and in that swirling paradox I found the joy of travel."
Mary Poxon

Dublin, Ireland

September 18, 2007  

Today I took a guided bus tour to Powerscourt House and Gardens, Glendalough, and through the Wicklow Mountains. The Gardens are supposed to be one of the most beautiful in all of Europe. The house and gardens reminded me very much of Versailles to a lesser degree.

September 19, 2007

Easy day walking around enjoying the sights of Dublin. Rainy that afternoon so I took it as a sign to do "much needed" laundry. I am sure everyone on the long flight home will appreciate my clean smelling clothes.

GOING HOME

September 20, 2007

After an amazing trip, I am ready to get back home to see the Family. 

" The real treasure, that which we all seek, is never very far; there is no real need to seek it in a distant place, for it lies buried within our own hearts. And yet, there is this strange and persistent fact, that it is only after a journey in a distant region, in a new land, that the way to that treasure becomes clear. "

Heinrich Zimmer

LAGNIAPPE, as we say in Louisiana.

Lagniappe is a creole word meaning 'the gift' or 'to give more'. The practice originated in Louisiana in the 1840's whereby a merchant would give a customer a little something extra at the time of purchase.

While I thoroughly enjoyed the beauty of  Norway in 2007, my timing and some adverse weather did not allow me to truly appreciate Norway. My follow up trip in 2015 had much better weather and a few great hiking adventures.

NORWAY (2015)

May 4, 2015

I leave Dublin tomorrow and fly to Stavanger, Norway for 2 nights. My entire reason for this trip was to hike to Pulpit Rock. Afterwards  to Voss to enjoy  "Norway In A Nutshell" again and then  3 nights in Bergen. Excited about revisiting Norway, not so excited about the expense as Norway is most expensive country in the world or close.

May 5, 2015

Dublin flight to Oslo, then connecting flight to Stavanger. I used the directions given to me by the Airbnb host to bus from the Airport.  Missed my stop and ended back at the Airport. Will try again.  Lol  Better luck the 2nd time . The host told me I had the 4 bedroom apartment  to myself since I was their only booking today. The apartment  was located near the ferry I would need to catch tomorrow. (Not an accident, good planning). It had been raining pretty hard since I arrived in Stanger but the forecast tomorrow looked promising.


May 6, 2015

I got up early, made instant coffee and  walked 15 minutes to catch the ferry. Then I caught a bus to the hiking point. It is a pretty steep hike which takes 1.5-2 hours and I paid the price for sitting on my butt for the past 5 months.  I was not anticipating  snow but it was a pleasant surprise. The grey clouds lifted on the hike and we had partly sunny skies. The view from Pulpit Rock was amazing. Many hikers risked their lives for an Instagram photo by sitting on the ledge,  but I decided NO !!!!   Stayed there about an hour and hiked down to catch the returning shuttle. Rained on our journey back to the ferry. Good timing.  Later today a 35 minute plane (cheapest way) to Bergen  followed by a 1 hour train to Voss. Tomorrow is Norway in a Nutshell.


May 8, 2015. (Norway in a Nutshell)

I did this trip in 2007 and was excited for opportunity to do it again, though expensive at $106. The trip originates by bus from Voss to Gudvangen down a very steep winding road through the mountains past numerous waterfalls. Then a ferry for the 2 hour cruise to Flam where we enjoyed the fjord's scenery and more waterfalls. We had sunshine 75% of the time which was a bonus. After reaching Flam we took the train up through the mountains to Myrdal (6000 ft.).  Exactly as in 2007, there were snow flurries everywhere providing a beautiful background for the mountains. Then back to Voss at 4:30 pm. Great trip.  


May 9, 2015.  (Bergen. Hiking up Mount Floyen)

With beautiful weather on my arrival in Bergen and 2 hours until check-in, I decided to hike to the viewpoint overlooking the city. Bergen receives rain about 300 days a year so I did not want to waste this opportunity. Mount Floyen is 1 of 7 mountains surrounding the city and is approximately 1000 feet above the harbour. There is a funicular (tram) that takes you up for $10 but the opportunity to hike, exercise AND save $10 made the decision to walk an easy one. The majority of locals were also walking to the top. It only takes about 45 minutes going up and it is pretty steep at places. The views were special though and treated myself with ice cream at the top.

I was only in Bergen 1 night in 2007 and it was raining constantly. My biggest regret visiting Norway then was being unable to view Bergen and its harbour in good weather. Mission accomplished.

After leaving Bergen,  I flew back to Ireland for 10 days. Like Guatemala, Ireland feels like a second home to me.



CHAPTER 6.   NEW ZEALAND and AUSTRALIA


This trip was specially planned to hike the many beautiful treks in New Zealand. After my previous hiking trips I realized hiking was one of my true passions. Australia was added to learn to scuba dive on the Great Barrier Reef and get a glimpse of the country.

(November 10 - December 24th, 2007)

November 10-12th, 2007.  (NEW ZEALAND, Auckland)

My son, Beau, dropped me off at the NO airport for my 1:55 pm flight to LA.  I had a brief (1 hr) layover in Houston and arrived in LA at 6:00 pm. Then a 9:00 pm flight to Auckland. I arrived at 7:30 am on MONDAY morning. I had ost a day crossing over the international date line. The flight from LA to Auckland was 12.5 hrs and I actually got a little sleep this time. After checking into the hostel, I went out exploring Auckland. I went to the top of the Sky Tower which is supposed to be the tallest building in the southern hemisphere and took some great pictures. Unfortunately, I left my usb cable for my camera and will not be able to download pictures until I can find a new one. Other than the Sky Tower, I wasn't loving Auckland, but assume there are some great things to do I wasn't aware of. I am also not a fan of big cities and plan better when there is hiking and nature involved. That's why I'm  in New Zealand.

November 13, 2007.  (National Park Village)

I caught an early bus for the six hour bus ride to the National Park Village. This will be my base for the one day trek to climb the Tongairiro Crossing which is reputed to be the best one day trek in all New Zealand. There are only a few people at my hostel which makes sleeping easier. The town is a big ski resort and since it is only a few weeks to summer here, things are a little slow until the hikers get here in the summer. Since New Zealand is in the Southern Hemisphere their seasons are opposite of ours in the United States. 

November 14, 2007

I got up early to catch the bus transport to the Crossing but it was SNOWING. No kidding, 2 weeks till summer and it looked like a blizzard for about an hour. The winds also reached about 70 mph throughout the North Island which is where I was. I decided to stay another day and try my luck tomorrow. Not much to do here and there are only 3 local tv stations. 

November 15, 2007

The shuttle arrived at the hostel at 7:15 am and 2 German girls and I climbed aboard. We stopped at another hostel and picked up 16 more trekkers. We arrived at the start of the Crossing about 8 am. It is a 18 kilometer hike through the mountains which is about 11 miles. The bus driver said he would pick us up at the other end of the Crossing at 4pm. The weather was overcast and quite windy. I was the 1st one out of the bus and on the trail. I did not want to get behind some that looked as though they had no business here. Along the trail I passed a group of approximately 30 teenagers on some kind of field trip. Then all of a sudden, the trail started straight up the mountain. It was getting colder and the wind began blowing much harder plus there was  snow on the ground. At one point, myself and 2 other climbers thought we may be summiting the wrong mountain but realized that we just had hit the hardest part of the climb. The wind at the top of Red Crater would almost blow you down and in fact one girl later said it did. Unfortunately the first 3 hours did not result in very picturesque scenery. After crossing Red Crater the wind was not settled somewhat and the sun made an occasional appearance. The views got better and I could understand why this is one of the most trekked areas in all of New Zealand. I finished the Crossing at 1:45 pm and had to wait for over 2 hrs for the bus. At the end of the trek there were about 100 other people waiting for their buses also. Back to the hostel to rest my now aching muscles. 

Wellington, New Zealand 

November 16-18th. 

After a lazy morning ,  I caught the afternoon bus from the National Park to Wellington. Wellington is a great city with a lot of night life and great restaurants. After checking into the hostel ,  I enjoyed a few beers, excellent food and an early night. I got up early the next day to visit the Mount Victoria Lookout.  It provides  stunning 360 degree views of Wellington City, the harbour  and the ocean. I also visited some beautiful Botanical Gardens while there. Later I visited New Zealand's National museum, Te Papa. 

November 18, 2007 (Picton and Queen Charlotte Track,  Day 1)

I boarded the 8:30 am ferry to Picton which took about 3 hours. The trip was a great way to see the Marlborough Sounds. Picton is a nice little town which is the center for trips to the Queen Charlotte Track, Abel Tasman Track and Marlborough Wine Tours. . Upon arrival I booked the water taxi and 3 nights accomodation for the Queen Charlotte  Track for $165. I was dropped off at Ship Cove at 2:30 pm. The trail had some steep parts but the amazing views made it all worthwhile.  The weather was sunny, warm and beautiful.  I arrived at the Endeavor Lodge at 6:30 pm, 1 hour ahead of the estimated time. I have a cabin to myself. YAY !!

November 19, 2007. (NEW ZEALAND, Queen Charlotte Track , Day 2)

Today was supposed to be an easy 2-3 hr walk to my next hut. Somehow I missed Naolines Homestay and by the time I realized it (3 large hills and about 2 miles later),  I decided to continue to the next place that I had booked. I had started at 9 am and arrived at my next destination (Debritts) at 7 pm and one day early. 35 kilometers (21 miles) in all with the hardest part of the track today. The owners called the place I was supposed to stay and she had been worried because I was 9 hrs late. Another thing I didn't realize, most trekkers or trampers as they say in NZ,  let the water taxis carry their baggage from hut to hut so that you don't have to carry all that weight. I thought only a few wimps did this but I found out that I was the 1 in a 100 that carried my own bag which now weighs about 25 lbs.


November 20, 2007.  (NEW ZEALAND, Queen Charlotte Track, Day 3)

I left at 9 am and was told it would be a 6 hr walk to Anikiwa where the water taxi would pick me up at 4:30 pm.  This  morning's hike was almost straight  up  which was not what the doctor ordered after my previous 10 hr day.  The views of the Queen Charlotte Sound are so beautiful that you almost don't feel the searing pain in your legs and shoulders.  I actually made it at 1:50 pm and had to wait around for a few hrs. So now I have an extra day and decided to go on a half day wine tour through the Marlborough Wine Vineyards. It was $59 NZ and I think I can drink that much wine since we will visit 4 wineries and all tastings are included.


November 21, 2007.  (NEW ZEALAND,  Marlborough Wine tour)

There were 10 of us on the bus and we visited 4 wineries. The only wine questions any of us had were when were they going to pour the next free wine sample. Great fun was had by all. New Zealand has only been producing wine for about 20 years but there are orchards springing up everywhere.

Christchurch,  New Zealand 

November 22, 2007

Happy Thanksgiving to all.   I just arrived in Christchurch after a 6 hr bus ride. Great weather and beautiful country. I went to the Sargeant Peppers Club for dinner and had a great STEAK??? Okay, no turkey and dressing to be found here so steak will be my Thanksgiving meal and definitely  a splurge for me. Yes, the Sargeant Pepper Club had Beatles posters everywhere and played Beatles music continuously but was still very good, if not classy. No one really understands the concept of Thanksgiving here. I leave for Queenstown tomorrow and then to Te Anau to start more tramping (trekking).


November 23, 2007.   (NEW ZEALAND, Mount Cook)

I caught the bus from Christchurch and went to Mount Cook (NZ highest mountain at a little over 12,000 ft.). There is a statute of Sir Edmund Hillary who was the first climber to climb Everest. He was from NZ and Mt. Cook was where he and his sherpa, Tenzig Norgay, practiced before their Everest summit. I was there for a couple of hrs and then continued to Queenstown to spend the night. Tomorrow I catch the early bus to Te Anau and then a cruise on the famous Milford Sound.

"Some people travel to look, while others come to see."

Tenzig Norgay to Sir Edmund Hillary 
(after summiting Mount Everest)


Saturday November 24, 2007

I left Queenstown on the 7 am bus to Te Anau where I checked into my hostel. Then I took the bus to Milford Sound and arrived in time for the 1:15 pm Milford Sound Cruise. The day was overcast but we still had great views of Milford Sound (which is really a fjord but they never changed the name). We cruised out to the ocean and returned coming within 10 feet of a magnificent waterfall and we also got to see a group of seals basking on the rocks. On the way back it rained quite a bit but as they like to say, "It makes the waterfalls more spectacular." 

Back to Te Anau for the night and on to the Kepler Track tomorrow. 

Kepler Track

November 25-27th

The Kepler Track is a 3 day 61 kilometer (41 mile) track. It is rated as moderate to hard in degree of difficulty. 

November 25, 2007  (Day 1)

I got up early to try and find a pot to heat food on the Track and a sleeping bag.  Unfortunately the stores were closed. I picked up food, a cheap sleeping bag and my hut permit. While getting my hiking permit I also signed up for the Routeburn Track immediately after Kepler. I am a glutton for punishment.  Then I caught the transport at 9:30 which takes you to the beginning of the Track. I started hiking about 10 am and made it to the Luxmore Hut about 2 pm. 4 hours of hiking including stopping and starting  (to put on rain gear and take off rain gear). The hike was mostly up and down with very little loss of altitude. The view as we approached  the hut was spectacular. The hut got crowded later with probably 25-30 hikers. Normally there are about 55. 

November 26, 2007. (Day 2)

I almost froze last night. The cheap, fleece sleeping bag I bought was useless. I wore most of my clothes last night and still couldn't get warm. 

Note to self: Pay for good sleeping bag.

Left at 8:30 am and it there was a light snow but the wind was blowing very hard. The visibility  was okay but not great. I made it to the next hut 1.5 hours before anyone else. I am thinking maybe I should hike slower and enjoy the scenery more. I stayed up until midnight near "camp stove", the only heat in the main building, until the fire went out.  Then to bed in the "icy" dorm. I got up at 2:45 am because it was too cold to stay in bed. I went to the main building and started a fire in the stove until 7 am when I started hiking. 

November 27, 2007

Today was the easiest day walking because it was mostly downhill. The path went through the woods by the stream to Lake Te Anau and then it crossed the Rainbow Reach Swing Bridge. I got to the pickup point at 1 pm and waited for the 3 pm transport. As soon as I got back to the Hostel I took a shower, ate,  rented a GOOD sleeping bag, and booked transport for Routeburn which starts tomorrow. 



Routeburn Track

November 28-30, 2007

After spending November 27th in a Te Anau hostel, I headed out again for my 4th track since arriving in NZ. This track is much easier and only 30k (18.5 miles) but has maybe the most beautiful scenery of all the tracks. The hut wardens tell you that on a 3 day tramp they will guarantee you one day of rain and they were right. After a beautiful 1st day, the second day was 5 hrs of drizzle, rain, sleet and then hard snow. It took me several hours to thaw.  But it was worth every second as you will see when I get some pictures downloaded hopefully tomorrow. At the end of the track I will go to Queenstown for 5 days of adventure. At one of the huts, there were a group of 16 international high school students who were studying in NZ for a year. Each student was from a different country. What a great experience that must be with so much diversity and opportunity to explore new cultures firsthand. 

November 30 -December 5, 2007

I arrived in Queenstown directly after finishing the Routeburn Tract. Queenstown has about 8500 residents and is set in the middle of the mountains and on a lake. It is considered the "adrenaline capital of the world". With beautiful weather, great scenery and lots of exciting things to do, there are not many places in the world that could be better. Sky diving, bungy jumping , canyoning, snow skiing, mountain climbing, downhill luging, parasailing, hangliding, jet boating and the list goes on. Young people from around the world are drawn here for the energy and excitement. It reminds me of my "previous" favorite place, Interlaken, Switzerland.

I survived the Canyon Swing which is essentially a 200 ft. bungy jump which turns into a giant swinging arch. To get a better idea of this go to canyonswing.co.nz It was quite a rush, kinda like flying. I also climbed to the summit of the Ben Lomond track and the 3 hr climb up rewarded me with some of the best views that I have seen in NZ. Can't wait to post the pictures.


December 5-10, 2007 (NEW ZEALAND,  Pahia Bay)

Spent the night in Auckland after taking a cheap ($60) 2 hour flight from Queenstown. Then a 8 am bus to Pahia on the 6th. After the excitement of Queenstown, I was looking forward to spending the last 3 days of my NZ trip laying on the beautiful north beaches and maybe sailing. That was until the rain started while on the bus to Paihia and continued until I arrived back in Auckland .  I mostly watched tv and slept. Part of traveling I am quickly learning. One last final night in Auckland before flying to Australia to start my scuba lessons. 


Cairns, Australia ( Scuba diving on Great Barrier Reef diving)

December 10, 2007

I caught a connecting flight to Cairns {pronounced cans} as soon as I arrived at the Sydney airport from Auckland. Cairns is a great town on the coast that has approximately 180,000 people but has over 3 million tourists each year. My purpose for coming here was to learn to scuba dive on the Great Barrier Reef. I had never scuba dived before so I had to get certified before open water diving while staying on the liveaboard. I checked into the hostel and booked the 5 day scuba certification course which included diving in the Great Barrier Reef. 

December 11, 2007

My first scuba class is today and I am both nervous and excited. It was really strange breathing underwater but not as difficult as I imagined. However the massive amount of  information that you to learn was almost overwhelming. I survived the day. The total cost of the Certification and liveaboard was more expensive than anticipated at $750 U.S. However,  I guess not too much for a "Once in a Lifetime Experience ". 

December 12, 2007

Very little sleep last night as 2 girls came into the dorm at 3:30 am after a night of partying.  I had to get up at 6:30 which did not help. I did okay in class today and passed my written exam, barely. Tomorrow we go on the liveaboard diving boat for 3 days. Getting excited.

December 13, 2007. (1st boat day)

We left at 9 am on the Sunkist boat to rendezvous with the larger liveaboard, the Kangaroo Explorer. It took about 2.5 hours to get there. After arriving we located our bunks and put away our gear. Then we had a brief meeting with the ship's crew and afterwards we went snorkeling.  

At 1 pm we did our 1st dive. Everyone was assigned a "buddy" to dive with. Mine was Westy, the scuba instructor. I was to follow the anchored rope down about 15 meters, however Westy did not go with me as he was still helping other divers. As I started going down the rope I began to panic a little and my breathing became rapid. I thought about going back up the rope and surfacing but realized if I went up I may never go back down. I collected my thoughts and tried to slow my breathing. Westy showed up and helped calm me. I went on down the line and waited for the others. I completed all the required skills and did a little better breathingbut still using too much oxygen. Another dive at 4 pm was much smoother and more enjoyable. 

December 14, 2007.  (2nd boat day)

Each night while we sleep the boat moves to a new diving location.

The second day was great. We got certified on our 2nd dive and received our certifications on the floor of the ocean while wearing Christmas hats. We dove the 3 Sisters Reef and it was incredible. We saw sharks, sting rays, turtles, colorful fish and coral.

I chose not to do the night dive due to prior poor visibility and advice from another dive instructor. We celebrated our certifications a little too much and did not get to bed until midnight. Sitting on the top deck of the boat looking at the stars with no light pollution was an unbelievable experience. Southern hemisphere night skies like those in Australia have a whole bunch of galactic and intergalactic objects that you simply can’t see from the northern hemisphere of the world. The 6 am dive will come early tomorrow. 

December 15, 2007.  (Final boat day)

2 fun dives with Cheryl today. I used way too much oxygen, again, compared to her which cut our dives shorter than she would have liked.  We saw sharks and petted a leatherback sea turtle,  the largest of all living turtles, which was eating food found in the crevices of the coral. We arrived back in Cairns late this afternoon and checked back into the hostel. I signed up for tour to the Tablelands for tomorrow. 


December 16, 2007  (Tablelands)

The drive to the Tablelands was about 1.5 hours from Cairns. Our first stop was to beautiful Crater Lake, Lake Barrine, to swim but it was much too cold for me. Next we went to Millaa Millaa Falls, the most photographed waterfall in Australia. The water was freezing but decided to go in anyway. Afterwards we visited the Milla Milla Lookout at 1070 meters (3510 feet) which is one of the best places to view the Tablelands. Good day.


Sydney, Australia 

December 17, 2007.   

I checked into the YHA Central Hostel which is without a question the nicest hostel that I have ever stayed in. It has a huge community kitchen,  free internet,  3 big screen tv's, bar, travel agency and a pool and sauna on the rooftop with amazing views of the city.


December 18, 2007

"Snoring guy " in the bunk above me made for a sleepless night. I wish I could comfortably wear ear plugs but i can't .  I signed up for the Blue Mountains tour which includes the Wildlife Park. Then I visited the Sydney Aquarium and saw lots of sharks, fish, coral and saltwater crocodiles. My next stop was to see the Sydney Harbour Bridge and Sydney Opera House. Then a ferry to Manley Beach for some Fun n Sun, but unfortunately not much sun. It was a great beach with lots of shops and restaurants.  I will come back later this evening to take the ferry so I can see the harbour lights at night.

Blue Mountains 

The Blue Mountains is a rugged region west of Sydney in Australia’s New South Wales. Known for dramatic scenery, it encompasses steep cliffs, eucalyptus forests, waterfalls and villages dotted with guesthouses, galleries and gardens. Katoomba, a major town in the area, borders Blue Mountains National Park and its bushwalking trails. Echo Point affords views of the storied Three Sisters sandstone rock formation. ― Google

December 19, 2007  

I was up early (6:30 am) to catch the 7:30 tour bus. Our 1st stop was to a Wildlife Park which had kangaroos, wallabys,  koalas, Tasmanian devils, dingos, salt water crocodiles and lots of bird species. Next our bus driver gave a demonstration of how to throw a boomerang. Then we drove the Scenic Route to take the Skyway Ross a huge Gorge next to the 3 Sisters. We also visited the Terrace Falls (13 terraces of water), Katoomba Falls and Wentworth Falls. The tour bus driver did not play around. He said he had a tight schedule and at the appointed time to leave each sight, he leaves and doesn't do a head count. We left 2 people at the 1st stop who got a taxi and caught up with us. No one was late after that.


Melbourne,  Australia 

December 20-24th, 2007

I decided to visit Melbourne for the last few days of my trip. Melbourne was a beautiful city but I did not find the sights to be overly exciting. It was very walkable which I enjoyed. I went to Federation Square, walked the Promenade along the river, walked through the beautiful city parks and to the tram to St. Kilda Beach. I also visited Rod Laver Arena, home of the Australian Open.


GOING HOME

December 24, 2007.   (FLIGHT HOME, CHRISTMAS EVE)

I had to catch a flight early today to Sydney and then a connecting flight back to Auckland, New Zealand for my flight home. My flight from Auckland  to Los Angeles departed at 11 pm Christmas Eve. About an hour into the flight, the Crew wished us a Merry Christmas.  When I arrived in Los Angeles it was 1 pm, CHRISTMAS EVE !!  The miracle of the International Date Line. Left New Zealand 1 hour before Christmas and landed in New Orleans  6 hours before Christmas.  Lol.  I finally got back  the day I lost going to New Zealand.   GREAT TRIP.  GLAD TO BE HOME  !!!!




CHAPTER 7.   CHINA 

(September 3 - 30th, 2008)

The China trip occurred due to 2 factors. (1) I had already planned a May 2008 Central America trip immediately after returning from New Zealand and Australia in December 2007  which left me with 4 months to think about travel.  (2) The 2008 Beijing Olympics was dominating the daily news therefore I assumed it must be fate that I visit China and continue on to Southeast Asia. My brief visit to Nepal, while beautiful, did not give me enough insight to the Asian culture as I had hoped. Within 2 1/2 years of my first International trip I  have now visited 6 of the 7 continents. Antarctica will have to wait a little longer.

I decided to visit China immediately after the Olympics to avoid the crowds and added expense. Planning the China trip would give my "travel obsessed" mind something to do until Central America in May.

Beijing, China

September 3, 2008

I landed in Beijing around 2 pm on September 3rd. The trip involved avoiding evacuation traffic due to Hurricane Gustav from south Louisiana while on my way to Houston, a 6:30 am flight from Houston to Newark which was 3.5 hours long, a 1 hour change of planes in Newark, and a 13 hour flight from Newark direct to Beijing  which included flying directly over the North Pole. But considering that it was a free trip using my air miles, it was a great trip. A taxi was a necessity from the airport to my hostel . Once I get situated at the hostel, I will get advice on taking cheaper local transportation.

I was very exhausted since I am unable to sleep on the plane. About 9 pm I finally gave up and went to bed. I heard several people in the dorm getting up and leaving the room and looked at my clock and it was 11:00. How could I have slept so long ???  I jumped up, took a shower, changed clothes and headed down stairs. It seemed too dark to be 11:30 am and it was. It seems I had only slept 2 hours and the people in the dorm were going out drinking. This is not the last stupid thing I will do on this trip but may be the last I share. We'll see.

September 4, 2008

My hostel, Sitting on City Walls Courtyard House,  is located in a hutong. A hutong is a small alleyway which houses many of Beijing's older residents.

10 minutes from the hostel are 2 beautiful parks, Jingshan Park and Beshai Park. A couple of men in Beshai Park had very small kites which resembled in looks and size, a butterfly and a dragonfly. I really enjoyed watching many different groups exercising by dancing or Tai Chi. Exercise music ranged from Traditional to Hard Rock and most of those exercising were probably 50+ years old. 

After lunch I took the city bus (14 cents to most places in the area) to Tiananmen Square. The square is approximately 800 acres. There were many signs touting the Paralympics which start Saturday for physically challenged athletes and still some remnants  of the just completed 2008 Olympics. There are supposed to be 4000 athletes worldwide attending. Mao's tomb had closed at 12:30 but I did not plan on going anyway. Several backpackers at the hostel said it was not a big deal. I personally don't like the idea of staring at an embalmed body. Certainly would not stand in line for it but to each their own.

I quickly moved through the square to the entrance of the Forbidden City. Before entering I was approached by two young girls who were art students and wanted me to look at their artwork in the adjoining building and which was FREE. I looked at all the art which was very beautiful and they told me that they would make me a calligraphy drawing of my name and said something about long life and prosperity and that it was FREE. Then they told me that the FREE calligraphy would look beautiful in a silk frame. Then I told them what I always say, " There is no room in my backpack" and quickly left without my FREE calligraphy.


Summer Palace 

The Summer Palace is a vast ensemble of lakes, gardens and palaces in Beijing. It was an imperial garden in the Qing dynasty. Mainly dominated by Longevity Hill and Kunming Lake, it covers an expanse of 2.9 square kilometres, three-quarters of which is water. Wikipedia

September 5, 2008.   

Today I took a couple of buses to the Summer Palace about 20 km outside of Beijing. The Summer Palace consists of an enormous lake surrounded by bridges, pagodas, temples and living quarters for royalty during the summer months when Beijing would get too hot. There is a great walking path around the lake and it took almost 3 hours to walk its entirety and visit the sights.


Great Wall of China

September 6, 2008.   (Great Wall of China, train to Xian)

I got up early this morning (6 am) and went with a small tour group to Jinshanling to walk the Great Wall for 10 km (6.2 miles). It doesn't sound like very far until you see the pictures of the walls going up and down the mountains. Jinshanling is much further from Beijing than Badaling, which is the most touristy section, and  why I chose it. It is about 80 miles outside of Beijing and the drive was over 2 hours with traffic. When we first got there our guide said that the best thing to do would be take the cable car up to the first tower at the top of the mountain to save 40 minutes of walking. Of course, I then preceded to ask him if it was extra and he said only 40 yuan (about $6) and of course I quickly started up the path walking to the top of the mountain.

About 15 people took the cable car and 4 of us walked. Much to my surprise I beat everyone is our group who took the cable car up to the top of the mountain.

The walk on the wall was very difficult at times and this area shows much of  the wall in its deteriorating state and other sections  which have been repaired as a conservation effort. There are also very few people hiking this far out which is its allure. Most go closer to Beijing at Badaling to view it and there are actually thousands on the wall at the same time. The entire hike of the wall took about 3.5 hours. At the end you had an option to use a zip line to go across the river and save another 30 minutes walking for 40 Yuan. You KNOW what I did. lol  I probably would have done it had I not done the zip line canopy tour a few months earlier in Costa Rica.

The  Paralympics athletes and spectators have made finding rooms impossible. I intentionally waited for the Olympics to end to travel to China but did not know about the Paralympics. Since I had no hostel room for Saturday night, after hiking the Great Wall I went to the train station to catch the  overnight train to Xian to see the Terracotta Warriors. Unfortunately since I had not planned the train ride earlier there were no sleeper cars for the 9 pm to 8:40 am train ride. So I sat in a hard seat (official name) for 11+ hours.  I had a few limited English conversations throughout the night and like always, traveling is just great fun and you make the best of every situation. I did entertain a few of the other travelers, though unintentionally, as I dozed off and fell out of my seat onto the floor. 

Xi'an, China

September 7, 2018

The hostel is really great. Dorms rooms are only $3.00 a night and you get a free beer each night and free internet. It seems as though the room is free with all the freebies. Mostly English travelers here right now. The hostel has a bar in the basement, a restaurant, travel agency and two outdoor courtyards.

The City Wall is rectangular and built around the old city center and totals 14 kilometers  (8.7 miles) in length. It is also called the Fortifications of Xi'an.  I walked from the north gate to the south gate or about 1/2 the way around. The walls are 12 meters wide at the top. It is also possible to rent bikes to ride around the walls instead of walking. 

The Muslim Quarter or Muslim Street is a very famous snack and commercial street. It is really exciting at night with everyone cooking "meat on a stick" and other things which I have no idea what they are. I am planning on being more adventurous than usual and try some of the street food which looks great. 


Terracotta Warriors 

September 8, 2008

This morning I went to visit the site of the Terracotta Warriors. It was quite impressive with approximately 1200 of the estimated 8000 life size warriors having been unearthed so far. There are also many terracotta horses. It is said that every warrior has a different face and were modeled after the emperors soldiers. The statutes were built and placed in his tomb to guard the 1st Emperor, Qin Shihuang, in the afterlife. 

There are fewer English speaking Chinese than I expected. Almost no one speaks any English except at the hostels, tourist attractions and McDonald's. Even at KFC they shove the English menu in front of you and wait for you to point.    


September 12th and 13th, 2008 (Overnight train to Chengdu)

Upon arrival at the train station I was overwhelmed.  A big board with hundreds of trains arriving and departing and only in Chinese.  While looking confused, I was approached by a couple of university students going home on the National Holiday. They both spoke pretty good English and were eager to practice. I agreed if they would help me get my train ticket. Worked out great for both sides.

This was to be my first experience traveling overnight on the train in a hard sleeper car. The three options that you have when traveling on the train are soft sleeper, hard sleeper and hard seat. My trip from Beijing to Xi'an for 11 hours (9 pm to 8 am) was a hard seat. 

I decided on the 2nd option to save some money but still have a little comfort. I had an idea what the hard sleeper would be like by browsing the internet. 10 compartments in the car with six bunk beds in each compartment. The compartments have no doors so that everyone walking down the hall can see each person. I was fortunate enough to have gotten a bottom bunk as nobody wants a top bunk a few inches from the ceiling, climbing in and out with the ceiling staring at you all the time.

When I got to my bunk, across from me were two elderly Chinese (of course) gentlemen talking and eating fruit. I quickly realized that one of these men was going to have to climb up to the 2nd or 3rd bunk so I offered my bottom bunk for their 2nd level bunk, mostly by pointing and gestures. He was very appreciative. Though it would have been interesting to see how well he did climbing up into that bunk. Probably would have done better than I did for the next 16 hrs. Hoping Karma will remember this. Fortunately, the 2nd bunk seemed to be the best bunk as most people use the bottom bunk to sit on and converse. Food on the train consisted of a variety of noodles which were sold from a cart. At the end of each train car was a hot water dispenser to mix with the dry cup of flavored noodles.

The hard sleeper is exactly as it sounds. It reminded me of a metal ironing board with that thin pad covering it. But I saved an extra $12 by not getting the soft sleeper. As all backpackers know, the more money saved, the more you can travel.


Chengdu, China

September 13, 2008

Checked into the hostel and caught up on the sleep that I did not get on the train. Laundry, internet and then I will check out the area around the hostel. People watching while traveling is my favorite pastime. Pandas tomorrow and the reason I came here.

September 14, 2008.  (Giant Panda Research and Breeding Center)

This morning I went to see the Giant Pandas. I left early and got to the Center at 8:30 am because pandas just eat and sleep, kind of like babies, and after 10:30 am you won't see much action. The pandas were great fun to watch even though they mostly just eat. I planned on having a picture with a baby panda but when I found out they had raised the price to $175 and that the "baby" pandas were 1 1/2 years old. I elected to go with the 2 1/2 yr old panda which is probably 50 pounds heavier and not as cute but only $135.  No brainer. Only one person out of 50 had their picture taken with the "baby" . No one is allowed to touch or take a picture with the real baby pandas.

When it was my turn to take a picture with the Panda, the caretaker told me and another girl to walk across a narrow wooden plank over a steep embankment to where the Pandas are located. They brought in a Panda,  sat him down and gave him bamboo to keep him happy. I was positioned behind the Panda, got a few pics and moved away. Then it was the girl's turn but as she got behind the Panda he started growling. The caretaker yelled run and back across the wooden plank we went ....because they are bears. No picture for her, at least with that Panda.

I am skipping the 3 Gorges Yangtze river trip because of info I received that it is no longer what it used to be due to the river rising by such a large amount. Will use that money to try and get to Tibet if I can find the right deal.

Monday,  September 15, 2008. (Overnight train to Guilin)

I leave on the overnight train from Chengdu to Guilin at 17:58 this afternoon and will arrive around 21:00 pm tomorrow for a total of about 25 hours in a hard sleeper car. Preparation must be made first which involves going to McDonald's for their cheap lunch meal and then buying 3 cheeseburgers ($1.25 each) for supper and meals for the next day. I also take several moon pie cakes which are only 14 cents each. The train offers hot meals which are on a rolling server which comes down the aisles. I have not recognized any of the food yet other than noodles so I will stick with cold hamburgers until I get a little more courage. 

Each compartment does have a tv which shows old kung fu movies that usually have Jackie Chan or Jet Li when they were in their early 20's. I think I have already blogged this but here it is again.

When I booked my train ticket I somehow ended my destination in Liuzhou instead of Guilin so I have to find a way to continue on the train for another 3 hours without getting off the train. I got the people in the hostel to write down in Chinese that I would like to continue to Guilin and purchase an additional ticket. We will see what happens.

I know that sometimes it always seems to be about how cheaply one can travel and how little one can spend, and it is for me. But that is the vehicle that allows backpackers with limited funds to travel more frequently, to more places and for longer periods of time.


Guilin, China

Guilin is a city in southern China known for its dramatic landscape of limestone karst hills. At its center are 2 lakes, Shanhu (Cedar) and Ronghu (Banyan), remaining from a medieval-era moat that once surrounded the city. Boats travel through these and other lakes via connected rivers. On Shanhu Lake’s shore, twin pagodas, the Sun and Moon, light up the sky at night. ― Google

September 16, 2008

After finally arriving in Guilin, I checked into the hostel and got information on the best things to see and cheapest way to do them. I had lunch from the local street vendors for about $1. Not sure what I had but it tasted good. A recurring theme in China.  Relaxing day with very little planned.

September 17, 2008.  (Seven Star Park )

I laughed at an English couple last night. He mentioned that he was thinking of getting a beer to which she quickly said that then she could get  ice cream. When I laughed, he said that she was in charge of the finances and that there was always compromise on how they spend their joint combined money. They were traveling for 1 year so budgeting is serious business. 

I spent 5 hours walking around the Seven Star Park in Guilin by the Li River. I really enjoyed the underground caves which were lit up by colorful lights to better illuminate the stalactites and stalagmites.

While still in Seven Star Park I walked up to the top of the karst peak to get a good view of the city. On the way down I found a path that looked as though it has seldom been traveled and of course that is my favorite path. As I walked I started hearing sounds coming from the trees, mostly a rustling of the branches. The more I walked the louder the sounds got and the more frequent. Then I saw a monkey up in the top of one the trees and I thought "how cute". Then there were a couple of monkeys that I noticed in another tree and I thought how fortunate I was to have run into some monkeys. Then the monkeys started to converge on me. The next thing I knew there were monkeys everywhere and they meant business. They were invading my personal space all of a sudden and I was getting a little uncomfortable. One large monkey was only a few feet from me staring me down and showing his teeth.

Then I remembered that I had read somewhere that they were expecting food and that you were supposed to thrust your palms into the air showing that you had no food. It worked much to my relief and they no longer pursued me.

There is a Chinese saying, " One monkey can halt the path of a thousand soldiers." Now I understand what they meant. lol

Longji Rice Terraces 

Thursday September 18th, 2008.  

This morning I went on a tour to see the Longji Terraces which is 100 km (62 miles) from Guilin. The photographs that I have seen on postcards and posters are unbelievably beautiful. My pictures in no way do them justice so I strongly recommend that you Google "Longji Terraces" to see some truly spectacular photos. I also saw some postcards of the rice terraces with snow on them in the winter which was beautiful. Did not buy the postcards though, no money for postcards and "no room in backpack". My go-to phrase. 

While most of us walked up to the top of the terraces, some elected to be carried at a cost of about 14 cents a pound. A chair had been secured by bamboo poles and 2 men would do all the work if you did not want to hike yourself. 200 pounds, 28 dollars. Obviously some people are in really bad shape or have too much money or a combination of the two. The view from the top was breathtaking. The terraces are part of what's known as the Devil's Backbone area.

Yangshou, China

September 19, 2008.  (CHINA, Li River, Evading River Police on Li River Boat Tour)

This tale began shortly after arriving in Yangshou. I walked down to the tourist area by the Li River just to see what kind of river tour specials there were. It was about 3 pm.

I initially planned on during the Li River Cruise from Guilin to Yangshou to see the karst peaks along the river. The prices ranged from 325 yuan ($47) for the Chinese boat to 500 yuan ($71) for a six hour cruise. I had Googled cheap Li River Cruise and got a blog that suggested going to Yangshou and then hiring a fisherman in a bamboo boat to take you up river 3 hours and get the same experience for 100 to 150 yuan.  

Ok, it is now 3:15 pm and a lady tells me that they have a bamboo boat for only 150 yuan if we leave now since I am by myself. I get her to drop the price to 120 and off we go down to the river where I see this bamboo boat with 3 benches and an umbrella covering. It has a small motor to help it get back upstream. The lady tour guide and I had agreed on the destination but there were a few points which I did not understand completely such as why we were to make an initial 10 minute stop and how I was getting back.

After about 30 minutes of cruising down the river she pointed that we would now be making that 10 minute stop. After she got out of the boat, she motioned for me to follow. When I asked why, she pointed down the river and said "river police".  That is when I remembered reading somewhere that it is illegal for fisherman to take passengers up and down the Li River. That is why everyone is on the crowded tour boats.

I smiled and off we went along some dirt path. Our 10 minute path turned into 20 minutes and then finally we ended back up at the river bank. She looked for our boat and the fisherman but he was nowhere in sight. All of a sudden she came back up the bank and started yelling the river police boat was coming towards us. She got on her cell phone and called the fisherman (not the first time they have done this obviously) and off we went down another path to another location. We came upon a boy on a motorcycle and she talked him into taking us to the other river bank further down the river. The sight of the boy, me and the woman tour guide with her umbrella on that little motorcycle going down an old run down concrete path had to be something to behold.

Finally after an hour we were reunited with the boat once again. We cruised for another 2 hours down the Li River and the scenery was stunning. We passed several large cruise boats that were loaded to the brim and they all stared at me in amazement. We reached a local village, I took a few pictures and we headed back upstream.

Now is when the getting back part started to make sense. After 45 minutes upstream we pulled over to another village and she said something about a bus and pointed for me to get off with her. When I looked puzzled, she said "River Police". Enjoying the first police evasion which consisted of walking through rice paddies and riding threesome on a motorcycle was fun but a bus was sounding pretty good right now.

To the bus we went and 45 minutes later I was at my hostel. What a Great Day. The Comorants (duck-like) in the first 2 pictures of my blog are trained by the fishermen. They tie a rope to them including a thin rope around their neck so they can not swallow the fish they catch when the dive underwater. I have seen underwater footage on the Travel Channel showing them swimming underwater and catching fish. Mostly done for tourists now as nets are more efficient.


Saturday, September 20, 2008.   (CHINA, Trekking up the Li River

I finally got back into my element today, which is trekking. I got up early and caught the 6:30 am bus to begin my trek up the Li River about 45 minutes from Yangshou. The trek to Yangdi is 24 km (15 miles) and ended up taking me about 4 hrs. I only got lost twice. All the signs along the river paths are in Chinese and whenever the paths forked, you didn't know whether the sign said Li River Trek or All Trespassers will be Shot. Mostly just stayed close as possible to the river. With temperatures hitting about 95, this was probably not one of my smartest moves but I had fun anyway. I took plenty of water and Oreos, my own personal emergency kit.

I was able to witness the large cruise ships which I decided not to take from Guilin to Yangshou. At one point there were 10 ships lined up following closely behind each other cruising down the Li River loaded with passengers. Not my idea of traveling. Maybe others though. 

Dali, China

September 21st and 22nd, 2008.   

I took the 1 1/2 hour bus to Guilin, then took a 18 hour overnight train to Kunming, walked across the street and then a 6 hour bus to Dali. I am still working on traveling slower but not having a lot of success. I specifically went to Dali because word on the street was that there were cheap trips to Tibet. No Tibet trips in Dali I quickly found out. The  Old Towne was very beautiful but  touristy. I travel to Lijang tomorrow.

Lijang, China

September 23, 2008

One of the most beautiful cities I have visited in China. Lijang's Old Towne was even more beautiful than Dali and even more touristy. No Tibet travel permits here either. I leave tomorrow to hike Tiger Leaping Gorge which I am sure will be one of the highlights of my trip so far. The first 2 pictures on my blog post were taken very early in the morning. The streets are packed with tourists most of the day and night.


Tiger Leaping Gorge 

September 24-26, 2008 

I took the first bus to Quiatou (chow toe) which is the beginning of the trek and arrived at noon. Then I headed out for the 5-6 hour uphill trek which ascends over 900 meters (3000 feet). It was very hot and I soon began to realize that I had not been in the mountains since last November in New Zealand. Many tourists were riding horses with guides leading the horses up the mountain. A local with a horse kept following me up the mountain asking every five minutes if I wanted to ride the horse. He just knew I would not make it but I disappointed him. Most of the trip lies along a narrow ridge which follows the river giving great views of the gorge. The path is narrow enough that you do not dare lose your concentration. There are no guardrails along the path. I spent the night at the Tea Hoyse (yes that is how they spelled tea house). I woke up early the next morning and left before it began getting too hot. The second days trek was mostly downhill and involved walking under a waterfall. The scenery was truly spectacular. 

September 26,  2008   (CHINA, Shangri La)

After Tiger Leaping Gorge, I took a minivan for the 3 hour trip to Shangri La (3200 meters high or 10,500 feet). Most tourists do not come this far up and this is as close as you can get to Tibet without actually being there. Most people here are Tibetan. One of my favorite things in Shangri La was that the old and young dance in the city square for 2-3 hours every night. It is not a performance but done for pure enjoyment. The pictures on my blog  also include the countryside on the way to Shangri La , the Old Towne, a monastery with the Golden Prayer Wheel and an art cafe.

Kunming, China 

Sunday September 27, 2007

I arrived in Kunming at 7 am after a 14 hour sleeper bus from Shangri La. This was my first sleeper bus experience and not the most fun that I have had in China. The bus is lined with upper and lower beds. What I did not know was that in the back of the bus is one giant bed which is for 5 people. Guess who got the middle space in the giant bed. If I had known better I would have requested a single bed. The entire night is made up of jockeying for position and waiting for the next bathroom break, since there is no bathroom on the bus.

I seem to be the only foreigner on most buses and most trains in China. I know visas have been hard to get for some. I was walking around the bus on our first break when a little boy about eight asked me what I was doing on the bus. I quickly realized that most travelers have their own tour buses and that the Chinese almost never have contact with foreigners on local buses. Most of the Chinese that know any English will try and practice it with me when they can. Even walking down the street people will start up a conversation just to hear English.

After arriving, I quickly went and rented a dorm room at a hostel. My next sleeper bus to Luang Prabang, Laos leaves at 6:30 pm today and will last for 32 hrs. Yes, I requested a single bed. The hostel gives me a chance to shower and rest even though it will be shortlived.

The Sleeper Bus from Kunming to Luang Prabang, Laos was once again one of the tests that backpackers endure to travel cheaply. Airfare from Kunming was $550 and 1.5 hours and the sleeper bus was $42 and 32 hours.

I checked out of my room and went to the bus station to catch the sleeper bus at 6:30 pm. I was told that the bus had been canceled. With very little explanation I was told to come back tomorrow. When I insisted on a new ticket she marked out the 27th and put 28th in pen.

I went back and rechecked into my room which I had already paid for but had just stayed in for 8 hrs. Luckily I was not charged again. Tomorrow a new country and new experiences.

"Twenty years from now you will be more disappointed by the things you didn't do than by the things you did. "
Mark Twain


September 28-30, 2008.  (CHINA, Kunming to Luang Prabang, Laos, sleeper bus)

"The traveler must be born again in the road and earn his passport from the elements."
                                                                                                                                         Thoreau                               
I arrived at the bus station 2 hours early to make sure there were no cancellations. I was shown to the bus and went in to check out my SINGLE bed. Bed Number 21 was on the back row with 4 other people just like before. I was not happy and let the bus driver know it. I went back to the ticket office and complained with the help of someone who spoke a little English. He went with me back to the bus driver and finally, he assigned me a single bed in the front of the bus. I think it was the backup drivers bed. He was not happy, but when I started asking for a refund, he knew that he had to find a solution.

The positives are that the bed is the most comfortable bed that I have slept in since I left. Also there was air conditioning and Chinese kung fu movies. Jackpot. Arriving at the Laos border was another one of those moments that you wish you were back home. Organized chaos is the only way to describe it. A true oxymoron.  Police trying to maintain crowd control but having very little luck with over 300 people trying to get to 3 windows. After over 1 hour in line and seemingly losing ground, a Chinese woman yelled at the policeman and pointed at me and he allowed me to come through.

When I arrived in Luang Prabang I needed to take a tuk tuk (motorcycle taxi) to the Old Towne. I agreed to split the cost with a couple from Shanghai and Beijing who spoke excellent English. When I told them that I was from Louisiana they looked shocked. He said they thought only black people lived in Louisiana. When I asked why he thought that and I am not making this up. He said that when Hurricane Katrina hit New Orleans that the only people they saw on CNN were black people. Amazing the perspective that other people have when they only have limited and controlled exposure to the outside world.

I found a great place to stay which has a private room with a balcony overlooking the Nam River and is only 2 blocks from the Mekong River for $6. There are really no hostels here but private rooms are so cheap.  Nice to have a little privacy for a change. Think I am going to like Southeast Asia.

China was great and an AMAZING LIFE EXPERIENCE. I am quickly learning that language does not have to be a barrier that prevents one from  traveling as I originally feared.


CHAPTER 8.   SOUTHEAST ASIA (Laos, Thailand, Myanmar,  Cambodia, Malaysia,  Hong Kong)  

****  Continuation after China

(September 30 - December 18th, 2008)


Luang Prabang,  Laos

September 30, 2008

This is by far my favorite place that I have visited so far on my Asia trip. There are many similarities  to Natchez, Mississippi. The town has about 20,000 people, is on the Mekong River and is a very old town with incredible French architecture. Laos used to be a French colony and many people speak French in town. There are many tourists in Old Town but it doesn't seem too crowded. I got up at 5:30 am to watch the monk procession. The monks, approximately 200, walk down the street at 6 am with their large bowls and the locals line up on the sidewalk and put rice mostly but also money and other things as gifts to the monks. Whatever the monks do not use they give to the poor. This happens every morning.


October 1, 2008.   (Kuang Si Waterfall) 

Today, a group of English, one from Norway and myself went in a tuk tuk about 24 km to the Kuang Si Waterfall. It was a blast. Very high and beautiful waterfall. We climbed to the top of the waterfall and waded out to the edge and took pictures. Then we went downstream and went swimming which included jumping out of a tree into the falls. Afterwards I was sitting next to a couple and they looked American so I asked where they were from and he said Alabama. I was in shock. To run into an American is almost unheard of and for them to be from one of LSU's biggest rivals is another. We both briefly mentioned our upcoming game and then decided to drop it. Sadly, there were also a lot of small Asian bears that were in several enclosures near the waterfall specifically for tourists.


October 2, 2008 (Small waterfall, Big elephants)

I went to the second of two waterfalls outside of Luang Prabang. The waterfalls were much smaller than the previous one but more picturesque. An added benefit was that they bathe the elephants which they hire out for rides in the waterfalls in the evenings.


October 4-7th, 2008.  Slow boat for 2 days, LAOS TO THAILAND

I took the slow boat up the Mekong River to Thailand. The current was really strong and the boat kept switching sides of the river to find the least amount of current. There were only 5 tourists on the boat going upstream while boats going downstream were loaded with tourists. Seems we were doing the route counterclockwise. Better for us. After 9 hrs on the boat the first day, we stopped in a small village and spent the night. The river is full of rocks in the middle and you do not want to be traveling on it at night. The next day was 8 hrs but it is a slow peaceful journey and you can watch the many people fishing on the banks of the river with nets. Arrived in Huay Xai which is still on the Laos side at 6 pm,  just 30 minutes after the ferry to Thailand had closed. Seems to be timed that away. So another night in Laos.


Mai Sai, Thailand 

October 8, 2008

Arrived in Mai Sai after a long day of bus rides. It is on the border with Myanamar and my hope is to go to Myanmar and then travel to Bagan and see the deserted 4400 temples in the valley.

Myanmar 

October 9th and 10th, 2008.  MYANMAR (Burma) ,  Police State

I went to the Myanamar border and what a hassle. I had to provide them with 3 pictures of myself and let them keep my passport. They issued a temporary passport and tried to get me to just see the border town of Tachilek and then return to Thailand. When I told them I wanted to go to Bagan they said no. They issued a 14 day visa but there were only 2 towns I could visit with 150 miles. So I went to Chaing Tong. The immigration office marked my temporary visa with the location and then sold me a bus ticket to that location. To enter, I also had to change $100 U.S. into Myanamar  currency and give the bus driver my papers until we arrived. I was given seat No. 2 behind the bus driver. On the next bus my seat was also No. 2.  Starting to see a pattern. That must be the tourist seat. The seat occupied next to me was a man who kept inquiring about my plans and why I was in Myanamar.  Seems some European reporters had been sneaking out video of the military abusing its citizens and reporting it.

Upon arrival at Chaing Kong, the bus driver handed my temporary passport to a taxi driver who took me to an empty hotel for tourists. I was the only person staying there. It is now my belief these are government (military dictatorship) owned hotels just for tourists. The room was $20 a night which is outrageous but there were no other options. Plus the hotels refused to take Myanamar money and only wanted US currency. How bizarre. I was able to go out at night, eat in the local market and have a beer with some local men who were watching what looked like karoake on television and drinking whiskey. The women singing were wearing skirts about knee length but the camera kept zooming in on the legs and ankles and the men would laugh and yell. I guess it was kinda like Myanamar porn. lol

The next morning I decided to go back to Thailand based on my limited ability to travel. When I went to check out they did not have my temporary visa. With almost no English spoken here they finally went to Immigration to get my papers which had been sent there. Don't know why. They asked me where I wanted to go next and marked it again on my papers and drove me to the bus station. They waited while I bought a ticket. 4 roadblocks and 5 hrs later I was at the Thai border at 5:15 pm which closes at 5:30. I cleared Myanamar immigration, got my passport and walked across the bridge to Thailand immigration. As I got to the window I realized I did not complete my departure card. I did that and looked up and the window was closed. Not sure what happens when you are on the bridge between countries and both sides are closed, especially when both sides have men with automatic weapons patrolling the river and crossings.

After yelling for 10 minutes, a man saw me and radioed someone who opened up and let me through. Finally back in Thailand. Leave tomorrow  for Mae Hongson. 

October 10-11th, 2008  (Overnight in Mai Sai)


Mae Hongson, Thailand 

October 11th -13th, 2008  (Day Market)

A beautiful 4 hr bus ride up and down the mountains made the bus ride to Mae Hong Son one of my favorite bus rides so far. I found a hotel, since Southeast Asia has very few hostels, from a flyer handed out by someone at the bus station. A private room with shared bath for a little over $4. There is also free internet so I will try and upload pictures tomorrow. I have been doing the private room for about 10 days now because of the limited options. But most are between 4-6 dollars with a private bath usually.

The hotel has incredible views of the lake and temple. It is also convenient to everything. May stay here a few days and recharge. Busing and changing locations frequently is tiresome and also is a major expense.

I took pictures at the day market for my grandkids.The first is for Madison because I knew she would love the cute bunnies. The 2nd picture was of fried insects which you could sample if you wanted. There were crickets, roaches, grub worms and a few I did not recognize. I passed on the sampling. Thought Kade would get a kick out of it.


Sukhothai, Thailand 

Sukhothai Historical Park covers the ruins of Sukhothai, literally 'dawn of happiness', capital of the Sukhothai Kingdom in the 13th and 14th centuries, in north central Thailand. It is near the city of Sukhothai, capital of Sukhothai Province. Wikipedia

October 13, 2008

I came here to see the old city because it was Thailand's first capital. The ruins were spectacular. It is said that much is lost due to the fact that we do not perceive the religious significance of this area and I am sure that is true. I leave tomorrow for Bangkok but may just stay the night and head to Cambodia. I will be coming back through Bangkok two more times on my trip. Once passing through to south Thailand and once to fly to Hong Kong for my return.


October 14, 2008

Overnight in Bangkok to prepare for early morning bus to Siem Reap to visit Angkor Wat in Cambodia.


Siem Reap, Cambodia

Wednesday October 15 - 18th, 2008

After 5 hrs on the worst road that I have ever been on I finally arrived in Siem Reap. It is the hub for everything that is Angkor Wat which is called the 8th Wonder of the World by some. I hope to stay here for a few days and recharge. Then make plans to visit Angkor Wat. There are 1 day, 3 day and week long admission tickets. The area is immense with so many different temples to see but I think that after a few of the biggest ones including Angkor Wat I will have seen enough. Seeing Angkor Wat is up there almost as much as seeing the Great Wall. But for now rest and relaxation for a few days. 

Like 
in Thailand,  there were many "spirit house"  located in front of many businesses and houses and come in many shapes, sizes and colors. They are supposed to be a home for friendly spirits who will bestow blessings on them and remain outside the house in comfort. Many times food, water and flowers are left on the houses for the spirits.


Angkor Wat,  Cambodia

Angkor Wat is a temple complex in Siem Reap of Cambodia and the largest religious monument in the world, on a site measuring 162.6 hectares (1,626,000 m2). It was originally constructed as a Hindu temple dedicated to the god Vishnu for the Khmer Empire, gradually transforming into a Buddhist temple towards the end of the 12th century

October 17th and 18th, 2008

 The temples of Angkor Wat are numerous and many people spend an entire week exploring them. I chose to spend 2 days here,  concentratating on the Big 3 which are Angkor Wat, Ta Prohm and Bayon. I took a tuk-tuk which I hired the previous day and set out at 5 am. It was only a 15 minute ride and it was still dark when we arrived at Angkor Wat with about 75 other tourists waiting for the sun to come up. Unfortunately it was overcast and a light mist was falling. I have been anticipating this moment my entire trip as it is billed by some as the 8th Wonder of the World. I guess that is because it did not make the New 7 Wonders of the World list last year.


Angkor Wat is the largest religious building in the world and it is truly a sight to see but somehow it did not have that "WOW" factor I was expecting. Maybe it was the rain, maybe it was because it is 5 am. or maybe I had just imagined how it would be for so long. I have seen postcards of Angkor Wat as the sun is coming up behind it and that is what I wanted. Unfortunately this is the moonsoon (2 hrs of hard rain every day and some rain the rest) season. I really hope that it is not because I have seen so much in the last 3 years that I expect too much. On the other hand, everything can't be Machu Picchu at sunrise or your first time to see Mount Everest up close and personal. But it was really nice. lol


Bangkok, Thailand 

October 19 -22nd, 2008

I spent some time visiting the tourist sights before going to Phuket.  As a rule, I hate most big cities and Bangkok is no exception. I did see the Grand Palace, Temple of the Reclining Buddha, Emerald Buddha and several other temples and the local markets. Also visited the American Embassy to get more "much needed" Visa pages added to my passport for FREE. 


Phuket,  Thailand 

October 22, 2008

After a brief couple of days in Bangkok to get new visa pages in my passport, I finally arrived in Phuket which is the No. 1 tourism area in Thailand. On my way to the 5 am bus this morning I encountered what I think was a big rottweiler which somehow got out of the fence which enclosed it. Dogs have been a problem more than once on this trip and within a second my backpack was off my back and I started swinging it in defense. I slowly crossed the sidewalk and the transformer above the dog exploded and sparks went everywhere. Somehow I felt a little relieved that the dog had made me change my direction, but not too much. The dog went his way and I went mine. 7 hrs later I am in Phuket hoping for a little peace and quiet.


Phi Phi Islands 

October 23, 2008

Today was another splurge when I spent $60 on a day trip to the Phi Phi Islands which are known as incredibly beautiful and location to Leonardo DiCaprio's "The Beach". The trip is normally $90 for the speed boat to the islands and food and drink but I was able to secure a large discount with a little persuasion. lol I quickly boarded the large speed boat which holds 40 passengers and secured a seat in the front so I could see the islands as we approached. Great idea, as long as it doesn't rain. It rained for about 1.5 hrs on the way to the islands and on the first beach. But the eight of us in front just laughed after a while because you can only get so wet.

The first island was Phi Phi Lae Island which was the location for "The Beach". I am not sure how well the pictures will turn out because it was raining pretty hard when we were there. The island is a National Park and has no tourist accomodations or businesses, just beach. We were there only 35 minutes and I would have liked to have stayed longer and visited the hidden cove which was also in the movie. The next beach we visited was Monkey Beach and there were monkeys everywhere on the beach which makes sense obviously. Probably 40-50 monkeys being feed fruit by the tourists. One monkey, with gnashing teeth, chased a tourist into the ocean. The guide said monkeys will occassionally bite when provoked. We witnessed several serious monkey brawls. Next we went to a beach for some fantastic snorkeling with great visibility and a large variety of fish.

Afterwards we visited Phi Phi Don which has about 700 inhabitants and very few, if any,  inexpensive accomodations. We had a large buffet lunch which was part of the tour and then spent an hour on the beach. One more island stop to lay on the beach again for an hour and back home.

Will make some financial sacrifices over the next week to justify the expense but it was a very good day.

Karon Beach, Thailand 

October 25-November 10th, 2008

I just moved from Phuket town to Karon Beach for 2 weeks just to finally rest up from traveling and hopefully not spend much money. I got lost looking for the one hostel on the beach and luckily a bar owner told me of a hostel that was opening up today and that I would be her first client. The room only has 3 beds compared to the 10 bed dorm I was looking for and is only $4.50 a night. I have the room to myself and hopefully it will stay that away. lol The room is only 1 minute from the beach so I hope to get a little sun. Moonsoon season ends at the end of October. It has been raining most of the day today but hopefully things will clear. May not post much since there will not be anything to blog about until I move next.

Georgetown,  Malaysia 

George Town is the colorful, multicultural capital of the Malaysian island of Penang. Once an important Straits of Malacca trading hub, the city is known for its British colonial buildings, Chinese shophouses and mosques. Beyond the old town, George Town is a modern city with skyscrapers and shopping malls. Verdant Penang Hill, with hiking and a funicular railway, overlooks it all. ― Google

 November 11, 2008

I just arrived in Georgetown after 19 hrs of traveling by boat and bus. I found a wonderful guesthouse (S & D Guesthouse) which is the newest in town. A private room for only $6 a night makes this a very good day. Lots of sightseeing  before my next beach trip. Local street food was amazing.  One of the reasons I came to Malaysia is so I could return to Thailand. You can only stay in a country for so long and then you must leave for a while and then you are eligible to return.


Palau Langkawi, Malaysia

November 13-15th, 2008

I took the fast boat to the island of Palau Langkawi which is about 2.5 hrs from Georgetown. The island is beautiful but the beaches are nowhere near the quality of Thailand's beaches. Also, there are almost no waves. It seems like a lake but the sand is pure white and the Andaman Sea is a beautiful turquoise. I will try and post pictures soon. Saturday I will be able to return to Thailand where I will go to the island of Koh Lanta. At this point I will not have to leave Thailand again until I fly from Bangkok to Hong Kong for 3 days before returning to the US.


Koh Lanta Island 

November 15 - December 12, 2008

I arrived in Koh Lanta today after a ferry ride, taxi ride, bus ride and minivan ride. Luckily I ran into several girls from Sweden who were studying in Koh Lanta and told me there was an opening at their guesthouse. The normal price for the room with air con, cable tv, refrigerator, hot water, bathroom and balcony is $30 per night but if I paid for a month it was only $10 a night. With one month left I decided to make my stand here for the remainder of my time in Thailand. I prepaid for the month and headed to the beach.

Klong Dao Beach

Three km (1.8 miles) of soft powdery white sand and calm waters. The beach is one of the best beaches that I have ever visited. The water is clear and beautiful and is chest deep only 4 ft from the beach. There are several beach bars and restaurants to watch the incredible sunsets and the restaurants have nightly BBQ's which include red snapper, sea bass , prawns and squid with a baked potato and salad for only about $15. That will probably be my Thanksgiving dinner.

Probably won't blog too much unless something exciting happens. I usually go to the beach early in the morning and walk along the beach and then go back to the room and watch movies until the hottest time of the day passes. Then back to the beach in the late afternoon. It will be interesting to see how one month of quiet beach time will be but who knows maybe something exciting will happen.

I leave Bangkok on December 14th and fly to Hong Kong for 3 days and then back home.


Diving on Koh Haa

I finally got a chance to go diving. I did two dives on Koh Haa which means the five islands. But as the dive instructor told us they are actually six islands. Only one island has a small beach and most of the island are large, tall rocks which protrude out of the Adaman Sea. The diving was really good. We only went to about 17 meters deep and the visibility was excellent. We saw almost every type of fish possible, beautiful coral walls and an octopus running along the coral to escape the approaching divers. On my second dive I stayed down for 61 minutes which is a personal best for me since I started diving. It's not great but I'm getting better.

Krabi, Thailand 

December 12 - 16th, 2008

Today I go to Krabi after 27 days on Koh Lanta. 3 days in Krabi and then the overnight bus to Bangkok to catch my flight to Hong Kong. Krabi is know for its excellent rock climbing though I will not be participating at least for this trip.

One day I took the bus from Krabi to Ao Nang Beach and the surrounding beaches. They were magnificent and we got there by taking the "long tail boat".

The long-tail boat, is a type of watercraft native to Southeast Asia, which uses a common automotive engine as a readily available and maintainable powerplant. A craft designed to carry passengers may include a lightweight long canoe hull, up to 30 metres, and a canopy. Wikipedia

I decided to skip the overnight bus to Bangkok and purchased a cheap flight to Bangkok to catch the connecting flight to Hong Kong.  Booked another night in Krabi and fly out on 16th. Things change, especially at the end of a long trip and you are tired and ready to go home. 


Hong Kong

December 16 - 18th, 2008

I flew from Krabi airport to Bangkok, then to Hong Kong in a whirlwind day of airports. I got to Hong Kong early on December 17th.  Then I had one night and one day to spend in downtown Hong Kong.  My hostel was in a great location downtown and near the famous night market where I bought Kade and Madison's Christmas presents. The hostel was $34 for a bed which is very expensive but luckily I had a room by myself even though there were 2 other bunks in the room. I took the ferry across the harbour and went to Victoria Peak which overlooks Hong Kong and the harbour and is its  highest point  552 meters or 1,811 feet. The  view  was spectacular and a great way to end my Asian journey. 


Going Home 

December 18, 2008

This long trip which coincided with my China trip has been an "eye opening" experience. I have visited so many different countries, cultures and landscapes while adapting to language difficulties . I have witnessed so many people who are less fortunate than myself but still happy that it has given me a lot of insight and hopefully that transforms me into a better person. I believe travel is a vehicle for personal growth. 

END OF AN AMAZING ADVENTURE 

(Grandkids Time)


CHAPTER 9.  CENTRAL AMERICA (Mayan Ruins) Costa Rica,  Guatemala, Mexico,  Belize, Honduras, and El Salvador 

(June 9 - August 18, 2010)

Leaving on June 9th for 10 days in Costa Rica with family including my son, Scott, daughter- in-law Amber and the grandkids, Kade and Madison. This will be their first time outside the U.S. and I am hopeful this will only be the 1st of many international trips with them. After that I will fly to Guatemala and make a large circle starting in Guatemala, then southern Mexico, back into Northern Guatemala, Belize, Honduras, and El Salvador specifically to visit their respective Mayan Ruins. I found this itinerary in the front of Lonely Planet's Central America guidebook and it entrigued me. Afterwards  I will return to Guatemala, my favorite country, before flying home on August 18th.

La Fortuna, Costa Rica 

June 9, 2010.   (COSTA RICA,  Flight and First Day in Costa Rica)

We left Baton Rouge at 3 am to go to the airport in New Orleans.  My son, Jon, agreed to take us to the airport which saves a lot in airport parking fees. Our flight to San Jose, Costa Rica left at 6 am and after a 45 minute layover in Miami, we arrived in San Jose at 11:30 am. Refusing to pay $25 for a cab to San Jose costs us an extra 1.5 hrs on the local bus due to improper planning by me mostly but that's part of backpacking. After getting on the local bus, we had about 4 hrs until we reached La Fortuna,   No air conditioning on the bus but windows down, cool rain outside and beautiful mountain scenery made the trip enjoyable. Kids slept some as we were all exhausted. The budget hotel was only a couple of blocks from downtown La Fortuna in a quiet neighborhood. A double room with private bath and triple room with private bath for only $50 total for both rooms a night. After checking in we headed out for our first real meal of the day.  

Seeing the lava flow at Arenal Volcano was one of the sights we came to La Fortuna to see. We hired a minivan to take us to the best location to view the lava. The top of the mountain is best viewed at night and when there is rain the view is better as it dissipates  the cloud cover. There was a slight drizzle when the van picked us up and drove the 15 miles to the viewing spot. There were  other tour buses and vans but our guide took us to the best local spot which only had one other local van. We were rewarded with an hour of beautiful sights and sounds from the volcano. Red hot molten lava flowing down the mountain and the occasional rumbling of the volcanic gases releasing from the top. Back to the hotel at 8:30 pm and everyone exhausted.

June 10, 2010.   (COSTA RICA,  La Fortuna Waterfall and Baldi Hot Springs)

The La Fortuna Waterfall is another of the highlights of the area at 70 meters (224 feet) tall. We took a taxi, after a little negotiation, to the waterfall which was about 3 miles away. The hike from the entrance to the waterfall was pretty steep but had concrete steps and railings. Unfortunately the steep 20 minute downhill hike would turn into a steep 30 minute climb. lol  The waterfall was spectacular and there were a few people swimming in the icy water. After a little reluctance, everyone finally took the plunge.   I got everyone to agree to walk back from the waterfall to the hotel to save the $6 taxi fare and to experience hiking. It took a little over an hour to walk back to the hotel and luckily it was all downhill. Wonderful experience, especially since it began to rain as we started back to the hotel and rained continuously for the entire hike. We, of course, forgot our rain gear and umbrellas but we laughed and enjoyed the experience. I have always heard that you can get only so wet. Not really sure about that saying now though.

After getting back to the hotel, we got dry and then made plans to visit  Baldi Hot Springs to enjoy the 25 volcanic thermal pools, numerous water slides and buffet. Each thermal pool had a temperature sign to advise how hot . At $22 a person for the entire day plus a dinner buffet it seemed like a good way to end the day. If we had not forced the kids to leave they would have tried to spend the night there. The water slides were just too much fun.

For those who wonder why I post prices a lot, the reason is two-fold. First, to show that you can travel inexpensively and still have a great time and secondly, I plan on taking guided tours to various locations and want to give people an idea of the expenses. However, I am sure my future travelers will require a little more comfort than I experience which is fine.


June 11, 2010.   (COSTA RICA, Whitewater rafting)

Today we went whitewater rafting. We had an amazing day and Madison got to "ride the bull" which means "ride on front of the raft" through less treacherous rapids. The water was so cold but we were too busy paddling and hanging on for it to bother us much. About halfway through the rapids, we stopped for a snack and the guides sliced up fresh pineapple  and watermelon.  Just what we needed and the BEST PINEAPPLE EVER. Afterwards we stopped off for a great prepared late lunch at a restaurant which was included in the price.  Most "typical" meals include beef or chicken, rice and beans and a fresh juice drink. 

Monteverde, Costa Rica 

June 12, 2010.  ( Monteverde to Quepos)

This morning we are going by jeep-boat-jeep, which means a minivan to Lake Arenal, then a pontoon boat across the lake and then picked up by another minivan on the other side to Monteverde.  A total of 2.5 hrs but much better than the 7-8 hour local bus around the lake.  

I have taken the local bus around before and the shorter version is much better even though more expensive. We are staying at the Vista al Golfo and the kids love it because it has bunk beds, hammocks everywhere, many free computers with internet access and beautiful views of the Cloud Forest. Scott and Amber have a double bed with bathroom for $30 a night and me and the kids have a triple room with outside shared bathroom for $30 a night. With unlimited free coffee and free breakfast this is really a great deal. Tomorrow we leave early in the morning to the canopy zipline. 


June 13, 2010.  (Zipline through the cloud Forest)

After early reservations were canceled due to the lightning, we were finally able to enjoy the Canopy Zip Line at Selvatura Park in Monteverde. The Zip Line consists of 16 tree to tree stations over a total of 3 miles with some at heights of over 100 feet ABOVE the tree canopy. Crazy high. Scott has always had a fear of heights but managed well. Kade, on the other hand, had some serious knee knocking going on. Madison rode with a guide most of the time because she was too light. She did get to ride alone on a few shorter ziplines. Amber did well but like Scott kept commenting on how high they were. The Tarzan Swing was waiting for us at the end. Jumping off a very high platform and swinging out over the jungle canopy is worth a trip to Costa Rica by itself.


June 14th,  2010.  (COSTA RICA,  Travel day)

The alarm was set for 3:30 am in order for us to catch the 3 hr local bus to Puntarenas and then switch to another local bus for 3 hrs to Quepos after a 30 minute layover. I woke up at 2:30 and could not get to sleep again and Scott had set his clock incorrectly and had everyone up at 3. Even with all the mass confusion of getting everything together and being unsure exactly what time it was, we made it to the bus in time. It was early, everyone was tired, the roads were rough and the bus stopped every 15 minutes for 3 hrs to pick up more people. It was GREAT.  Around 5 am daylight was just beginning and you could finally see that this bus was traveling along a dirt and gravel road mere feet from very high drop offs in the mountains. While we were traveling downhill you couldn't help but wonder when the last time this bus had its brakes checked. lol

The bus was running late and we made the bus transfer with only moments to spare. If we had missed that bus we would have had to wait for 3 more hrs until the next bus to Quepos, but we made it. We got to Quepos at 11 am, grabbed lunch at a soda (local restaurant), the kids swam in the Hostel pool, and then a quick siesta. Good but exhausting day.

7.5 hour bus ride $6 per person, lifetime experience.. 

June 15, 2010

The next day was a beach day which we all loved, especially Kade and Madison. Kade rented a surf  board to try surfing.  Lessons probably would have been a good idea but they were expensive. I should have splurged for his lessons but think he enjoyed trying on his own. That is how he is.

Manuel Antonio National Park

June 16, 2010.   (monkeys, monkeys, monkeys)

We left early for the park to hopefully see the monkeys in action. We were not disappointed. We saw lots of monkeys, many within 1-2 feet. We also saw sloths, iguanas and a long non-poisonous snake slithering down our sandy path near the park beach. Unfortunately no one other than me brought a bathing suit, mostly due to the sunburn that we all encountered yesterday. The private beaches at the park were beautiful, uncrowded and very clean. The park provides several bathroom facilities, showers and drinking water throughout the park for only $10 per person with children under 12 free. If you come here pack a lunch, ice chest and plenty of sunscreen and make a complete day of it.  The only injury of the day was when a monkey dislodged a foot long rotten tree branch and it fell on Madison's head. She is okay but let everyone know she was in pain. Still insists the monkey did it on purpose. 

UPDATE: No longer allowed to bring food in the National Park. Tourists were feeding the monkeys and they started becoming very aggressive.  Raccoons and their families will go through backpacks on the beach looking for food if you are not paying attention.

Alajuela, Costa Rica 

June 17, 2010

We left Quepos at 10 am and had a long but beautiful 3.5 ride through the mountains to Alajuela. Alajuela is only 5 minutes from the International Airport and much nicer and closer than San Jose. 

We arrived at the Hotel Mi Tierra in Alajuela shortly after 1pm. The hotel is great and has a pool. We got a room with 5 beds and bathroom for $65 and that includes breakfast and a taxi to the airport. Unfortunately we will be leaving at 5 am for the 5 minute taxi ride to the airport. 


Antigua, Guatemala 

June 18 - 21st, 2010

I said goodbye to the family and they continued their trip to St. Maarten. I flew to Guatemala City and will have to adapt to traveling alone quickly, but it will probably not take long as it is the norm. Not anything in Guatemala City that I wanted to see so I took a shuttle located outside the terminal for $10 to Antigua. Only about a 45 minute drive if no traffic.

Antigua's setting is gorgeous, nestled between 3 volcanoes (Volcan Agua, Volcan Acatenango, and Volcan Fuego). The streets are cobblestones and the buildings that line the streets are multicolored. The town of 45,000 has a beautiful Parque Central (Central Park) which is the gathering place for both locals and visitors. The plaza's famous fountain was built in 1738. Across the street from the park is the Catedral de Santiago which was founded in 1542, damaged by earthquakes many times and only partially rebuilt between 1780 and 1820.

" I sought to see the amazing as normal, and the daily as unique, and in that swirling paradox, I found the joy of travel."  Mary Poxon


Lake Atitlan,  Guatemala 

Lake Atitlan is one of the most beautiful lakes in the world, if not the most beautiful. Lake Como in Italy has always been my favorite lake until now. While Lake Como has beautiful mountains, beautiful mansions, and beautiful villages, Lake Atitlan has volcanoes surrounding it. Apples and Oranges, I will consider it a tie. To see Lake Como see my Europe blog.
" Lake Como, it seems to me, touches on the limit of permissibly picturesque, but Atitlan is Como with additional embellishments of several immense volcanoes. It really is too much of a good thing. "

                                                        Aldous Huxley                                     

Santa Cruz,  Guatemala (Lake Atitlan)

June 21, 2010

After 3 hours bus from Antigua and a 45 minute boat ride from Panajachel, I finally arrived at the La Iguana Perdida Hostel on beautiful Lake Atitlan. You can actually get Certified to scuba dive here at the hostel. The lake is almost 1200 feet deep. 


June 22, 2010 (Santa Cruz to San Marcos hike)

I just finished a 3 hour hike on a path that runs high on the mountains and follows the lake. An English girl and boy from the hostel went along with me. We picked up an unwanted guide along the way. The English girl spoke Spanish and told him we were not interested in a guide but that did not deter him. Luckily for us he came in real handy. The trail had been damaged by Storm Agatha and had washed out portions of the trail. There was one spot when the path was only large enough for one foot to fit on it and it was about a 30 foot fall if your foot slipped. Thinking back on it , this was not a very smart move on our part to follow the trail when there was a serious chance of getting hurt. We made it to San Marcos about 3 hrs after our initial departure, quickly got lost looking for the boat to take us back, and finally made it back to the hostel after a 20 minute boat ride. I took over 260 pictures and will post them in about 4 days. The hostel will not allow us to download pictures on their computers.


June 23, 2010.    (GUATEMALA,  La Iguana Perdida Hostel, Lake Atitlan)

Today I walked straight up the mountain  to the village in Santa Cruz. Not much there and only 1 restaurant. Later I will be watching soccer with the rest of the world , then relaxing in the hammock all while  watching the lake and volcanoes. 

I travel in the morning to visit Chichiastenago for the famous Thursday and Sunday markets in which the Mayan hill tribes come to town to sell their wares. Soon I will be heading to southern Mexico to see Mayan temples and then back into Guatemala to visit Tikal, which is supposed to be the best of  the Mayan temples. I am sure some would argue that point.


Chichiastenago,  Guatemala 

June 24, 2010

This morning I visited Chichiastenago for the famous Mayan market which is every Thursday and Sunday. All of the Mayan villagers come to town to sell their crafts, vegetables, poultry and food prepared in stalls side by side.  I have decided to take a shuttle which will take me to the border and then another shuttle on the other side. It is about twice as expensive as taking the chicken buses but this border crossing and the trip to it can be hazardous. Anyway all the backpackers at the last 2 hostels were all taking the shuttle so I might as well. It will save me some time also not having to make lots of connections.


Friday,  June 25, 2010.   (Chichi to San Cristabol, Mexico)

I got up at 5:30 am for the 7 am shuttle to San Cristobal, Mexico. Nightmare to put it mildly. After 11 hours crammed into a minivan, a flat tire and difficulty at the Mexican bo4der, we finally it to the San Cristobal hostel at 7 pm. Should have take the chicken bus and risked being robbed. lol

San Cristobal,  Mexico 

San Cristóbal de las Casas is a highland town in the southern Mexican state of Chiapas. It’s known for its well-preserved colonial architecture, such as the centuries-old, yellow San Cristóbal Cathedral on the Parque Central. Los Altos Museum, in the baroque former Santo Domingo de Guzmán convent, has regional history and textile exhibits. Outside the building, a market sells colorful weavings and other handicrafts. ― Google

June 26, 2010

It is a beautiful city so I spent most of the morning taking pictures of the sights. Then MEXICAN for lunch. That evening I watched the USA lose to Ghana in soccer and be eliminated from World Cup. Soccer never means as much until you travel out of the States and then it is everything. Wonderful group of Irish, English and Americans on the road at the hostel where I am staying.


June 27, 2010.   (MEXICO,  Canon del Sumidero)

I signed up last night to do the boat ride through the Canon del Sumidero, which is supposedly pretty spectacular. This morning it was pouring down raining from Tropical Depression Alex which fortunately is on the east coast of Mexico because I am on the west side of Mexico. Unfortunately there are no do-overs , so off we went in the packed van with what rain gear we had. It was a miserable 1.5 hrs getting soaked in the open boat with the rain coming down so hard that several of us had our sunglasses on to prevent our eyes from getting stung by the rain. Got a few pictures and will post soon. There was an amazing waterfall that just came out of the side of one of the high cliffs. Irregardless,  my worst days traveling are still  better than not traveling and I appreciate all opportunities. 


June 28, 2010.   (San Cristobal to Palenque, Mexico)

I left rainy San Cristobal in hopes of better weather in Palenque.  I took the 1st class bus today because it left earlier and was only $3 more. The extra comfort (reclining seat), movies and air con made the 6 hr bus ride much easier. There was also a toilet on board. What will they think of next.  Guess I have been riding too many "chicken buses". Beautiful weather for the ride through the scenic mountainous southern Mexico terrain. Knowing that one wrong turn on these steep winding roads might be our last created an additional adrenalin rush. Arrived late in Palenque and located a cheap hostel. 


Palenque,  Mexico 

June 29, 2010

Got up at 6:30 am to get ready for the 1.5 mile hike to the Palenque ruins to keep in shape and save the 75 cents for the collectivo ride.  I headed up the path at about 7 am. but was misinformed by reception and my short walk turned into almost 2 hrs uphill. Got my workout but the humidity and effort walking uphill left my clothes quite drenched. It ended up being 4.65 miles. The ruins were magnificent and in great shape. I do not have time until I get home to properly put in details of the ruins but hope the pictures give some idea of the magnitude of this place to the Mayans. The fact that you can climb all over the ruins gives it a more personal feel than say Chichen itza.


June 30, 2010.   (Palenque, Mexico to Flores, Guatemalal

Shuttle, boat, shuttle for 8.5 hrs. Will post pictures when I get wifi or faster internet, hopefully in  Belize.

Flores, Guatemala

June 30 - July 2nd,  2010.  

Found a nice accommodation that was inexpensive upon arrival and spent a couple of hours exploring the town before crashing.

July 1, 2010

I loved the ruins at Palenque but was blown away by the Mayan ruins and pyramids of Tikal. Our guided tour began a little after 6:30 am this morning and on the road to the ruins we were greeted by howler and spider monkeys who put on a show for us. We also saw various birds such as parrots and toucans. The highlight for me was climbing the two tallest pyramids which are both around 200 plus feet high. The first one we climbed had a wooden ladder straight up the side of the pyramid. We were rewarded at the top with an awesome view of the Mayan complex and surrounding jungle. Tikal is special in regards to other Mayan ruins in that it at one time it was completely taken over by the jungle and secondly, that you are able to climb most of the pyramids. Other than the tremendous height at the top, there is also only about 2 to 3 feet of space along the top step. This makes it interesting as the other climbers arrive at the top. Sometimes getting down is scarier than going up. I have great pictures and videos and will post as soon as I find faster internet. Belize tomorrow. Time for a little 5 day vacation on the beach in the middle of my travels.

July 2, 2010 (Flores, Guatemala to Belize City to Caye Caulker)

Left early this morning on a bus to Belize City. From there I caught a (1.5 hr) ferry to Caye Caulker aka "the backpacker island". I  found a nice hostel dorm after looking around town and signed up for a snorkeling adventure. 

July 3, 2010.   (Snorkeling in Belize)

Great day snorkeling in Belize today. Swam with nurse sharks, saw 3 large sea turtles, petted a sting ray and watched two manatees playing less than 5 ft away. Add in beautiful coral and colorful fish and you have a great day.  I can live with the minor sunburn. Internet is $6 hr so blogging will be limited for a while.

Monday, July 5, 2010.   (BELIZE,  Diving the Blue Hole ??????)

After serious debate over the last 3 days I finally decided to dive the Blue Hole. I was told to come by at 5 pm to get outfitted and pay. Around 4:30 I stopped at a local watering hole for a beer and chat with the locals before going to the dive shop. I asked a few locals who had dived the Blue Hole what they thought and was told I would most likely be disappointed but that the other 2 dives included were nice. For $190 US I expect more than disappointment and 2 nice dives. The Blue Hole is also 2.5 hrs by boat and it is supposedly a very rough ride. One I would have made had it been spectacular. The locals said that due to the depth (120 ft.) you only have about 7 minutes when you reach your deepest point before running low on oxygen. Will save that money for extra diving in Honduras which is also supposed to be spectacular.


July 6, 2010.   (Last day in Caye Caulker, Belize)

I leave in the morning for Belize City by ferry and then bus to Placencia, Belize. Then I will lay around on the beach until the weekly ferry takes me to Honduras on Friday. Then on to Roatan, Honduras.  Serious, inexpensive diving and beaches there. Will post more pictures when I get to Honduras.

Placencia,  Belize 

July 7 -9th, 2010

5 hours on the bus and 2 short boat rides got me from Caye Caulker to Placencia down in southern Belize. Placencia is really beautiful with great beaches. It is located on a peninsula but quiet since it is the rainy season but it mostly rains at night. I found really nice place to stay near the beach.



July 9, 2010 (Ferry to Honduras,  buses to La Ceiba)

Today I catch the 5 hr ferry to Honduras and then minivan to San Pedro Sula. One more 3-4 hour bus ride and I will be at La Ceiba, which is the launching point for all boats to the Bay Islands. I hope to spend at least 1-2 weeks on the islands. I have decided on Utila instead of Roatan after much consideration as Utila is much cheaper. I will check it out and if necessary I will move to Roatan later. 

Overnight in La Ceiba as we arrived too late to catch the last ferry to Utila.

Utila, Honduras 

July 10, 2010

I finally made it to Utila. Roatan is the more touristy island in Honduras and the beaches are more beautiful and the diving is a little better, but Utila is the backpackers haven. With lodging and food less than half of that on Roatan, it was an easy decision. For $185 US you get 10 dives and a free bed in a dorm at one of the dive shops. I opted for a private room at Hotel Seaside with private bath for only $10 nightly with free wifi and hammocks on the 2nd floor overlooking the Caribbean. Food is much cheaper than Belize.

July 12, 2010.   (Jules' World Tattoo)

While sitting in the Pirate Bar in Utila Honduras waiting for the World Cup to begin, I quickly noticed a girl, Jules, who I had met earlier in Antigua, Guatemala. After speaking for a moment she quickly turned around to speak to someone else and that is when I noticed it, a tattoo outline of the world on her back. I, along with many other backpackers, quickly told her how awesome it looked. She also said that she planned putting a red dot on all the places she has traveled. While sitting at the table looking almost hypnotically at her tattoo every time her back was facing me, I realized that I had finally gotten the inspiration for the "travel" tattoo that I had been thinking about since my trip to Thailand. She told me that she had gotten the tattoo from Mike at Tattoo Antigua in Antigua, Guatemala. I realized that if I was going to do that, it would have to be a tattoo of the entire World including the specific countries. I also knew that I would like to color in each of the countries that I travel to.



July 15, 2010.   (Great Diving on North Shore)

I dove the North Shore of Utila today and went down to 110 feet, a new personal best for me. It was like swimming in a box of crayons with all the wonderful colors of fish and coral. No Whale Sharks today but maybe later.


July 16 -19th, 2010.   (Thursdays injuries)

With all the fun I had diving Thursday I knew it could not last. First, I strained my lower back changing out air tanks yesterday and did not realize how bad it was until I could not get out of bed this morning. Then to make matters worse I stubbed my big toe on a concrete step after self-medicating at the Skid Row Bar. (Home of the Wanted and the Unwanted) . It does not look good. I went to the pharmacy this morning in an effort to get bandages, an antibiotic cream, pain pills and muscle relaxers. Pharmacies throughout Central and South America distribute just about every pill needed without you having to see a doctor. When I went to the Pharmacy counter a very young (maybe 10 year old) boy asked what I needed. I can only assume his dad was in the back and he was the  English translator. He gave me everything I needed but did suggest I let Dr. John look at my toe. I told him I would rest a couple of days and if it does not get better see him. He said Dr. John is a good doctor when not drinking or self-medicating.

Unfortunately,  my diving has come to a halt. Rest, beach, hammock and Skidrow Bar will be my routine for the last few days. Skidrow is next door to my accommodation and has good food which limits my hobbling to a minimum.


Monday  July 19, 2010

With deep regret, it is time to move on. Not being able to dive makes it much easier. My foot is tolerable now and the pain is negligible. If you stay somewhere on your travels for more than a few days you get to meet the locals and interact with them. After a week, they become your extended family. But after 10 days in the same place I also have the desire for new places and experiences, which is what makes traveling so incredible. I will say goodbye to everyone at Gunter's Diving and Skidrow today and catch the 6:20 am ferry to La Ceiba. Then the connecting bus to San Pedro Sula to catch another bus to Copan Ruinas (more amazing Mayan ruins). After a few days there I will head to El Salvador to completely check off all the Central America countries from my travel wish list.

Copan, Honduras

July 20, 2010

Long day traveling with over 9 hours total on buses and the ferry. After locating a hostel I ate and got much needed sleep to prepare me for my day at the Copan Ruins tomorrow. 


Copan Ruinas

"During the Classic period (AD 250-900), the city at Copan Ruinas culturally dominated the region for centuries. The architecture is not as grand as Tikal's but the city produced remarkable sculptures and hieroglyphics. Its culture was so developed, it is often labeled the 'Paris of the Maya world '."   Lonely Planet

July 21, 2010

The ruins were simply amazing and detail was spectacular. I spent all day exploring the intricate details of all the buildings. Good day.


July 22, 2010.  (Crazy day traveling to La Palma, El Salvador)

I decided on taking another "chicken bus " to save a little money. The 2.5 hr bus ride to La Entrada to catch the connecting bus was only $2.50. That comes with its own price of stopping to pickup everyone walking down the road and other stops for no apparent reason. The exciting part came when we got to the top of the mountain. It is as though the brakes on the bus no longer worked. We were going 50 mph down the mountain with hairpin curves at every corner. Not much scares me anymore but I was starting to get a little concerned because earlier the brakes did not sound like they were in good shape. I looked around to see if anyone else was concerned including the 5 or so children on the bus. No worries, everyone seemed to be going on with their routines. I decided to embrace it rather than panic and enjoyed the rest of the ride. Disneyland or Six Flags had nothing on this bus ride.

I changed buses in La Entrada for the rest of the ride to the  border. The bus would almost be considered 1st Class (it wasn't) and had a bathroom. The 4.5 hr ride would have been fine if not for the " Best of the 80's" soundtrack the driver  playing over and over. To make it worse it only had about 4 songs that the driver was seriously attached to or that still worked. After a while it was like Chinese Water Torture. At the end of one song you could just sense what song was going to play next and no matter how much you wished for it to be a new song, it wasn't. Finally made it to the border.

A little confusion over if I had paid my tourist fee earlier and I finally made it across the border just in time to have missed the last bus to La Palma (8 miles away). As I am walking towards La Palma trying to decide whether to walk it or find a dive to stay in, a tuk tuk (3 wheel motor taxi) pulls up and says he will take me to La Palma for $6. I thought about it and realized dark would soon be approaching and agreed.

However, things did end on a positive note. I stopped at a really nice hotel which looked too expensive just to check prices. She said a private room with hot water and bathroom was $15 a night. Beautiful place with free wi-fi , a pool and restaurant. I told her that the price sounded okay but I would have to check a few other places. As I was walking away the owner spoke to her in Spanish and she said she had been mistaken that the rooms were only $10 a night. I quickly dropped my bags and signed in. The restaurant is pricey but I can eat there now with my $5 room savings.  

As I posted on facebook, currency can  be confusing when changing  countries often. (colones in Costa Rica, quetzales in Guatemala, pesos in Mexico, Belizean Dollars in Belize, lempiras in Honduras, and now American Dollars in El Salvador). No kidding, its their official currency. Go figure.     


July 23, 2010.  (EL SALVADOR,  La Palma)

Regarding La Palma, Lonely Planet states, "At first glance, La Palma, at 1200m, resembles a coloring-book page zealously attended to by a seven-year-old. Its narrow streets are populated with tiny, tiled homes in garish tones of plum, mint and tangerine, some covered in fanciful murals or drawings."   

That is a perfect description with murals and artists everywhere.

I have probably traveled to more than 100 Parque Centrals throughout South and Central America and every time I visit one a sense of jealousy occurs. Regardless of the size of the town, everything revolves around the central park. Children play there and family and friends congregate there just to socialize rather than get home to watch more television. I am not sure why our culture does not have this but I can only assume that our towns are built around the highways rather than the highways built to the town.  Still a little sad that the majority of towns don't have this. I believe the Spanish got it right here.


Playa El Tunco, El Salvador 

Sunday July 25, 2010

After 5 hrs of traveling, I arrived at the beach, Playa El Tunco, on the Pacific side of El Salvador. The beaches are known for one thing, the best surfing in Central America. Serious waves. The black sand beaches are almost non existent at this time of year until the tide goes out, mostly black volcanic rock. I found a great place to stay, Tunco Lodge, for only $8 a night in the 3 person dorm. It has a swimming pool and free wi-fi, so this will make a great place to stop for a while, chill out and watch some really good surfers. Love to travel but really missing the family, especially the grandkids, Kade and Madison.


July 26 - 31st, 2010  

I spent the evening with great new friends from New Zealand, Ireland, the U.S. and a few locals watching the surfers at a local bar on the beach. It is great trading travel stories with new friends.. No matter how little your travel experience is, it is special to listen to other people's stories. My only wish is for others to travel and experience the same wonder that I am lucky enough to experience.  

Daily routine: Beach, lunch, hamock, pool, beach and beach bar, dinner, sleep.

Juayua,  El Salvador 
                             
Saturday July 31- August 2nd, 2010

Finally back to traveling and seeing the sights. Juayua is the beginning of my journey down the Ruta de las Flores, a winding ride through coffee country, from Sonsonate to Ahuachapan. These mountainous villages are flanked by coffee farms and volcanoes. There is a large outdoor food fair on the weekends near the Parque Central. I will travel for another week or so and then head back to Antigua. I hope to visit at least 3-4 other villages before crossing back into Guatemala. 

Every weekend Juayua has a food fair that is located around the central park. There are over 50 food stalls cooking up everything imaginable but chicken, shrimp and ribs seem to be the favorites. The food is truly incredible and spicy, much to my liking which is typical in Louisiana. There are large tents everywhere with plastic tables and chairs and local favorite singers at several venues throughout the food fair. Most pictures were taken before the crowds arrived as I quickly forgot about taking pictures and enjoyed the festivities. They do this EVERY WEEKEND. Too much fun.

August 2, 2010.  (Juayua,  El Salvador to Antigua, Guatemala)

After about 8 hours and several "chicken buses", I made it to Antigua. This completes my full circle of travel to see the Mayan ruins.  I will fly home on the 17th and use the remainder of my time to visit Lake Atitlan and get my tattoo in Antigua before my departure.

August 3, 2010.  (GUATEMALA,  Antigua, tattoo appointment)

I got up and went searching for Antigua Tattoo. That is where my friend, Jules, had gotten  her world tattoo outline several weeks ago which was my inspiration. However, I had decided to include EVERY COUNTRY outlined in my World Tattoo and color in each country after I visited them. Mike, the owner, however was not in today so I scheduled an appointment  for August 12th to get my 1st EVER TATTOO. I will leave on the 5th to enjoy the lake until my tattoo appointment. 

San Pedro la Laguna,  Guatemala on Lake Atitlan 

August 5, 2010

The Mayans believed that Lake Atitlan was the umbilical cord to the Universe. It's said that once you have visited the Lake you will always feel the yearning to return. I believe this and possibly the reason I am back again. My first time I was isolated in Santa Cruz on the lake with little knowledge of the other villages. My trip to San Pedro, considered the backpacker village, opened my eyes to all of the lake activity. With many inexpensive hotels and restaurants this quickly felt like somewhere I could live. 

After a long 4 hour shuttle (minivan) up and over the steep mountains jammed full with 12 backpackers, I found a great hotel, Villa Del Lago. It was on the lake as the name implies for only $7 a night for a private room including bathroom. 

August 6, 2010. (laundry)

I woke at 6:15 am to voices right outside my room. I could hear several women talking but of course, did not understand what they were saying. I looked outside my window and noticed several women waist deep in the lake. Seems they were just doing laundry on flat rocks located in the lake. Some traditions never die it seems. I spent most of the day getting acquainted with San Pedro and doing one of my favorite things, looking at restaurant menus. Most restaurants will have a menu posted outside which allows me to see what is offered and how much. Most of the time the price of a beer or coke gives me a frame of reference whether the menu is too expensive .

August 7, 2010

Today I walked straight up the steep, almost vertical , street from the dock to the "traditional" part of town with its daily outdoor market, shops, restaurants, schools and numerous churches.  San Pedro has almost 20, 000 people but it doesn't seem that big. Most backpackers stay along the lake road which has lots of inexpensive  accomodations, restaurants,  bars and tourist offices specializing in activities and transportation. 

August 8, 2010

Today I enjoyed a plate of spaghetti and Gallo cerveza (beer) at the Dock Restaurant and watched the many taxi/boats ferrying passengers around the lake. There are approximately 13 villages scattered around the lake and passenger boats are the primary mode of transportation. Later I walked to the Alegre Pub for a couple of beers and conversation with many of the ex pats and fellow backpackers. The Alegre Pub owned by Simon, originally from Scotland,  which has amazing food and drinks plus any Sports you would like to see via Satellite. 

August 9, 2010.  ( Climbing Volcan San Pedro)

We left at 6 am to climb Volcan San Pedro which is 9,600 ft high. We climbed STRAIGHT UP for over 3 hrs with only 2 small breaks of 5 minutes each. I did not realize how bad of shape I was in until this climb. The effort was well rewarded with a spectacular view of the entire lake and the surrounding volcanoes. We even witnessed Volcan Pacaya near Antigua erupting smoke. Pictures at summit were a little hazy and unfortunately doesn't portray the actual beauty that we all witnessed.

August 11, 2010

I leave tomorrow for Antigua to get my much anticipated  World Tattoo and then fly home on the 18th. I have been on beautiful Lake Atitlan for the past 7 days and it has been great. Currently, Guatemala is my favorite place that I have traveled in the world.

Antigua, Guatemala 

August 12, 2010  (Tattoo Day)

Back in Antigua for the 3rd time this trip to get my tattoo at 3:30 pm today. I have no clue as to what it is like getting a tattoo and the fact that it will cover my entire back concerns me that it will be very painful. Mike and I discussed the tattoo before beginning and he asked if I could handle the pain for 3 hours. I told him I didn't know as I had never had a tattoo. Needless to say, the pain was intense, at least for me. But I seemed to mentally accept the "discomfort" as I became accustomed to the stinging pain. No one, not even my family knew of my plans. Will not color in any countries this trip as there is not enough time and the outline needs to heal. After completion, Mike placed plastic wrap over my tattoo and told me I could remove it and clean it off in a couple of hours.

2 hours later, in anticipation, I removed the plastic wrap and gently wiped my back. Then I looked at my tattoo in a mirror for the 1st time. WHAT !!!! Upon inspection  I realized he had placed New Zealand  on the WRONG SIDE of Australia. I immediately  started getting dressed to go back and complain.

THEN ... it dawned on me. I WAS LOOKING IN THE MIRROR and everything was reversed. I felt like an idiot but fortunately did not go back to the tattoo shop. That would have been embarrassing.  That night was very painful as I sleep on my back BUT the tattoo looked GREAT.

Note: Before deciding on a World Tattoo that included all the countries,  I  "GOOGLED" to see if anyone else had done that and found nothing similar.  With this much pain involved I did not want a copy of someone else's tattoo. 


August 13-17th, 2010.   (GUATEMALA,  Antigua revisited) 

The next few days were spent wandering the cobblestone streets taking pictures of old buildings and ruins that were a result of devastating  earthquakes in 1773. I learned to love the rich dark Guatemalan coffee that is grown in the volcanic soil and the people who were always friendly. I also noticed that the only person ever in a hurry was me.  (I am working on that and will try and let life come to me, instead of chasing it.)

Much appreciation to those who took the time to look at my blog and share this trip with me.

Going Home 

August 18, 2010

GREAT TRIP and 1ST TATTOO

An incredible 70 days traveling through Central America (Costa Rica, Guatemala, southern Mexico, Belize, Honduras and El Salvador). I enjoyed the people of each country especially Guatemala. All countries were beautiful but Guatemala is truly magnificent and probably the next destination for travel with my family. With beautiful Antigua (colonial city) ,  Lake Atitlan (one of most beautiful lakes in the world), and Tikal (magnificent Mayan ruins) just to name a few, there is enough to keep one busy for as long as you want to stay.  Being very inexpensive is a bonus.


CHAPTER 10.  (GRAND CANYON, SOUTH AMERICA, and  ANTARCTICA)   

I had been thinking about a South America trip as soon as my Central America trip ended because my mind dwells on the next journey. When my brother, Morgan, invited me on their whitewater rafting trip to the Grand Canyon, I enthusiastically said yes. Of course that gave me an opportunity to plan a bigger trip to South America to coincide with the Grand Canyon.  November is the beginning of South America's summer. As a NOMAD I am always in search of warmer weather. Visiting Antarctica would later become an unexpected surprise. 

(November 4, 2010 - March 23, 2011)

GRAND CANYON (hiking and whitewater rafting)

Final preparations for the Grand Canyon whitewater rafting trip are now complete. My brother, Morgan, and my son, Scott, will begin the trip at Lee's Ferry with several others starting on November 1st and meet up with me and Scott Tiffee at Phantom Ranch on November 5th. After camping for the night, Morgan and Scott  will hike out and Scott Tiffee and I will complete the remaining 9 days of trip with the others. There will be 2 rafts and not sure  of the total number of people traveling in our group at any one time but think it will be between 5 and 6 including the raft guides. Don't really know what to expect except that the water is about 40 degrees and keeping dry while rafting down the river is desired, if possible. Most people raft down the river during the summer but Morgan and Mike have a private permit which they won by a lottery.  Late fall and winter is usually when those are available. But having a private permit allows you to travel for less than 1/2 of the normal guided price. 


November 4, 2010  (Baton Rouge to Flagstaff)

After spending the night at my son, Jon's, Scott Tiffee and I flew from BR airport to Phoenix and then took a 3 hour shuttle to Flagstaff. We cleaned up and went to a Mexican restaurant for 1/2 price appetizers and 1/2 price Dos Equis on draft and some quality time with Melanie, our waitress. Back to the room early for sleep because the shuttle to the Grand Canyon leaves at 8 am. Flagstaff is a beautiful college town (North Arizona University) of 50,000 set at an elevation of 7000 ft.


November 5, 2010.  (South Rim to Phantom Ranch)

We caught the 8 am shuttle from the Amtrak station to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon. This is the area that most people visit when they go to the Grand Canyon. After being dropped off we got a sandwich for the 9.2 mile hike down the Bright Angel Trail and made sure our water bottles were full. The canyon view from the South Rim was spectacular. We began our hike down the trail around 10:40 am expecting a 4 hour hike to Phantom Ranch at the bottom of the canyon. We passed several packs of mules with riders coming up from Phantom Ranch and many struggling hikers. We walked for what seemed like an eternity with our knees taking a beating on the descent of the trail and then realized we were only half way after 3 painful hours of hiking. We finally reached our destination after 5 pm where we were supposed to signal Morgan and the others to raft across the Colorado to pick us up and return to the camp site. However, we saw a raft on our side of the river with 2 life jackets in front. We decided they must have left us the boat for us to row over when we got there. Scott manned the oars and off we went to TRY and cross the river. 2 minutes after rowing we heard a voice screaming to come back. Seems they were all on our side of the river looking for us and we were not meant to try and cross. Hate to think of what would have happened had the Colorado River gotten hold of our raft with our inexperienced crew.


November 6-13, 2010.   (Rafting the Colorado River)

While I normally blog each day of a trip, I found it almost impossible to express the beauty and wonder of rafting down the Colorado River in the Grand Canyon. I have decided to give a synopsis of our daily routine and let the pictures do the rest. Our boats were full with ice chests of prepacked daily meals in ammo cans for us to cook each day from our set menu. 

Morning

Each morning begins early with JC (main guide) getting the kitchen going and getting breakfast started. We began packing up our cots and packing our dry bags so that we can load the boat after breakfast. Packing the boat and making sure everything is secure usually takes over an hour. We usually start down the river around 9:30 am. Each morning usually involves a few really good rapids that is almost certain to get you wet to some extent. There is also a lot of rowing when there is little current on the river. I was on the raft with Lance who was rafting his 1st time down the river. Scott and Mike were in the raft with JC who has guided groups down the river 281 times. For some reason I could only row backwards. Just couldn't get the frontward rowing motion. If the rapids were large, we would pull over and scout the rapids to decide which was the best route.


Lunch 

Lunch was usually sandwiches and almost always on the river. We would tie the boats together and just drift on periods of the river which did not have major rapids. Quick bite to eat, unhook and back to rafting the larger rapids. An unexpected addition to the rafting was the canyon side trips which were anywhere from 1-3 times a day. JC would show us side canyon waterfalls and swimming holes which I am sure would more enticing in the summer. The side trips were really enjoyable.

Evening

We would usually make camp around 4-5 pm. Of course then we would have to unload the boat with all our stuff on it. Takes about an hour to unload, set up the kitchen, get water and get our cots and beds ready. Dinner is always the best meal of the day. I started out sleeping in a tent with my sleeping bag and an air mattress while everyone else had a cot under the stars with their sleeping bag. One night in a tent on the hard ground convinced me to switch to a cot. The temperature got down to 37 degrees Fahrenheit one night but that is why you invest in a good sleeping bag. We always went to bed at 9 pm. Watching the stars, satellites, planes, and comets at night was one of my favorite things that I enjoyed on the trip.

Note: The rapids varied greatly. Some just looked scary while others looked easy but weren't. One rapid involved had a 10 foot wave which came over our boat and soaked everyone. JC and Lance made it look easy and JC's experience was invaluable. I wish the pictures could convey the beauty and wonder of rafting down the Grand Canyon but it won't, at least not to the level that it truly is. It is just one of those things you should experience yourself.


November 14, 2010 (last day on the river)

We had camped only 2 miles above Indian Creek where our outfitter, Ceiba, was to pick up our rafts, equipment and Scott and  I at 10 am for the trip back to Flagstaff. Since there were no big rapids we did not have to secure all of our bags and camping equipment. When we got to the landing, JC's wife, Diane, was there to pick up JC, Lance and Mike for the return trip to Las Vegas. Shortly thereafter, the Ceiba truck with long bed trailer showed up and we quickly loaded all the rafts and equipment. The landing is on the Hualapi reservation and the road back to the main highway takes about an hour and is dirt and some gravel. About 30 minutes into the trip the trailer breaks around the axle and tire mounting. We removed the tire and relied on the remaining 5 tires for the remaining 2.5 hr trip. We were dropped off at our discount hotel and I quickly waited for the hot water in the shower to get hot so I could take my first shower in more than 9 days, unless you count being drenched by the cold Colorado River. Irish Pub, food, beer and a bed for a change was a welcome respite to our whitewater adventure. ANOTHER TRIP OF A LIFETIME. Flight tomorrow for me to Ft. Lauderdale  to catch a connecting flight to Cartagena for my South America adventure.


SOUTH AMERICA   (Part 1)

November 15th and 16th, 2010  (Flagstaff to Ft. Lauderdale to Cartagena to Bogota to Cali)

After spending the night in the Ft. Lauderdale Airport, I arrived in Cartagena at 1:30 pm on the16th. Then I had planned to catch a connecting flight to Bogota at 3:55 pm but it was delayed until 5:30 pm. Colombia is known worldwide for its beautiful women. While waiting at the departure gate, every woman seemed incredibly beautiful. There were about 200 people waiting for flights but at least 40 of them could have been a model anywhere in the world. It was almost mesmerizing. (Well I had been on a raft for 9 days with 5 guys) An older man sitting across from me approached me and said, "I see you admiring our beautiful women." I told him I was sorry for staring but I had not seen that many beautiful women in one place in my life. He laughed and said.. "It is true we have the most beautiful women in the world BUT last night was THE MISS COLOMBIA BEAUTY CONTEST ... and these are the contestants."  The flight delay seemed to pass much too much quickly. I finally made it to Bogota around 6:45 pm and then caught another connecting flight to Cali at 8:30 pm and arrived at 9:30. The cab driver the hostel sent was not there when I got outside so I found my own cab and made it to the hostel around 10:30 pm. Long  2 days traveling and I slept like a baby.

Note: My reasoning for starting my journey in Cali was to finish my South American trip in Cartagena and it's nearby beaches. 


Cali, Colombia

November 17, 2010 

I woke up at 7:30 am well rested for the first time in 2 weeks. Spent most of the day blogging and posting pictures and watched a couple of movies at the hostel. Met a German, Tom, who was staying at the hostel and chatted for a while. No time, energy or desire to check out the famous Cali nightlife on Sexta Avenue. Cali is known for its salsa dancing. Another big day of traveling tomorrow with 9 hrs on a bus to Pasto. Highlight of my day was talking to Kade, Madison and Scott on Skype. Skype definitely helps but does not cure missing everyone.


Nov. 18, 2010   Cali to Pasto (9 hrs on a bus thru the mountains)

I caught a cab from Casa Blanca Hostel to the bus terminal. On the way to the terminal the police were placing yellow tape around a shooting that had just occurred on the street according to the taxi driver. Sometimes you forget where you are and that Colombia is and can be dangerous if you are not careful. Of course, so can Baton Rouge or New Orleans. That is why selecting a hostel in a safe neighborhood and not venturing out late at night without a group is important and always take a cab at night. Got to the bus terminal around 7:30 am and they quickly tried to jam me on a crowded bus. It was obvious that the other passengers did not want me in their crowded space so I stepped off the bus. Then the driver offered me a seat in the front with him so off we went. The trip through the Colombian mountains was both beautiful and a little scary. Hairpin turns and some crazy driving high in the mountains makes for an interesting day. There were 5 instances where landslides had occurred with only one serious enough to close the road for a while. Bulldozers and gravel trucks were working on it but the driver found a road around it. We also had a police encounter where everyone had to get off the bus. Not sure why since my Spanish is very limited. Have I mentioned that almost no one speaks English in South America. In Central America most speak at little some English it seems. I got to Pasto around 5:30 pm, caught a cab and booked a room at Koala Hostel which was recommended by Lonely Planet. Private room with tv and wifi for only $8.50 night. Tomorrow I take another bus to the border of Ecuador and then to Quito. Not sure but expecting 5-6 hrs tomorrow and then 12 days in Quito seeing the sites in Ecuador and learning Spanish, hopefully.


Quito, Ecuador 

November 19, 2010     Pasto, Colombia to Quito, Ecuador

I left around 7:30 am and walked the 1.2 miles to the bus station and then a bus to the border. After quickly getting thru Colombian Immigration, I walked across the street and quickly got thru Ecuador's Immigration. This had to be the easiest border crossing ever. Usually there is about 2 miles between immigrations at the border and countless people trying to con you out of your money between them. Then I caught a taxi to the bus station which was 6 miles away and then a 5 hr bus to Quito, Ecuador. I arrived around 4:30 pm and then a 45 minute taxi ride to Old Quito in the Historic District to the Hostel Quito Cultural. The hotel was very nice and once again, recommended by Lonely Planet. I plan on staying here until December 3rd and got a private room rate of $13.50 after some negotiation. It includes cable TV and breakfast and is only 2 blocks from the Grand Plaza. Hoping to find a good Spanish school tomorrow.

Another great day of sights riding through the mountains but no pictures unfortunately because the windows were heavily tinted.

November 20, 2010

I had to switch rooms due to street noise outside my window. No major plans today since it has been raining. I can't believe I got the LSU/OLE MISS football game on my television. Great LSU Victory. I also received a Skype call from Madison and Kade who are in Branson, Missouri which made my day.


November 21, 2010.   (Street Parades by the Grand Plaza)

Wonderful parades around the Grand Plaza especially the guys on stilts doing flips and splits WHILE ON STILTS. Unfortunately I forgot my camera has video on it. I am so electronically challenged. It started to rain so the parades were cut short so don't have any more pictures. Maybe next Sunday. 

November 22, 2010.   (teleferiQo  [sky tram] to Cruz Loma)

I met a nice Australian couple, Peter and Sadie, at breakfast who asked if I wanted to share a cab to the teleferiQo (sky tram) that leads to the best view of Quito at 4100 meters (13,200 feet). Since the weather was beautiful for a change,  I decided to chance the weather even though the weather in Quito can change in a second. We split the $5 cab ride and paid the $7.50 fee up the 2.5 km ride up the mountain. The view was spectacular and the weather remained good for the 1.5 hrs we spent on top. It sarted raining hard 2 hrs later.


November 23, 2010   

I caught a taxi to go to El Panacillo (Little Bread Loaf) , a hill to the south of Quito, which is topped by a huge statue of La Virgen de Quito and offers incredible views of the whole city and surrounding volcanoes. I had considered walking there but the hotel said the neighborhood I would have to walk through was too dangerous. The taxi ride confirmed it. 

November 24, 2010

Just learned they will be taking the National Census on Sunday and everyone is required to remain inside from 7 am to 5 pm. I will need to purchase food for the day on Saturday. No luck finding a Spanish School nearby which was my reason for staying in Quito for so long.

November 25, 2010.  (Happy Thanksgiving)

Typical Thanksgiving with NFL at noon but choose to have my non-Turkey Thanksgiving meal tonight which included filet mignon, baked potato and 2 glasses of red wine. ($12 total)

November 28, 2010.  (National census Day)

All tourists and  nationals are required to stay inside from 7 am until 5 pm while the Census is being taken. No businesses are open and no one on the street. I bought ham and bread to get me through the day and will watch television. Later that day I walked to the 6th floor rooftop to see what a city of 2,000,000 people looks like as a ghost town. Reminiscent of Will Smith in the movie "I am Legend" as the only survivor in New York City.

December 1, 2010.   (Basilica del Voto Nacional)

Went to the Basilica today. Did not tour the inside but climbed to the top of the bell tower for great view of the city.  Quite a climb to the top of one of the spires.


December 2, 2010.   (Laguna del Quilotoa)

I went on a tour of Laguna del Quilotoa which is a beautiful lake inside a volcano at about 13,000 feet high. We started out at 7 am with my guide and it took almost 4.5 hrs to get there after stopping at the food market at Saquisili for approx. 45 minutes. The ride in our car was even more scary and exciting than the bus trip from Colombia. The road was very high and many hairpin turns with no barriers to keep you from hurtling to your death. We almost got killed when a Giant Orange Dump Truck tried to pass another dump truck on a curve. Still not sure how the 3 vehicles all fit on that narrow mountain road. Probably the most scared I have ever been in an automobile. We encountered several other large trucks on the way up the mountain and they all seemed to be racing each other down with little concern for safety. The return trip in the pitch dark of night with all the hairpin curves was no piece of cake either.

Back to the Laguna. We started our trek along the top of the crater around 12 pm. It was my guide, Mateus' first time to Quilotoa, so we were both experiencing it for the 1st time. As we started the journey we immediately found ourselves with a new guide, a brown dog, that seemed determined to lead the way. The trip was to last about 4 hrs. The path along the top of the crater started out very beautiful until the clouds rolled in and we could no longer see the lake. That did not deter us from completing the walk around the crater rim. The dog kept us on the trail a few times when we would have taken a wrong path. The climb was very strenuous as we kept climbing and then descending over and over. We finally reached the approximate end of the trail and saw what looked like a road near a path that went inside the crater. Unfortunately we took the crater path. 2 hours later, lost, we found a native who was was tending sheep who said we would have to walk straight up the mountain that we had descended to get back on the path. It looked too difficult so we continued looking for a better path. With only an hour of daylight, we asked another native woman to guide us out of the crater. We started straight up the wall of the crater for an hour and reached our car about 10 minutes before dark. I paid the woman $10 ($7 more than we had negotiated) because I realized the danger we had been in lost without a flashlight and totally exhausted. We arrived back at the hostel around 9:30 pm laughing about the whole adventure which is easy to do when you are once again safe. I leave for Mendoza, Argentina tomorrow night on a plane.

Mendoza, Argentina 

December 3rd and 4th, 2010.   (Flight from Quito,  Ecuador to Mendoza,  Argentina)

I arrived in Mendoza around 10:30 am this morning after a long night in airports and on planes. I left Quito around 4 pm yesterday, had (2) 55 minute flights and one 4 hr flight from Santiago to Mendoza this morning. Originally I had planned on spending some time in Santiago, Chile until I found that Americans had to pay an additional $110 airport fee. No thank you. Beautiful scenery flying over the Andes. Back in 4 bed dorm after being spoiled in a private room in Quito but so far I am only one in the room. Love the high 80's daytime weather and  60's at night but know it will be colder when I get to Patagonia in a few days.


December 5, 2010.   (Sarmiento Avenue and Plaza)

Sarmiento Avenue is not as grand as Las Ramblas in Barcelona but is still a great place to go, have food and drinks in an outside cafe and people watch. The avenue leads to the plaza which is not special until they turn on the water fountains. Loving the hostel life again. Still lucky I am only one in the 4 bed dorm. Free pizza and 1/2 price drinks last night and free breakfast every morning. Lot of great backpackers here with great stories. Finally caught up on my sleep after being up for 48 hrs traveling to Mendoza. Hopefully, wine tasting tour tomorrow.


December 6, 2010.   (Loving the laid back vibe of Argentin's wine country)

I am finally getting used to Argentina's schedule which is lunch around 2 pm and then a slow dinner involving food, wine and people watching from about 8-10 pm. Of course there is always someone playing a guitar and singing for tips. Last night there was also a Jack Sparrow double complete with Pirates costume and unmistakable swagger. He looked exactly like Johnny Deep. He was walking up the avenue before I could get a picture and I did not want to leave my wine and follow him. lol  Back in the States I considered lunch at 11 am and by 5:30 pm I was starving if I had not already eaten dinner. I actually splurged on Sarmiento Avenue last night and had grilled chicken, mashed potatoes, bread and 4 glasses of wine. (1 free glass with dinner and the smallest bottle contains 3 glasses) Best $14  I have spent on the trip including tip. Tonight there is free food at the hostel so I will get back on budget until tomorrow when I go on the bike and wine tasting ride. We leave at 9 am and visit 3 wineries while biking through the orchards. Leave it to the Argentines to think of drinking wine  in  the morning. When in Rome. After the 3rd winery we put our bikes back on the truck and take the shuttle back. Wise decision. I should get back around 2:30 in the afternoon. I have to move out of my room in the morning because my overnight bus to Bariloche leaves at 10:30 pm and we arrive in Bariloche around 2 pm the next day. The Double Decker  bus has seats that lay completely down, meals and toilet. Kinda feel guilty for all the luxury but it is supposed to be the best and most scenic way to see the Ruta 40.


Bariloche, Argentina 

San Carlos de Bariloche (commonly called Bariloche) is a town in Argentina’s Patagonia region. It borders Nahuel Huapi, a large glacial lake surrounded by the Andes Mountains. Bariloche is known for its Swiss alpine-style architecture and its chocolate, sold in shops lining Calle Mitre, the main street. It's also a popular base for hiking and skiing the nearby mountains and exploring the surrounding Lake District. ― Google

December 8, 2010

After a sixteen hour bus ride, I finally made it to Bariloche. There is a beautiful lake surrounded by mountains. Starting to really get a feel for Patagonia. I plan on leaving Saturday for a 28 hour bus ride to El Chalten where the scenery and hiking are supposed to be spectacular. Missing everyone at home. Hope all is well.


Thursday  December 9, 2010.    (Back to Basics)

Central America spoiled me with cheap transportation, inexpensive food and private rooms for $5. Just got back from supermarket where I bought food for next 3 days. Ham, bread, water and hot dogs will be my food for the next several days. For me to continue to travel, I must make sacrifices and stay away from restaurants and fast food which are budget busters.

As beautiful as it is here, the wind has been blowing at least 50 mph since yesterday. Therefore biking and kayaking, the two most popular things to do, are out of the question for now. Will take some pictures of the town later. Kinda has that Swiss chalet town sorta of feel with chocolate specialty stores on every corner.

Been given bad news by backpacker who went to Ushuaia and did the cruise to Antarctica. While there is usually room for someone at the last minute do to a cancellation, the discounts are no longer down to $2500 for the cruise. More like $3500. Will have to do some soul searching. 


December 11, 2010.   (Bariloche to El Chalten)

For the 1st time in 48 hrs it is not raining, though there are the occasional snowflakes. I leave tonight (8 pm) on a bus for 28 hrs down the famed and rough Ruta 40. While the first 10 hrs will be in darkness, I am looking forward to some amazing scenery. I have secured the no. 1 seat on the top deck of the Double Decker bus and it will almost be like driving with a huge window in front of me seeing everything the driver sees except from high above. I arrive at El Chalten at midnight which is not an ideal time to look for your hostel. El Chalten is home to Fitz Roy mountain and supposedly one of most beautiful sights in Patagonia. Hoping for good weather. Miss everyone back home but only heard from Beau in last 10 days. (hint)  Can't ever seem to catch anyone on facebook.

El Chalten, Argentina 

El Chaltén is a village within Los Glaciares National Park in Argentina’s Santa Cruz province. It’s a gateway to trails surrounding the peaks of Cerro Torre and Mount Fitz Roy to the northwest. Near Fitz Roy, a path leads to the Laguna de los Tres viewpoint. Just northwest of the village, the shores of Laguna Capri offer mountain views. Shops line San Martín, one of the village’s main streets. ― Google

December 13, 2010.    (Hike to Fitz Roy from El Chalten)

I left the hostel at 9 am for the 8 hr hike to the Fitz Roy lookout and back. The trek there was beautiful and mostly flat until the last hour which is straight up. But it was all worthwhile as you have the best view of Fitz Roy and the glacier lake at its foot. The trek back, however, was a different story. The 4 hr hike back to the hostel turned into 7 hours as I took the wrong trail and saw an entire part of the country that I was not expecting. Well marked trail, just the wrong one. lol

"Some parts of the world you make a conscious effort to visit and others have to wait until fate delivers you there."                                                                   
                                                                    Tony Hawks


El Calafate, Argentina 

December 15, 2010    (El Chalten to El Calafate)

I took the 7:30 am bus to El Calafate, starting point for most tours to the famous Perito Moreno Glacier. I found my hostel after walking around lost for about 30 minutes. The hostel is a little pricey ($15) for 4 bed dorm but the beds are NOT bunk beds and there is a private bathroom and TV in the room. I bought my tour ticket to see the glacier tomorrow. I am hoping for same good weather as we are having today. Still can not get over the wind in Patagonia. There is ALWAYS a constant 50-60 mph wind with some gusts actually knocking you down and it never stops. It also seems to come from every angle as I walked around the four sides of the hostel and the wind is just as bad on each side. Strange.

Perito Moreno Glacier 

December 16, 2010

It was billed as one of the most beautiful and "must see" things to do in South America.  Today I visited the glacier and it lived up to its reputation. I joined a tour which took us the 50 miles to the Parque Nacional Los Glaciares. We left at 8:30 am and spent almost 4 hours viewing the glacier including a boat trip which took us right up next to the glacier. Everyone waited with anticipation hoping that there would be huge chunks of the glacier falling into the water (calving) but not this trip. Lots of rumbles however. The glacier is enormous. The glacier is as big as the entire city of Buenos Aires. The glacier is over 200 feet tall, 18 miles long and 3 miles wide.


Puerto Natales,  Chile

Puerto Natales is a port city on the Señoret Channel in Chile’s southern Patagonia. It’s the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park to the northwest, and the port for boats touring the Patagonian fjords.

December 17, 2010

Just arrived in Puerto Natales, Chile which is the staging point for hiking the "W Circuit" in Torres del Paine which is supposed to be the most beautiful hiking in Patagonia. I am staying at Hostel Esmeralda which is a family run hostel which is worn but well kept and the least expensive in the area. I leave tomorrow for 6 nights and 7 days in Torres del Paine.  All the essentials. I will not have internet so will post again when I return on December 24th. I asked about getting food on my return for Christmas but was advised at the hostel that I will be eating with Crisobal and his family for Christmas. You meet great people when traveling who always make you feel at home. Having fun but missing the family. Love to all.


Torres del Paine National Park 

Torres del Paine National Park, in Chile’s Patagonia region, is known for its soaring mountains, bright blue icebergs that cleave from glaciers and golden pampas (grasslands) that shelter rare wildlife such as llama-like guanacos. Some of its most iconic sites are the 3 granite towers from which the park takes its name and the horn-shaped peaks called Cuernos del Paine. ― Google


December 18, 2010

I am getting very excited about hiking for 7 days through Torres del Paine. This is the major reason I came to South America. I will be staying in very expensive Refugios (shelters but essentially a hostel), at least I think. It costs around $50 a night for a bed in an 8 bed dorm without sheets or blankets. (that is extra $12 a night) So I will be renting a sleeping bag for my bed at $3 a night. Food is also about $20 a meal at the refugios so I will carry in as much food as possible. (spaghetti, bread, ham and wine) All the necessities  I have heard that the Circuit which involves camping and more days has better views but my camping skills are poor and therefore will still hope for some incredible scenery. No Internet  while trekking but will be back at Esmeralda Hostel on Christmas Eve so hope to post then.

I arrived at hostel and found out there is no kitchen access so all of the spaghetti sauce and noodles in my backpack are useless. I have enough sandwich meat and bread for 2 days and then will start having to buy lunch ($14) and dinner ($17). A diet coke is $3 and Snickers is $4. Luckily I brought cookies and cake which I will eat for breakfast each day. Probably would have been cheaper camping but I am not the greatest outdoorsman. 


December 19-24, 2010.   (Trekking Torres del Paine)

Incredible 5 nights and 6 days in Parque Nacional Torres del Paine in Chile. Every day hiking had every type of weather imaginable. It was really windy every day but one. I mean anywhere from 30-60 mph constantly. Some gusts stronger than others but always constant. It gets dark around 10:30 pm and light around 4:30 am so there is plenty of daylight to hike. There was rain about half of the time but more of a light drizzle than a downpour. Good rain gear is essential. There was not a lot of hiking high in the mountains. Most of the hiking was up and down along the lakes with the occasional hike up to Los Torres Mirador, the French Valley and to see Glacier Grey. While many times the hikes up were painful they were not difficult by any means. If I had camped instead (which I probably should have), the hikes would have been more challenging and the views even more spectacular I have been told. The hiking and scenery was beautiful and fun regardless.

December 24-26th, 2010

Back in Puerto Natales in time for  Christmas and the much änticipated Christmas Eve Dinner. The backpacker cost was only $10 and that included Lamb (my 1st experience EVER) , various vegetables and unlimited wine. What I am not accustomed to is eating dinner late in the evening, which is a Spanish tradition. It was almost 11 pm when dinner was served, I think. Remember there was unlimited wine and only a few snacks to hold us over until dinner.  It was an amazing meal and seems the hostel owner was also a Chef at a restaurant. 

Christmas Day was spent relaxing and uploading pictures from Torres del Paine.  


Ushuaia,  Argentina 

Ushuaia is a resort town in Argentina. It's located on the Tierra del Fuego archipelago, the southernmost tip of South America, nicknamed the “End of the World.” The windswept town, perched on a steep hill, is surrounded by the Martial Mountains and the Beagle Channel. It's the gateway to Antarctica cruises and tours to nearby Isla Yécapasela, known as “Penguin Island” for its penguin colonies. ― Google

December 26, 2010 

I took the 7:30 am bus to Ushuai . About 6 hours of this journey was on gravel/dirt highways and there was one ferry crossing.  I arrived in Ushuaia at 7:30 pm and located the FREE Style Hostel. I checked the nearby travel agency for inexpensive, last minute Antarctica trip. No luck but was told to check back tomorrow. 


December 27, 2010.   

I was waiting for an opportunity to do the January 1st cruise to Antarctica for $3149 but it seems someone else booked the last spot. I decided to go on the December 28th departure for  $3990. Not happy about it but much less than the typical cost of $10,000 and it is a "Once in a lifetime experience ".  I also booked a $197 flight from Ushuai to Buenos Aires on my return. The flight is 4 hours and the bus to Buenos Aires was 50 hours AND $250. NO BRAINER. Antarctica departure tomorrow. 

ANTARCTICA 


December 28, 2010.   (Antarctica Bound !!!!!!!!!!!)

Departure is at 5 pm today. I checked out of the hostel after lunch and will walk the streets of Ushuaia until 4 pm and then go through security at the dock. I ended up at the port around 3:30 and saw a huge line of passengers waiting to clear security. Many did not seem to have any luggage and I was confused but later realized some were on day trips around Ushuaia. There were also many going to Antarctica on the 500 passenger ship which was enormous. Those passengers are not allowed to land anywhere on Antarctica. The passenger ship must not have more than 100 passengers to land on Antarctica according to the International treaty. I was actually the first person on board at 4 pm and then Casper, from the Netherlands, came on the ship. We quickly introduced ourselves and were surprised that we ended up as cabin mates. Probably because we both booked at the last moment. After everyone got on the ship we had an emergency drill on the top deck before we started our journey at 6 pm. This 11 day cruise is actually closer to 9.5 days. We leave on the December 28th at 6 pm and return at 8 am on the January 7th.  2 water trips of a lifetime on the same trip. (Grand Canyon and Antarctica)


December 29, 2010.   (Drake Passage)

The Drake Passage is one of the most treacherouA

We arrived at Seward at 5 pm, checked in and took the free shuttle to Safeway for supplies. The weather was beautiful but looks like the rain will be arriving shortly. Sewas voyages for ships to make with waves topping 40 feet (12 meters), and a rite of passage for Antarctic tourists. Named after Sir Francis Drake, it extends 900 kilometers (600 miles) from Cape Horn to the northernmost tip of Antarctica and is famous for being one of the roughest seas in the world. The description did not disappoint as there were enormous waves rocking the ship and most passengers remained in their rooms due to sea sickness.




December  30, 2010.   (Atlantic Convergence)

Lectures today on whales, dolphins and seals. Still in Drake Passage but in Atlantic Convergence, where the warmer and cooler waters meet. Compulsory emergency drill with life jackets at 5 pm. If weather is okay we will land at 7 am tomorrow. Everyone is getting excited. Really nice people on the boat. Most of the people flew in just for this trip and head back afterwards. I am the only person from the United States. There are Germans, Dutch, Canadians, English, French, Italians and not sure of some of the others. Not sleeping well with the ship rolling all night. 




December 31, 2010.    (Last day of 2010 and 1st landing in Antarctica)

Breakfast at 6 am and climb in Zodiacs, a small motorized raft,  for landing in Antarctica at 7 am. After breakfast most passengers went to the top deck to see the incredible icebergs. Excitement is in the air. I was lucky enough to be in the 1st Zodiac to launch and land on Antarctica. Indescribable and why it is important  to take pictures. I hope that at some point I will be able to verbalize the emotions I am feeling. Wish the family could be here with me. Not much sun and really don't know how that works here and there are penguins, penguins and penguins. So incredible how they don't seem to worry much about us. We are to stay about 15 feet away but if they approach us it is okay. I had read that if you lie down the penguins will approach you in curiosity. So I laid down on the rocky beach and to my surprise a penguin walked up to my feet and stared at me. Our landing was at Brown Bluff.


The 2nd landing was at Hope Bay where we visited the Argentine base and were welcomed by the Argentine children. Yes children live there with their families in an effort to claim ownership of Antarctica which is not allowed  by Treaty. We visited the school and post office where I was able to mail a postcard to Kade and Madison from Antarctica.

3rd stop was Paulette Island and we saw amazing icebergs as we circled the island in the Zodiacs. Then we followed several whales for about 30 minutes.




January 1, 2011.   (New Year's Day on Astrolabe Island)

Wild New Year's party which lasted way too long and made the morning Zodiac cruise with a lot fewer passengers than normal. Most said it was uneventful.

However the 2nd landing on Astrolabe Island was incredible with beautiful icebergs and every type of penguin including the Marconi penguins. Jordy said this was a rare treat since they are normally breeding in the Falklands. We also saw a leopard seal and fur seal, another rarity. Then we spotted a Hamburg whale feeding and followed and watch it for about an hour in the Zodiacs. No lamb for 56 years and had it for New Year's dinner, the 2nd time in a week including Christmas Eve.




January 2, 2011.   (Cueville Island and Neko Harbour)

Today we visited Cuerville Island and saw some really beautiful icebergs. Afternoon landing was at Neko Harbour.




January 3, 2011.   (English base)

I decided not to visit the English base since I had already visited the much bigger Argentine base and they also were going to see MORE penguins. They are fun to watch but it is getting a little old. The afternoon landing was canceled due to high winds. Then we head to Shetland Island which marks the beginning of the end. I am getting restless since I have already seen and experienced some of the best of Antarctica. I am starting to feel a little trapped as I am used to being able to move from place to place at will.   




January 4, 2011.  (Deception Bay)

We were woken up at 4:45 am by Jordy to let us know that we were arriving at the entrance to Deception Bay in the Shetland Islands. We all went on top to get a look but the weather was dreary and we all wished we had stayed in bed. We took the Zodiacs and landed around 6 am. We were told to bring our swim suits. WHAT!!!! Our first visit was to the Devil Bellows to get a look at the other side of the island and then to the abandoned whaling station. Some people did go for a swim in the cold water and then warmed up in the warm volcanic sand. I WAS NOT one of them. Leaving Antarctica this afternoon.




January 5, 2011.   (Drake Passage)

Not much to do since we have left the Shetland Islands and are headed back to Ushuaia. The waves are starting to get much worse. I have been wearing the same clothes for 3 days since my laundry is still not ready but hopefully today. The trip to Antarctica was much more exciting than the trip back. Ready to be back on solid ground.




January 6, 2011.   (Drake Passage)

The worst weather of the trip. The captain said the waves in the Drake Passage were the worst he has seen in the boat's 5 year history. Almost everyone stayed in their rooms except for meals.  Luckily I did not get seasick but almost everyone stayed in bed most of the time because it was almost impossible to stand or walk. Some waves were 30 + feet (9-10 meters) high. Laying in bed seemed to help the most but luckily I did not get seasick. At 6:30 pm the crew presented a slide show of pictures of the passengers and places we visited. Then we all made copies to keep. Wine was flowing.




January 7, 2011.   (LAST DAY)

We docked in Ushuaia around 4 am, had breakfast at 7am and disembarked around 8:00 am. and exhausted from 2 days crossing the Drake Passage. I checked into the hostel and went to sleep after lunch. An incredible trip. Loved the Antarctica part, hated the Cruise part. Also, there were only a few backpackers on this luxury cruise with gourmet food and free wine with lunch and dinner. I have never seen so many dishes that I could not recognize. While the $3990 was $490 over the top amount I had planned on paying, the average cost for most was approximately  $10,000 with one paying $16,000 for a room alone. A few people at the hostel are leaving today for the same cruise at the same price so at least I did not pay too much considering New Years eve and day were on the Antarctic peninsula. Also our boat which has a maximum of 78 passengers only had 63 passengers due to the bad weather in Europe, forcing some planes to South America to cancel their flights. We also usually had 3 landings per day when weather permitted.  Back to simple things and budget travel which makes me happy.





SOUTH AMERICA (Part 2)


January 7, 2011.   (ARGENTINA, Ushuaia)


Back at Freestyle Backpackers Hostel after an incredible journey to Antarctica. Just had the best meal, french bread, ham and chips. After 11 days of gourmet food (lamb, grilled tuna, salmon, and numerous things I still don't know), I am so glad to be back to simple life and simple food. I leave tomorrow for Buenos Aires at 6:40 pm and will arrive at 10 pm. (not ideal)  The flight was actually $50 cheaper than the 50 hr bus ride. Also know realize that cruises are not for me. I don't like giving up my freedom to go where I want,  when I want and not be restricted by schedules. 


Saturday, January 8, 2011.  (Flight to Buenos Aires)


Slept until 10 am, had breakfast and then washed clothes. My flight to Buenos Aires was delayed and I did not arrive until 11:30 pm. I finally arrived at the hostel at 12:45 am, checked in and went to the hostel bar a little after 1 am for a beer. I asked the bartender why it was almost empty as this is a very popular hostel. He laughed and said no one goes out until about 2 am and then parties until daylight.  Okay, this is not something I can adjust to in my 50's but to each their own. 




January 9, 2011.  (ARGENTINA,  Buenos Aires)


I stayed up till about 3 am chatting with hostel staff and backpackers in the LOUD bar but still great fun. I , of course, had a top bunk again in the six bed dorm and the rest of the group came in around 5-6 am. Of course, when I got up at 9:30 for the free breakfast, the rest of the group did not move until around 3 pm. There are about (8) McDonalds and Burger Kings within 3 blocks of the hostel so I am back in my element of cheap food. The memory of gourmet food on the Antarctic Dream will soon be nothing but a memory.   


I had planned on a City Bus Tour at 2 pm to get the sightseeing out of the way but was later informed the double decker bus was full so I will rebook later this week. Instead I walked about 25 city blocks to and back from the Sunday Market. This is where the local Artisans line the streets with their wares and a few musicians play. Nice way to spend a breezy, 82 degree day. Warm temperatures for the rest of my trip. I gave my fleece jacket away in Ushuaia because it's too expensive to ship and takes up too much valuable space in my backpack. There were several couples performing the tango in the market for tips. Lessons were also available but I know my limits. Dancing is definitely definitely one of them.


Tomorrow I go to the Brazilian Consulate to apply for my Brazilian Visa ($150) . OUCH  It usually takes 3-4 days and you need to provide an incredible amount of information including a paid departure ticket showing when you are leaving the country. I will be spending about 6 days in Buenos Aires including a day trip to Colonia, Uruguay. 



January 10, 2011.   (URUGUAY,  Colonia)


I spent the day in Colonia, Uruguay which is only an hour and half by ferry from Buenos Aires. It is supposed to be the highlight of Uruguay. I visited Colonia for  12.5 hours  which was 9 hours too much. The ferry schedule didn't allow me to return earlier. I have a bad habit of seeing sights too quickly and not completely enjoying the experience. (I am working on slowing down) Colonia was really nice and very artsy and kind of reminded me of downtown Natchez, Mississippi. 




January 12th and 13th, 2011.  ( Puerto, Iguazu , Argentina)



After 17 hrs on bus from Buenos Aires, I finally made it to Puerto Iguazu around 8 am. Luckily the hostel was across the street from the bus station. Due to delays getting a Brazilian visa in Buenos Aires, I decided to apply in Puerto Iguazu which is hopefully quicker. After a quick shower, I went to the Brazilian Consulate which was only a block away. I had to complete an application by 10 am if I wanted a visa the next day. I finished with 3 minutes to spare.  With a check in time of 2 pm I decided to go to Iguazu Falls which is 12 miles away. I got there at 11 am and stayed until 6 pm.  GREAT DAY. FALLS ARE IMPRESSIVE. 


January 14, 2011


Today was a chill day. Yes it's true, you do not have to do something everyday that is tourist related. At this point in my life I no longer consider myself a traditional tourist, just someone who lives his life by seeing new things and places. A NOMAD. Somedays you just need to chill. I laid out by the pool, drank beer and participated in the the hostel BBQ for dinner and of course, talked travel with other backpackers. 




January 15, 2011.   (2 more nights in Puerto Iguazu)


Just realized my hostel booking for Foz Iguazu, Brazil is not until the 17th so I will stay an extra day in Argentina. My mind is overloaded with the amount of pictures I need to upload from Antarctica and Iguazu Falls. Will do my best tomorrow when I will have more time.




January 17, 2011.  (Foz de Iguazu, Brazil) 


It is only a 30 minute bus ride to Foz de Iguazu, Brazil from Puerto Iguazu,  Argentina.  I checked in the hostel and then headed to the Brazilian side of Iguazu Falls. Many claim the Argentine side is  better because you are so close to the falls that you get soaking wet. For that reason, many pictures have too much moisture from the falls to get a really great picture. The Brazilian side was INCREDIBLE and offered many great pictures of the falls with many more falls in the picture. I momentarily considered the $100 ten minute helicopter flight over the falls but will try to find a YouTube video instead to see that view. I can't wait to post pictures. 




January 18, 2011.  (Ciudad del Estes, Paraguay)


Today I visited Paraguay on a short day trip before my 22 hr bus ride to Paraty, Brazil at 4 pm. It is known for its shops and malls. Our guide referred to it as the "Walmart of South America". Everything is cheaper in Paraguay.  We went to a spot where all 3 countries (Paraguay,  Brazil  and Argentina) meet at one point. My bus to Paraty, Brazil leaves at 4 pm.




January 20, 2011  (Paraty, Brazil)


1/20/11

Made it to Parity after 29 hrs on a bus and 3 hrs in the terminal. Thought I had direct bus from Foz to Sao Paulo but no, got dropped off in Santos and had to figure out that I should get a connecting bus on my own because all anyone speaks is Portuguese. But got connecting bus to Sao Paulo which took about 1 hr and then found out SOMEHOW (because everyone only speaks Portuguese) that I was at the wrong bus station. The other was clear across town so SOMEHOW I figured out how to use the Metro (subway) and made it to the other station and bought my ticket to Parity. But it didn't leave for 3 hrs and I was starving. Any terminal (bus, plane etc.) is not where you want to buy food.  I caught the 4 pm bus just in time for rush hour in the city of 13 million. When I finally made it to Parity I used the directions from Hostelworld which did not help at all. I tried asking for help but everyone just speaks Portuguese. (Theme is developing)  Finally another hostel showed me where it was since it was Next Door. Unfortunately they still have their old sign from a previous owner and not the name I booked under.

Better today after 12 hrs of sleep. It is not always fun backpacking but so worth every minute of it. Spent over an hour last night trading stories of past adventures. Some people make me feel like a rookie when it come to  backpacking where others are listening to every story with amazement. 2 more days here and then to Rio de Janeiro and Ipanema Beach and 1 of the 7 Wonders of the World. 

Went to the beach with my new friend, Sabrina, who moved to Brazil 1.5 months ago from Italy. She is from Romania and learned Portuguese in only 1 month which I think is amazing. She has the ability to immediately make you feel like one of her best friends. Great day listening to her thoughts on life. Looks like she found her place in this world (Paraty). Still looking for mine. May do boat trip to one of the 365 islands (1 for each day of the year).


1/21/11


Went at 11 am on a 5 hr cruise to several islands for swimming and snorkeling. There are 365 islands around the city of Paraty. It was a small boat with only about 10 passengers but of course there were many other boats also doing the same thing. Fun day and one of the reasons I went to Paraty. Leave at 10:20 am for the 4 hr bus ride to Rio de Janeiro for a 6 days visit. Staying on Ipanema Beach and hopefully will get a chance to hang glide over Rio and see Christ the Redeemer, one of the 7 Wonders of the World.


1/22/11 RIO DE JANEIRO


4 hr bus ride to Rio and arrived around 2:30 pm. Very fortunate that girl from the hostel in Paraty, Tess, was also going to Rio so we rode the bus together and shared a cab to the beaches of Copacabana and Ipanema. Just found out the hang gliding trip is $200 for 10 minutes. Decisions, decisions, ha ha, everyone knows I am gonna do it. Time to head the 1 block to Ipanema Beach. Excitement is almost unbearable. 5 nights in Rio and then heading north, not sure where. Missing the grandkids and rest of family a lot



So glad to be out of Recife. Hard to see sights in Olinda when no one at the hostel speaks more than 2 words of English. Even in China, many people learned at least a little English in preparation of the Olympics. Most Brazilians speak neither English or Spanish. With the World Cup in 2014 and Olympics in 2016 you would think that everyone would be learning to speak English. Enough ranting. Chilling out in Natal for 10 days until I bus for 8 hrs to Fortaleeza to catch my flight to Manaus. From there I bus into Venezuela. Got to talk to Scott, Kade and Madison on Skype last night and it was long overdue. Hopefully I will get recharged over next 10 days. No plans except for beach, swimming pool and 1 days of dune buggies on the high sand dune around Natal. It is supposed to be great fun with professional drivers taking you flying over the sand dunes for an entire day. Another unplanned expenditure. Luckily the free breakfast not only includes fruit but bread, ham and cheese. You know what I am thinking , right. Always make 1 or 2 ham sandwiches and keep for lunch.


February 3, 2011.   (New hostel (home) in Natal)

Moved to a new hostel, actually a home masquerading as a hostel 2 days ago. Got a private room, they have the better beach on Ponto Negra and a pool. Staying here until my flight to Manaus. Doing nothing but relaxing and trying not to spend any money. Still thinking about Venezuela. Either way I will be going on the slow boat for 6.5 days up the Amazon in a hammock. I did that once before and while an experience, not that much fun either. But it gets me to Leticia where Colombia, Brazil and Peru meet and I can get a cheap plane to Cartagenca. Then Colombia will be my home for the rest of my trip. ( I think)   Cuba ???????????????????????????

The beaches here are beautiful and found my new favorite food, Acai Ice Cream. Acai's taste is often described as a cross between blackberries and unsweetened chocolate. There are full of antioxidants.  


February 8, 2011.    (Bus to Fortaleeza and plane to Manaus then bus to Santa Elena)

After 11 days of fun and sun and getting recharged in Natal, I am ready to resume my backpacking through South America for the last few legs of my journey. Tonight at 8:15 pm I take a bus for 8.5 hrs to Fortaleeza and then a taxi (since its 4 am) to the airport. Then I take a 9am flight to Manaus and then straight to the bus station, where I will wait for 7 hrs until the 8 pm bus to Santa Elena, Venezuela which will take 15 hrs. Busy 40 hrs of backpacking.


February 10, 2011.   (SNAKES & 1ST DAY OF CLIMB  ???)


The first day of the six day climb started out fine but all of a sudden I found myself faced with a rattlesnake ready to strike right next to my foot. I kicked at the snake repeatedly trying to deflect its strike and keep its fangs from sinking into my leg.  I was still kicking when ....................

I woke up on the bus to Santa Elena (starting point for the trek) and was kicking the foot rest of the seat repeatedly. I quickly looked at the passenger next to me and luckily he was still sleeping. I was still 6 hrs away from Santa Elena. I wondered if this was a nightmare or a premonition. Upon arriving at Santa Elena I signed up for the 6 day climb and at 6 pm we had the briefing about the climb from the local expert who has written 3 books on Roraima (from Lost World fame).

He said the climb would be difficult but the real danger was snakes. Coral snakes, RATTLESNAKES, and some other snake which could kill you within 20 minutes of being bitten. The fact that our bathroom consists of a roll of toilet paper and any bush you can find did not help matters. A lot grass along the trail along the way had been burned to rid some of the snakes. I stayed as close to the guides as possible.  

Luckily it was a nightmare and not a premonition. 


February 11-16th, 2011.   (Climbing Roraima in Venezuela)


Over 50 miles hiking, climbing (using hands a lot) up over 9000 feet in 5 hrs, walking up and under 2 waterfalls, wading waist deep through two rivers, sleeping in tents on rock, and bathrooms which consisted of a roll of toilet paper and wherever you could find space. Hopefully away from the many snakes that supposedly are on this trek even though we luckily did not see any. Our guide said there are partial to Norwegians. lol

Roraima is the largest of the "tepuis" , flat topped mountains, which is 6 miles long on one side. It is made up completely of sandstone but there is lots of vegetation growing out of rocks due to the moisture and nutrients that the winds blow to the top of the mountain. There are crystal valleys and crytal rivers which is a sight to behold and the mountain is rumored to have specific powers and intersects the lines from Machu Picchu and Stonehenge. Strange sounds including voices and lights have been heard and seen from the tepuy nearest to Roaraima which is no longer allowed to climb due to strange behavior in the people climbing and lost climbers who were never found. (Sounds like a great movie of the week) There are over 40 different types of orchids and the weather has created incredible sandstone figures which are all named, such as the flying turtle pictured below.The surface has been compared to the moon. Will have to take their word on that, haven't been there, YET.  lol

We also walked for 8 hrs one day while on top to the Triple Point, where the borders of Brazil, Colombia and Guyana meet. Technically I walked into Guyana for 1 minute but will not count that on my tattoo. 
  
The price to pay to see something that most will never see. (Unfortunately, but hopefully more will make the effort) Great times. Hiked with Swiss couple and Gilbert (Jill Bear) from France.




February 19-25th, 2011

I found a boat leaving sooner than expected. Paid the $180 US for the 6.5 day journey up the Amazon which does not include your hammock (bought for $24) but does include all meals. My experience 4 years ago going downriver from Iquitos on the Amazon was less than a favorable experience. This trip, however, was much better than expected. The boat was larger and newer and the meals were really good for this type of cruise. HOWEVER, every lunch and dinner were exactly the same except for the type of meat served. The meal consisted of rice, beans, spaghetti noodles, and meat or chicken. Still loved it until about the 4th day then I was craving almost anything else. There were approximately 200 passengers on board and every hammock was touching someone elses. People started lining up for each meal approximately 1 hour before they began serving because the dining room only served about 30 people at a time. We got a much closer view of the banks of the Amazon than those who go down river because the boat stays close to the bank to keep away from the current. Most of the time we were within 100 to 150 feet from the banks. Not much to do during the day but watch the scenery, eat and sleep in your hammock. At night the top deck turned into a Salsa dance club with many Skol beers being consumed. I made some really great friends on the trip, Bobby (Canada), Hanas (Italy), Elise (Colombia) and Sonny (Australia). The sunsets were spectacular with the sun setting sometimes on the Amazon River and others with thunderstorms putting on a lightning spectacular. The first 4 days went by fast as the boat never docked at any other ports but starting on the 5 th day we stopped several times a day which was so boring. You can only watch people unload things for so long. The 6th day we stopped in port for 11 hours which was an eternity. Back to the hammock for more sleep was usually the remedy for boredom. So happy to land in Tabatinga, Brazil and then walk the 2 km to Leticia, Colombia. Finally on solid ground again. So happy I did this trip as I made great friends and added a more positive perspective to river travel on the Amazon than my previous trip.  Thought that I saw a pink river dolphin at the mouth of a river that empties into the Amazon but it was a Manatee, how cool. Picture included.



February 25, 2011

The 4 Amigos (myself, Bobby, Hanas, and Sonny) and the chica (Elize) went in search of accommodations upon arriving in Leticia. The guys all found a dorm in a very nice hotel for only $10 a person in 4 bed dorm while Elise stayed with a friend of hers. Elise and Hanas are now an item and we are in danger of becoming the 3 Amigos (lol). We all ate food other than what we had been eating for 7 days and enjoyed a few beers. I ordered a hamburger which came with a meat pattie, lettuce, tomato, cheese and a piece of ham on it. HAMburger, I guess. Should not be surprised because it is the 3rd time this trip it has happened. Just glad it did not have a fried egg on top like there has been on a few occasions.  Everyone else but me decided to go out for a night on the town. For once I used my better judgment and turned in after they decided to leave the hotel around 11 pm and search for more entertainment. They came in late making quite a ruckus. Payback was served by me at 7 am the next morning. Good times. I fly out of Leticia on the 28th to Cartagena for 4 days and then bus to Santa Marta for some Caribbean beach time.


March 1, 2011.   (COLOMBIA,  Cartagena)

Arrived in Cartagena last night after a 3.5 hr flight from Leticia. The taxi ride to the hostel was short (10 minute) but expensive ($7.50). The Hostel El Viajero Cartagena is within the historic and walled portion of the old city. Today I hiked along the wall of the old city and took pictures of all of the old structures which have been maintained well. 3 more nights here and then to Santa Marta for 2 nights.


March 4-6th, 2011.   (COLOMBIA,  Santa Marta)

Travel day. Take 4.5 hr to shuttle to Santa Marta. Something didn't feel right when I arrived at the hostel. Maybe the fact there was a MALL across the street from the hostel made it feel like Santa Marta was too commercial  for my taste. I started making alternate plans soon after checking in. Tanganga, a nearby Caribbean village, would be my destination soon and only a 45 minute bus ride.


March 6 - 23rd, 2011

No plans here but relaxing by the hostel pool, watching sunsets, drinking beer and some beach time. I love the sunsets at the village port. The sun always seems to set perfectly while musicians play and people sip chilled rum. When the sun sets, the musicians stop ...... in acknowledgement.  A great time is had by all.

After great couple of weeks at Taganga enjoying the beach and sunsets, I was summoned home by my granddaughter, Madison and flew home on the 23rd of March. I still had 4 weeks before my original return flight but was able to change the date for $150. Great time in South America and Antarctica. Time to start planning for the next adventure, but must spend quality time with the family first. 


TRIP OF A LIFETIME, AGAIN.   I am very fortunate. 




CHAPTER 11.   PHILIPPINES

Overview

Guatemala and El Salvador

(February 27th - April 24, 2012)


Manila, Philippines 

February 27-29th, 2012.  Flight and Manila

After approximately 45 hrs of airplanes and airports I arrived in Manila at 10pm on 2/29/12. Got through immigration in less than 1 minute and customs in 15 seconds which has to be a world record. Miami took almost 2 hours for the same process.

Unfortunately i had forgotten about the international date line when i booked my hostel and was a little upset when I was told I had already missed my first night which I also had to pay for. But as I know well, it is not if something will happen while traveling but when. You just have to smile and make the best of it. The small price for traveling around the world.

Was not prepared for the karoake until 4 am at bars on the street. That is another price of staying in the young hip area when booking. 6 bed dorm but only 1 other roommate who came in around 4 am. Looked like he had been SINGING karoake all night. lol

Must extend my visa while in Manila. The country gives us a free 21 day visa but you can extend it for another 38 days for a fee making the total stay 59 days. My return flight is April 24th which will keep me in the country for 55 days.

Will visit Manila downtown area and Manila Bay while walking from the hostel to Immigration to get my visa taking care of. Then perhaps overnight bus to Banaue which has the steepest rice terraces in the world. Hopefully I will be able to post great pictures while on the trip.

Sidenote: Continually speaking what little Spanish I know. Don't know how many times I have said buenos dias or gracias since I started the airplane portion of the trip.

March 1, 2012.   (Visa Extension Nightmare, more pain in ass than nightmare)

Walked almost an hour downtown in the Philippine heat to get my visa extension and save a few dollars. When I finally found the Immigration Office a sign said must not have on flip flops and shorts to get in. Which is my wardrobe of choice always.


Luckily a young entrepreneur walked up to me and asked if I would like to rent some sweat pants and a pair of shoes for $5. In no position to argue I agree. It took almost 2 hrs to get my 38 day extension and cost $80 including the $5 i paid the kid outside but at least it is over. Of course , then there was the hour walk at noon in the Philippine heat to get back to hostel but as I always say, "I have more time than money."

March 2, 2012.   (Overnight bus to Banaue)

Will leave on 9 pm overnight bus for 9 hr. ride to Banaue to see the steepest rice terraces in the world. Was really impressed in 2008 at the Longii Terraces in China so can't wait to see these. Will visit several spots and do hiking around the villages and rice terraces. 

March 3, 2012.   (Viewpoints of Banaue Terraces and Patao terraces)

After the long bus and arriving at 6 am, checked into the Peoples Inn. Nice private room/shared bath with 2 bed for only 300 pesos ($7.50) a night. Then hiked 1 hr up to the viewpoints instead of taking the $5 motorcycle with sidecar. Incredible views which I will post when have free internet again. In the afternoon I took a tour in the moto tryke to see the beautiful valley terraces in Patao. 1.5 hr ride on the worst roads that I have ever been on. That sidecar does not have shocks not that it would have mattered. Could hardly walk the next day. Beautiful views of the Banaue Terraces sitting on the restaurants terrace. Finally crashed after being up for 36 hrs at 6 pm.

March 4, 2012.  (Batad Terraces)

After good nights rest, decided to go to Batad and visit what are supposedly the most spectacular amphitheatre terraces in the world. I met another backpacker and we went up to the Batad saddle by jeepney and then walked the additional 40 minutes to Batad. Truly is beautiful but little disappointed because the rice has not matured a lot yet so not real green at this point. I have seen the pictures though and its setup is spectacular. Hiked to the waterfall and the hike up was vicious. Straight up , probably 2000 ft. Also had to walk through the rice terraces to get there on the retaining stone walls which keep the water in. Everyone tried to be your guide and would give little info on exactly how to get there but I made it.

March 5, 2012.   (Hike Batad to Bataan and bus ride to Banaue)

One of best hikes ever. Took Lonely Planets advice and did the hike from Batad to Bataan to catch the bus back to Banaue. Got lost in the beginning because the paths follow the retaining wall stones and it is hard to tell which is the path. After getting lost a few times and stepping INTO a rice paddy and getting one shoe muddy, I found the path. From there it was just 2.5 hrs of spectacular rice paddies and terraces. When I made it to the road I saw a local bus coming and stopped it. I climbed inside and it was full so I had to stand. The bus takes about 1.5 hours to get to Banaue. After the first stop, I asked if I could climb on top with 5 other locals who were already up there. He said yes reluctantly. With my backpack on top and my feet hanging off the side off we went. I know this road can not be near as dangerous as the "Death Road" but many places we went it seemed almost exactly like it. At some spot there was just only an extra 6-12 inches of road for the wheels to make it and the dropoff was at least 1500 ft. down. I was a bit terrified the first few times I looked between my feet and there was no road but a sheer drop off.
Then it became amusing and exciting and I had the best time. My back was turned from the front of the truck most of the time until the first limb almost knocked me off. Good thing I started paying attention because as we got to civilization, we had to duck over 50 electrical lines. Seriously, we had to lay down completely on a few occasions and twice the cable still touched my back. One of my best trips ever. Got back and cleaned up, bought bus ticket to Manila and leave at 7 pm for the 9 hr. ride.


March 6, 2012.   (Banaue to Manila to Legaspi)

Arrived from Banaue at 2:30 am and caught taxi to Arenata Bus terminal to catch the 5:30 "ordinary" bus, no air con to Legaspi. Cheap room at $5 a night for fan and tv (hbo) but really hot. Leave in the morning for Donsol for beach time and to swim with Whale Sharks.

March 8, 2012.   (Manta Ray Bowl)

Went diving for the 1st time in 2 years to try and see the Manta Rays at the cleansing station in the Manta Ray Bowl. This is a location where the current allows them to remove the parasites. (something like that) Unfortunately we had no luck seeing any Mantas but did get 3 more dives under my belt. May try again or wait for the ship wrecks on Caron.

March 9, 2012.   (Swimming with Whale Sharks)

Hopeful that today's whale shark adventure is more successful than yesterday's manta ray bowl dives. Luckily we did see and swim with 2 enormous whale sharks which are in actuality fish.

We sat on the edge of the boat until the skipper and leader of our group said to jump in. They have a spotter on a flagstaff looking for large shadows in the water. It was a great experience but after second time I had enough. While the regulations say only 6 people per whale shark, when one is spotted EVERYONE goes in the water towards the shark. Sometimes 20-30 swimmers.


FUNNY

While on the 45 minute walk from the Whale Shark Interaction Center, 6 teenagers on motorcycles stopped and asked me if I wanted a ride. I told them I was just exercising when in reality I was saving $1 instead of using the moto tricycle. They asked me where I was from and when I said Louisiana, they started singing almost simultaneously, "When I was a little bitty baby my momma rocked me in the craddle, in those ole cotton fields back home. I was born in Lousiana, just a few miles from Texarkana..............................." I could not help but laugh. Then they said they had to go. They were on a journey to the center of the earth. It will take a few days to disseminate all this information and come to a conclusion. lol I have noticed in the mountain villages that the older people have a preference and it is almost constant, 1950's to 1980's Country Music. 

My other favorite thing to do here is walk. Almost every child will say "Whats your name." Then they tell you theirs. I am guessing it is to practice their English, but they truly love Americans and will engage you in conversation whenever possible. After being asked my name, I asked a little girl her name and she said "Miley Cyrus". The Filipinos love to be inventive when picking out names. I heard of another whose name was Chivas Regal. At least in Donsol, the friendliest people I have ever met in the world.


March 10, 2012.   (Headed to Masbate)

Realized that the only boat this week from Mandaon, Masbate to Panay Island is Sunday so have to take the jeepney to Pilar and fast boat to Masbate town today or wait a week. Arrived in Masbate Town and caught a minivan to Mandaon. Straight to the Coast Guard office at the dock and checked on boats. No boats going to Roxas City where I had planned but will go instead to Estancia and bus a little further to Caticlan to catch the boat to Boracay.

Then started looking for a room for the night. A guy in the shuttle had mentioned a hotel but that it was $25 a night. After looking all over town I saw a sign at a grocery store that said lodging. I was only $3.50 a night but is in my bottom 5 on all time lodging places. I was the only one in what should have been a condemned house. There were no locks on my door and lucky to have a door as many didn't. Don't even want to talk about the bathroom. But had a fan, clean sheets and was really tired so made the best of it.



March 11, 2012.   (Mandaorn to Boracay Island)

Caught the 7 am "pump" boat to Estancia for the 4 hr ride with about 20 passengers and lots of cargo. Started out inside the boat but the fresh air and beautiful weather convinced me to climb on top. That was great for a few about 1.5 hrs until the rain and large waves started seriously rocking the boat. That is when the 4 hr ride turned into a 6.5 hour ride. Arrived in Estancia around 1:45 pm and then caught a minivan to Roxas City, then another minivan to Kailbo, then another minivan to Leticlan, then a 15 minute boat ride to Boracay Island, then a 15 minute tricycle ride to Frendz Resort where I have a reservation in 2 WEEKS.

Since my plans checked so quickly and did not have internet, I was unable to make a reservation at Frendz, which is the cheapest and best backpacker establishment. He told me there were no rooms available but that he would have an opening in 2 days and then I would be set for a month. Down the street I go with my backpack and no idea where to look. Place after place was $40 to $60 and this was at the cheapest looking places. I finally went back to Blue Bayou, ironic, and took the $37 room with private bath, tv and fan and free breakfast. The fact that I had not eaten a real meal in 24 hrs was adding to the problem. They only had a room for the night so will do this again on Monday.

If this had not happened many times before I would not be happy but part of the job.


March 12, 2012.   (New room plans)

Since there is no availability in the dorm at Frenz Resort tonight must still find other accommodations. Also, just found out Frendz does not have a pool which it lists as an amenity. This along with the cheap price are the two biggest factors why I chose it.

Luckily I found a great spot right by the beach with a private room/private bath, cable tv and air con for only $2.50 a night more than Frenz dorm. I know it is still $2.50 but as I get a little older my backpacking skills seem to be fading. lol 30 days in a dorm in Frenz was probably pushing the envelope. So I will do 15 days in private room at Bonzai Resort and then 10 days in dorm at Frenz. Chance to reinvigorate my youthful soul and share that great hostel vibe which I love, even though it comes with a certain loss privacy in the dorm.


March 13, 2012.   (Boracay Beach)

Boracay Beach is incredibly beautiful, especially with all the sailboats, but the water has lots of seaweed. The beach walk where all the hotels, restaurants and bars are located is really busy all the time. There are many different restaurants of all price ranges from $1 to $9 unlimited seafood buffet. I still think that 3 mile beach on Koh Lanta in Thailand is still my favorite. There are sooo many tourists here and most are Asian. Move today to Bonzai Resort for 15 days ($17 day) including private room with bath and air con. Only 30 seconds to beach.


March 14, 2012.   (Purchased airline tickets to Palawan and then to Manila)

Spent most of morning checking airline prices to Puerto Princessa , Palawan for the end of my journey. I will have to shuttle to Kalibo from Boracay (2 hrs) but the plane ticket was only $79. I then found a ticket to Manila from Puerto Princessa on April 23rd for only $52. I had planned on leaving Boracay on April 9th but will spend a few extra days in Paradise to save big bucks on the airfare.

Note: Think I am becoming addicted to Mango Fruit Shakes ($1)


March 19, 2012  (eating on Boracay Beach)


The beach is lined with All You Can Eat Buffets for $10 to $15 including amazing fresh seafood. I pass them everyday on my way to the cheaper eateries that I frequent which include Andok's which has amazing BBQ pork skewers (2) with rice for $1.33. Places like this allow me to travel and spend 2 months in Paradise, the Philippine version.

Some of the things that I am amazed by is how impossible it is to find a knife. There is usually a large spoon, which they use for a knife and spoon, and a fork for pushing the rice into the spoon and spearing vegetables. A large amount of rice comes with everything, including BACON AND EGGS for breakfast which I find a little strange. But I am in the majority, with most tourists coming from South Korea and China (80%), Aussies (10%), Germans (5%) and then a wide variety with only a few Americans.


(6) Ways To Avoid Street/Beach Vendors

1. NEVER make eye contact.

2. NEVER talk to them even to say NO.

3. NEVER stop walking.

4. NEVER get them wet.

5. NEVER feed them after midnight.

6. Put a bright light on them, they hate bright lights.

Okay, last 3 are from Gremlins Movie, but first 3 work. Lol


March 27, 2012.   (Creature of habit, for now)

Have become a creature of habit for now. 6:45 am walk to bakery for 1/2 price day old banana muffins, then coffee, then walk up and down the beach. TV when it gets too hot to be in the sun. Lunch at Andok's for $1.30, then 20 minutes of beach time in hot sun, more TV, then dinner at Andok's for $1.30. Afternoon mango shake and final walk on beach. Occasionally, twice a week, will go for a couple of happy hour beers. Final walk around the beach at night to watch all the people mulling over which All U Can Eat Buffet to choose.

While not exciting, I am not on vacation but simply living on an incredible beach as inexpensively as possible and still having a good time.

Move to dorm at Frenz on March 29th for 11 days to save a little more money. Gonna miss my private room but will enjoy the hostel lifestyle as always. April 12th I move to Palawan Island for new adventure and final leg of this trip.



March 29, 2012.   (Moving to hostel) 

Moving to Frenz to stay in dorm for next 11 days at P600 ($14) a day. Have gotten lazy staying in private room all this time and also miss the companionship that u get at a hostel. But will miss my own tv and room. Will move back to Bonzai Resort after busy Easter holidays on April 9th for my last 4 days on Boracay Beach and then to Palawan Island to finish up my trip. Then will get busy planning guided trip to Costa Rica the 1st part of June.


April 9, 2012.   (Back to Bonzai Resort)

After 11 days in dorm, moved back to Bonzai Resort for some privacy, cable tv and air con since it is so hot in middle of day. That is when I catch up on all tv. Leave on 12th to fly to Puerto Princessa on Palawan Island. Really excited about spending my final 12 days there.


April 12, 2012.   (Puerto Princessa, Palawan)

Long day. Got up and left at 6 am for 2 hr shuttle ride to Kalibo to catch a plane to Puerto Princessa via Manila. Had to wait at Manila airport for 5 hrs for connecting flight and then 1 hot hour on tarmac waiting for weather change (humidity) in Puerto Princessa. Found the Dallas Inn (hostel) easily and luckily I am only one in 8 bed dorm, so got cheap price ($7) and have private room. Happens more than people think. Will catch a shuttle to El Nido at 6:30 am for what is supposed to be 5-7 hr shuttle instead of the bus which is 9 hrs. Paid more but want to get there early and find a good place to stay for the 10 days I will be there. Really excited about this part of the journey. Will bus back though and save the extra $5 I am spending on the shuttle. The last 2 weeks will fly by as always but ready to see the family, especially Kade and Madison.


April 13, 2012.   (El Nido, Palawan)

Finally made it after a rough 7 hr. shuttle van ride from Puerto Princessa. Interesting group in van included several Chinese, couple from Japan, Italian guy and his girlfriend from Spain and of course myself, the odd American that few travelers ever see. While there are people from the States traveling the numbers are small compared to our population. For some reason people guess that I am from NZ or Australia. I guess the US is not even an option. lol

Spent an hour hiking the beach looking for that perfect, inexpensive room on the beach. Finally found a nice place which has a private room/shared bath downstairs for 500 pesos ($11.75) a night. My room is upstair next to restaurant and bar which have incredible view of bay. The real reason to be here is island hopping and viewing the sunset which I plan on doing in 2 hrs. San Miguel Light (beer) may be invited also. 


April 14, 2012.   (El Nido)

Have researched all the restaurants and happy hours and have pretty good idea where I will be eating each meal and where I will be at sunset. Funny today when I realize it was cheaper to buy (2) 8 ounce mango shakes than (1) 16 ounce shake. Saved 15 pesos by order the 2 smaller. Also, funny watching several dozen eggs tied down on the hood of a packed jeepney going down the road. Tomorrow I go on a boat tour to several islands for snorkeling. The day boat trips are why you come here. 9am till 4 pm and includes snorkle gear and BBQ lunch for about $20. El Nido is not spectacular as far as beaches but the surrounding islands are not supposed to be rivaled by anyone. We will see. Posting a few random shots of the town and karst (limestone) cliffs surrounding El Nido.


April 15, 2012.    (Island Hopping Tour C)

1st island hopping tour which included Mantiloc Shrine, Secret Beach, Hidden Beach, Cadlao Lagoon and Tapuitan Island in that order. There was also an incredible lunch prepared by the crew which consisted of fish, including red snapper, shrimp, pork, squid, rice and mangos.


April 17, 2012.   (Island Hopping Tour A)

Best tour so far. Visited Secret Lagoon, Big and Small Lagoon, Shimizu Island, Intalula Island and 7 Commando Beach. Great snorkeling, great lunch cooked on beach and some beautiful beaches to lounge on. Great group including couple from South Korea, couple from Spain and several Filipinos who were vacationing. And the one odd American. I am always questioned if I am from Australia. Not sure why , Mate.


April 20, 2012.   (Winding down, birthday weekend)

Ate at one of the expensive restaurants and had pizza last night, fish and chips tonight and will eat there again tomorrow. Have decided to treat myself after 4.5 months of backpacking and have some nice food to celebrate my birthday weekend. Also, only place I can use my credit card and want to save up pesos for the final few days and final expenses such as exit fees which will be as much as P1000. More about saving pesos and using my credit card as it is treating myself. Can't believe this journey is ending but excited about seeing the grandkids and family.


April 22, 2012.   (Farewell El Nido, hello Puerto Princessa)

Caught the 9 am shuttle van to Puerto Princessa and arrived in a quick 5 hrs. Checked back into the Dallas Inn dorm and will catch the 10am flight in the morning to Manila. Have not decided whether to get a hostel dorm bed for the remaining night or not. There is a hostel near the airport but reports of bed bugs have me thinking of just toughing it out at the airport. My flight Tuesday morning is at 6 am and I need to be at the airport at least by 3 am anyway. Make that decision tomorrow. Can't believe this journey is ending. Thinking back, I have been traveling 7.5 months of the last 9.5 months. Need some serious quality family time to rejuvenate me. Missing everybody and new sights and new friends are no substitute for family. If only they could travel with me always.

"Traveling in the company of those we love is Home in Motion." Leigh Hunt


April 23rd and 24th, 2012.   (Going Home)

Caught the 10 am flight from Puerto Princessa to Manila except it left at 11am. Thought about whether to stay overnight at airport for 6 am flight or get cheap hostel near airport. At first decided to stay at airport and then was told I could not get my boarding pass and go to restaurant area until 3 am so got a taxi and headed to cheap hostel. Pretty close and only paid $2 for a taxi to get there. Dorm was full so paid $9 for private room but will not sleep more than couple of hours because going by taxi at 2 am to get ready and make sure everything is smooth at airport. Going to see the family and excited. But also know that when the grandchildren quit paying attention to me it will be time to head out for another adventure. Really no reason to stay home if not spending quality time with Kade and Madison. Too expensive just to stay in Natchez and do nothing. Maybe will get travel business started but will definitely be on limited scale as I have big plans this fall and winter.



CHAPTER 12.   IRELAND, SCOTLAND, ITALY, CROATIA &  MONTENEGRO, TURKEY & EGYPT 

(September 19th - October 21st, 2012)


September 19, 2012  (Flight to Shannon, Ireland)

Arrived at NO airport at 12:30 am and settle in for long night. Was able to check in and get boarding pass at 3:30 am and got a notice that the Newark to Shannon, Ireland leg had been overbooked. It asked if I would like to volunteer my seat, if needed, for a $400 travel voucher. If so, to give the info to the gate official in Newark. As soon as I arrived in Newark I gave the gate official my info and said I would volunteer for the $400 travel voucher, new ticket to Shannon, hotel room ($100) and food vouchers ($30). They needed 2 volunteers and I was fortunate enough to be one of those. Got my vouchers and headed to Crowne Plaza. Was also able to extend my checkout until 3:15 pm to reduce my wait at the airport. Would definitely volunteer again and swap 1 night of travel for $400 in travel vouchers and free food and place to stay. Leave at 7 pm on Septemer 20 and arrive at 7 am in the morning. Also got exit row seat with extra leg room for no extra charge. Life is good. 

Sept. 20, 2012

Arrived around 11:30 am at Cliffs of Moher after 5.5 hrs on plane, 2 buses and 2 hr wait in bus station. While the Cliffs of Moher are always breathtaking, the sun did not provide the light I was hoping for. Will go back late this afternoon and try again. Also, some of the "closed" paths I took when I was here in 2007 are seriously closed now and no longer accessible. The best views are from the closed path but they are building a new path but it looks like at least 3-6 months before it will be completed. Hope to post pictures later this evening unless the "pub" begins calling. lol

September 22, 2012.   (IRELAND,  Inis Meain)

Great day visiting Inis Meain, one of the Aran Islands. There are only about 150 residents there but luckily one is a friend of mine, Anamaria Connelly, who also served as my guide for my visit today. We walked for about 2 hrs around the entire island and the scenery was breathtaking. The absolute solitude of the island is magic. Really amazed by all the rock fences for the livestock. Rocks are a necessity as there are only 3 trees on the island and even the sod was brought in since most of the island is rock.There are also views of the Cliffs of Moher but Inis Meain has its own cliffs and they are also spectacular. Ended the afternoon with a couple of pints of Guiness. Seriously was better than I remembered but Anamaria that is because the best Guiness in Ireland was here. Caught the 4:30 ferry to Galway. 

September 23, 2012.   (IRELAND,  Galway)

Arrived in Galway yesterday around 7 pm after ferry ride from Inis Meain and 1 hr bus ride. Staying at Sleepzone Hostel which is very close to Eyre Square. Will walk around and take pictures today and post later. Dublin tomorrow. Will defintely have to reintroduce myself to McDonals today to get back on budget. I see the Euro Menu (their Dollar Menu) in my future to get back on budget. At about $6.25 for a pint of Guiness sacrifices have to be made. lol  Finished off last evening in Galway with a couple of pints of Bulmers Cider in the Latin Quarter. Last picture is of the Spanish Arch.

September 24, 2012.   (IRELAND,  Galway)

Loved Galway, had 2 pints of Bulmers Cider in Latin Quarter yesterday but it did not help me sleep with "SNORING GUY" registering an 8.5 on the Richter Scale. The 4 of us who could not sleep convinced the guy at the night desk to let us move to an empty dorm. Much appreciaed. Wonder what "SNORING GUY" thought when he woke up this morning to a room all by himself. lol

I took the City Link bus instead of Bus Eirean because it was 4 euros cheaper and had bathroom and wifi. Unfortunately it was raining and does not look to let up anytime soon. I have seen the tourist sites before so will blog today and catch a pint later. Hopefully the weather will clear up before my flight to Edinburgh, Scotland tomorrow evening. I have all day tomorrow to revisit Trinity College and other pioints of interest.

This trip is NOT representative of future guided trips because my time here is limited and I am doing some things I have not done before. Skipping Killarney (my favorite), and Kilkenny. For more of the typical sights check out my 2007 Ireland viist at billpassman.blogspot.ie  or go to my blogs at bpassman.blogspot.com

Minus all the hiking I did on the Kerry Way, that will be done by Tour Bus.

Walked to Temple Bar District for a pint of the good stuff, some Irish music and to take a few pictures.
Lots of signs promoting Oktoberfest in Temple Bar. Seems like a sign for me to go to Munich.

September 25, 2012.  (IRELAND,  Dublin)

Decided to walk around and take some pictures on my last "real" day in Dublin. (will fly back in on 29th but spend the night in airport before flying to Venice) Took pictures around Dublin City Centre especially the Liffey River, Trinity College, Grafton Street, St. Stephens Green and Dublin Castle. Did not go in to see the Book of Kells today as I have seen it before and it is amazing but also 9 euro ($11.25) But suggest that anyone who has opportunity to see it, see it. Google it and see the amazing pictures and history.

Flight to Edinburgh, Scotland

The flight to Edinburg, Scotland on Ryanair ($65 RT) was easier than I expected. No specific seats so just grab a seat. Flight was only 45 minutes. The hardest part for me traveling is getting from the airport to the hostel/budget hotel inexpensively. Luckily, hostelworld gives great directions from the bus, train or airport to any specific accommodation. The airport is about 45 minutes from the city center but a city bus ride for $3 and I was at the hostel in no time. It was still raining when we landed though and I did have a short walk in the rain but had an umbrella. Checked in about 10 pm.

September 26, 2012.  Edinburgh, Scotland

Weather much nicer this morning, no rain. Signed up for a trip to the Scottish Highlands and Loch Ness for tomorrow. I will leave on a bus with tour guide at 8 am and return 8 pm. Will cover a lot of Scotland. Afterwards, I walked to Colten Hill to get a better view of the city, then went to Princess Gardens, and Edinburg Castle ($25 ouch). Sunshine most of day and the castle was impressive.

September 27, 2012.   (Highlands Bus Tour)

Due to my limited time in Scotland, I was forced into a 12 hr bus tour of the Scottish Highlands that included Glencoe, Fort Williams and Loch Ness. It did allow me to see a lot of Scotland in a short time. Over 350 miles during the day with several stops. Great Tour.

September 28, 2012.  (Holyrood Oark)

Beautiful day so walked to climb up to Arthur's Chair in Holyrood park which gives great views of city.


September 29th and 30th, 2012.   (Edinburgh to Dublin to Venice, Italy)

Quite a couple of days which included spending all night and getting no sleep in Dublin Airport. Arrived in Venice at 11 am. I took the airport bus to the Mestre Train Station which is very close to my hostel. The hostel was nice and only a 10 minute train ride to the center of Venice. I immediately left the hostel to take advantage of the beautiful weather. I could easily have taken the water taxi to St. Marks Square but if you know me I walked the long way around, enjoyed the scenery and saved some coin. lol

4 hours of seeing the sights and getting seriously lost, like always and like everyone else I had enough and went back to the hostel for a good nights sleep and early morning (9 am) train to Riomaggiore in Cinque Terre. Can not get over how many tourists were there at end of September. It was packed. 70 degree weather but can not imagine more people and 90 degree weather.

October 1, 2012.  (Riomaggiore in Cinque Terre, 5 villages)

6 hr train ride from Venice was nice and I napped a little as I usually do on trains. There was a drizzle when I arrived so a little disappointed. Was told the hiking trail was closed so a little more disappointed. But checked into the dorm at the hostel and met a nice Japanese girl who was traveling for 1 years around the world. So we talked for a while about travel and things got better. Went to grab a pizza, free internet and wine at the restaurant and things got a lot better. Really a beautiful , special place but is so pricey now. They can't all stay hidden gems forever. I remember when I read about this place before my 2006 trip in Rick Steves' guide book. He said he almost hesitated even mentioning it because he knew the outcome of many travelers finding this. 

October 1st and 2nd, 2012.   (CINQUE TERRE boat ride between villages)

Had plans on spending two nights in Riomaggiore and hiking the Cinque Terre (5 villages) National Park path which follows the coastline above the 5 villages and is a very beautiful 6 hr walk. The path leads from Riomaggiore to Maranola to Corniglia to Vernazza and ends up in Monterosso. In 2006 I hiked the trail but ended at Vernazza. I was told on my arrival that the trails were closed due to a land slide. Several others told me the same including a lady in the tourist office. So I canceled one night and just enjoyed the scenery and made plans to take the boat ride the next day from Vernazza to Riomaggiore to truly appreciate the beauty of the villages from the sea.  Unfortunately I found out as I was leaving Cinque Terre that only the easier coastal path had been closed. Travel has a way of changing plans with or without your approval sometimes.

October 2-6th, 2012.   (ITALY,  Florence)

Have seen most of the sights and museums on my 2006 but always loved Florence. So came back to just do nothing. Have loved every minute. The city of almost 372,000 is pristine, beautiful and QUIET. I have tried to figure out what I love so much about here and it just seems quieter than most cities. People talk quieter, there seems to be less traffic and there is a reverence that seems to surround the city. Almost as though they did not want anyone else to know they are here. Each evening I do my favorite thing and that is to go to Piazzle Michelangelo that overlooks the city and watch the sunset. It is truly magical.

October 6, 2012.   ( Ferry to Dubrovnik, Croatia)

Had to catch the 5:50 am train from Florence to Rome, change trains in Rome to Bari, Italy. Arrived at 12:45 pm and tried to catch a bus to the ferry port. Took the 20 bus and 30 minutes later realized I had done the same thing 6 years earlier. Should have taken the 20/ bus. Got back to my origin, the train station, and took the 20/ bus and was dropped off a Jradrolinija Ferry dock where they no longer have a ticket office. I purchased my ticket online and therefore needed my reservation printed out. Was told there was a free shuttle at 5 pm to the new ticket office. The ferry does not leave until 10 pm and we can not board until 8 pm so lot of waiting. To make matters worse i got there at 5 pm and found out they would not open until 6:30 pm. That is when Peroni Beer got involved. Got boarded and started looking for place to spend the night. All the couches where most backpackers stay now have boards in the couches providing only individual seats and not allowing a way to lay down. They are determined to make u buy a sleeper. Found a comfortable recliner and watched tv as long as it was in English. Then found a comfortable piece of carpet in a less trafficked hallway. Worked out and slept till 4:30 am and we landed around 7 am. 1st off the boat and found the hostel without too much difficulty.     

October 7, 2012.  (CROATIA,  Dubrovnik,  the hike)

Spent most of day walking around and getting used to "old town", the enclosed walled portion. When I arrived at 7:30 am it was like a ghost time but as the cruise people arrived it was chaos. People everywhere. I went back to the room and chilled and then thought about taking the tram to the mountain overlooking Dubrovnkik. I read that some take the tram up at only 60% of the $12.50 price and walk down a trail back to "Old Town". I decided to save the entire amount and walked up and back down. Took less then 2 hrs and I can always use the exercise, plus the views were spectacular.

NOTE: On my arrival at the "Old Town" they were filming a new series called GAME OF THRONES. I had never heard of it. Update: I now know that Dubrovnik was used as a location for "Kings Landing" in the GOT series.

October 8, 2012.   (Day trip to MONTENEGRO)

Decided on a full day tour to Montenegro and leave at 8:30 am. It is only one hour from Dubrovnik to the Montenegro border and only a little further to Kotor, our first stop. Kotor is draped along the beautiful Dalmation Coast and its "old town" has walls that go from the sea to the top of the mountain. Unfortunately my camera had not recovered yet from the water spill incident so I will be relying on some of the others on the tour for photos later. After a few hrs there we drove on down the Dalmatian Coast and I was truly amazed at its beauty. Possibly the bluest waters I have ever seen. (Antarctica was pretty blue also) Our final destination was Budva which is the hub of commercialism in Montenegro and favorite playing ground of rich Russians. There are only 17,000 people living there but 500 are millionaires, mostly Russians I am told. Spent a few hours a the marina watching the ships with the guide and 2 Spanish girls, both doctors, who were also on the tour. Arrived back in Dubrovnik at sunset which made the day perfect. Hopefully can post pictures when the girls email them to me.     


October 10, 2012.    (CROATIA,  Walking "Olde Town" walls)

Got my battery charged and decided to walk the city walls of Dubrovnik which gives a great view of the "old town" and surrounding area. Today is my last day. Dubrovnik and I have an overnight ferry, again, back to Italy and then a train back to Rome. 

October 11, 2012.  (Overnight ferry back to Italy)

Arrived in Rome about 5:20 pm after a 10 hour ferry ride from Dubrovnik, Croatia to Bari, Italy and then train for 4 hrs to Rome. Luckily the hostel was only 5 minutes from the train station. Actually luck had nothing to do with it, that is how I usually book them because they are in the best areas for tourism. Cleaned up and went out on foot to take some night pictures of Trevi Fountain, Spanish Steps, the Coliseum and few others. Only a few missteps but the map did its job. Hopefully my 2nd visit to Rome will reveal some new exciting discoveries. My first EUROPE trip in 2006 was so rushed I felt I did not have the opportunity to enjoy all the sights I had seen.


October 12, 2012    (ITALY,  Rome)

Retraced my steps from last night to take what hopefully are better pictures. Visiting the Colisseum,  Forum, Pantheon and Trevi Fountain again for enhanced perspective. 


 October 13, 2012

Originally had planned on not going back to Vatican Museum and the Sistine Chapel but only St. Peter's Basilica but plans change. It was a rainy day and thought the museums would be a great place to spend the afternoon. A subway there and 10 minute walk and shorter line than expected. Thank you rain. Really surprised when I got to the Sistine Chapel and saw several people taking pictures. It is taboo. Not due to damage to the paintings but because Sony, Japanese company , paid millions for the restoration and  owns the property rights. They normally enforce a no photo policy which also  increases  their sale of books in the souvenir shop. If they were trying to stop people from taking pictures,  I was in the right spot. Took a few pictures in 2006 which were hurried and fuzzy and almost lost my camera to the photo police.

I went to St. Peter's Basilica after touring the Vatican Museum including the Sistine Chapel. Luckily, I had googled the Vatican Museum and found some interesting tips. One included sneaking through the group door after leaving the Sistine Chapel which saves about 45 minutes of walking to St. Peter's Basilica and then waiting in line for over an hour. If you do the traditional tourist exit instead of the group exit in the Sistine Chapel,  you have to walk all the way back to St. Peter's from the entrance of the Vatican Museum. 

Early morning flight to Istanbul,  Turkey so will spend the night in the Airport to save a night's room expense and not have to wake up early to get to the airport. 

October 14-17th, 2012.   (TURKEY,  Istanbul)

Early morning flight from Rome to Istanbul. Bus ride, funicular, tram and 15 minute walk and found my hostel. Unfortunately, they had canceled my entire reservation instead of last 4 nights. They found me a room an hour later. Istanbul is the only city which has parts of its city on two continents (Asia and Europe) divided by a river. Did all the tourist stuff like the Palace, Blue Mosque, Sophia Hagia and Bosphorous Cruise. Also walked the bridge connecting both halfs of the city and the two continents. The "hawkers" selling anything and everything are relentless and follow you around trying to get you to speak to them. I started using my very bad Spanish and it helped deter them a little.

Fly to Cairo, Egypt on the 17th.

Cairo, Egypt (Great Pyramid and Sphinx)

October 17th , 2012.  

Up 2 am, shuttle to Istanbul airport at 2:45 am and then flight to Cairo at 6:45 am. Need sleep, but stuff to see. Hired a taxi to take me directly from airport to Great Pyramids at Giza. The taxi driver headed towards Cairo and after 30 minutes traffic was almost at a dead stop. After about 15 minutes of this I asked why we didn't take the Ring Road. He said that is a great idea and off we went. Knew this by some research. It is a little longer but usually not much traffic. Arrived at the Pyramids and my guide immediately took me to his boss who tried to sell me a camel or horse tour of the pyramids. My original plan was 45 minutes of pictures and off to the train station at Giza. I held to that plan and it was really easy to walk around and take the pictures I wanted.

Then off to the train station for what I had hoped would be getting on the 12:20 pm day train which is forbiden to tourists. But was going to try and get on and pay the conductor. Unfortunately, the upcoming Feast was approaching and everyone was trying to get on the trains to see family. Was told there could be a lot of danger trying to take a local's seat on the train. The night train, for tourists, was $80 and I would have to wait 10 more hrs at the station. Went to airport and bought a $100 plane ticket to Luxor. What a day.    

October 18, 2012.   (Luxor , West Bank)

Day tour of the West Bank starting at 8:30 am. We first went to the Valley of the Kings. The guide bought our tickets so we did not have to wait in line but there was no line. He said it was 150 Egyptian pounds for everything we were to visit but I checked the prices at each ticket office and it totaled 130. Decided not to say anything but that extra 20 would be his guide tip. Could not take in our cameras  and got in little trouble for trying take pictures with my ancient cell phone. Only took one picture and it was not good but cost me 10 pounds to pay off the guard who seized my cell phone. Tombs were really nice and very colorful. Then we went to the Funerary Temple of Hatshpsut who is the only woman buried in the Valley of the Kings. During her reign she portrayed herself as a man and even wore a fake beard. The funerary took 8 years to build and was only used for her embalming. Very impressive structure though. Also few other places whose names elude me. 

October 19, 2012.   (Luxor Temple, East Bank)

Waited until 1 pm, the hottest part of the day, to walk the 35 minutes to the Luxor Temple. Very few taxi drivers, horse carriage drivers or salesman at that time of day compared to rest of day. I was the only Tourist  in the Luxor Temple for the 1st 45 minutes I was there. A few more tourists arrived as I was beginning to leave.

Of the more than 700 human-headed, lion-bodied statues that once lined the Avenue of Sphinxes between the Temples of Luxor and Karnak, around 60 still remain. The Avenue of the Sphinxes is where my photos begin.

October 21, 2012.    (Travel Day and Headed Home , wherever that may be) 

Leave Luxor at 11: 35 pm headed to Cairo. Then 8 hrs at airport until 9 am flight back to Istanbul. Then dash to my connecting flight back to New Orleans via Newark. Hopefully arrive at NO airport at 10:35 pm. 

Have spent the last couple of days mostly in hotel since I have seen the sights that I came to see.  While I usually like to walk around and take in the culture and observe the people, the shopkeepers, cab drivers, and horse carriage drivers have gotten to aggressive. Witnessed what appeared to be almost a riot on the street last night while walking when there were 20 horse carriage drivers trying to accommodate 8 tourists. Lots of screaming, yelling and pushing among the horse carriage drivers.

In conclusion:

Incredible and very diversified trip. Originally this trip was to be a guided trip to Ireland and/or Italy but not enough time was allocated to properly advertise and inform the locals. So I used the trip to re-visit Ireland and Italy for future trips. Then the Trip took on a life of its own and I added Scotland, then Turkey, then Croatia and finally Egypt. As always, I learn a lot during my travels. What I would do again and what I would not. Hopefully  that translates to a better travel experience for those I bring back to those areas if I decide to bring a group to one of these destinations in the future.


CHAPTER 13. BIG TRUCK SAFARI 

Overview

Johannesburg,  South Africa 

December 26-27th, 2012  (Flight to Johannesburg, South Africa)

Arrived in Johannesburg around 5:45 pm after a 15.5 hr. direct flight from Atlanta. Either the longest direct flight or tied for it in the world. I got South African money (Rand), collected my bags and called the Shoestring Airport Lodge to pick me up. I am only 1.5 miles from the airport which is convenient since I fly to Livingston, Zambia tomorrow to visit Victoria Falls. I will stay there until Jan. 4th and then go with African Trails on a 21 day Overland Truck Safari. Not sure how camping for that long will sit with me.  Victoria Falls below on flight to Livingston, Zambia.

Livingston,  Zambia (Victoria Falls)

December 28, 2012 
 
Still have days and nights a little mixed up. Tried booking the trip to Livingston Island where you can swim in the "Devils Armchair" right at the edge of the falls. It is booked solid through the next few days but finally got a reservation on New Years Day. Great way to start out the year. The Zambezi River is rising so the Island will be closed soon. Nothing cheap here. $75 for the 1.5 hr visit but definitely on my "bucket list".  

December 29, 2012  (Victoria Falls,  Zambia side)

I went to the Livingstone Fall Heritage Site today to get my first view of Victoria Falls from the Zambian side. It was spectacular. Encountered a lot of baboons upon entering the park. I spent about 1.5 hrs viewing and hiking around the falls and then walked to the bridge to Zimbabwae. I walked to the middle of the bridge and watched the bungee jumping. I had my excitement of that when in New Zealand so saved my money. First picture is Picture of a Picture. Wish I had taken this.

December 30, 2012.  (Victoria Falls,  Zimbabwae side)

 Checked in with Absolute Africa at Shoestrings Hostel and then went to view the Falls from the Zimbabwae side which gives a better overall view and much wetter view. I got pretty wet but still great to see both side and also from the air on my Microlight flight. When I first arrived at the park two monkey can running at my feet and I kept having to shoo them away. Seemed like they want to either bite me or climb on me. Rest of the monkey were well behaved and have some great video of baby monkeys playing. Will post when I have time and faster internet.


January 1, 2013.  (ZAMBIA,  Devil's Pool)

I went to Livingstone Island on a $70 tour for breakfast and to swim to the edge of Victoria Falls, the Devil's Pool.  I th ook the free shuttle to the Livingstone Hotel and upon arrival I realized I had left my money and camera. I was the only one on the shuttle so the driver agreed to take me back to the hostel and again to the Hotel. I made it back in time to catch the boat to the very small Livingstone Island near the edge of the Falls. We had to SWIM in the rapids to get to the staging point, a big rock only feet from the Falls. The current is very strong and only strong swimmers are allowed. They have one guide near the Falls in case some one is not a strong enough swimmer to handle the rapids.   

The guide did a back flip first into the pool. I jumped 3rd and quickly was looking for a rock to hold on to. The current is not as strong there but still strong enough to feel it pushing you towards the edge. After a while and some pictures, they threw a rope to us so we could pull ourselves back to safety. 


January 2, 2013.   (ULTRALIGHT FLIGHT OVER VICTORIA FALLS)

Up early at 6 am to get ready for my 7 am Ultralight flight over Victoria Falls. I am going today because my December 31st flight was canceled due to rain. Unfortunately there was a $22 price increase on January 1st. The flight was amazing and provided great views of the Falls. The flight was only 15 minutes but seemed much longer. I was surprised that only a single lap seatbelt was keeping me from falling out. Well there also was my "death grip " on side of the seat. The flight was $170 plus $22 for the pictures from the camera attached to the wing. (2) splurges in the first 2 days of 2013 but both ADVENTURES OF A LIFETIME.

January 3, 2013

Today I will be leaving Fawlty Towers Hostel and Livingston, Zambia at 10 am on the free shuttle to the Park. From there it is a short walk to the Zambia/Zimbabwae bridge where the bungee jumping is located and where I will enter Zimbabwae. Either a 20 minute walk or short taxi ride depending on the price and I will be in Victoria Falls, Zimbabwae. I will be meeting Absolute Africa overland truck safari at Shoestring Backpackers where I will spend the night and meet all the people already on the tour. No more soft bed for the next 21 days. Not really much of a camper but will endure it due the cost and accessibility one gets by camping in the parks in Botswana and Namibia. Will not have much internet access for the next 21 days. It is going to be a very special trip I believe with lots of animal sightings.   

Little sad saying bye to Fawlty Towers as backpackers get a feeling of home when we stay in one place for a while.


BIG TRUCK SAFARI. (Zimbabwae, Botswana, Namibia and South Africa) 

(Overall view) Big Truck Safari

Putting up and down tents everyday is a pain but everyone helps. Breakfast is not great for me because it is usually cereal, especially if we are in a hurry. Sometimes beans and toast but that is an Aussie/English thing. You get close and have the ability to camp in the National Parks which is why we do these type of tours. $40-$50 a day is normally the cost for the cheapest Africa tours and involves transport, tents, and 2 meals a day. Most of these tours, at least in Africa, are UK based and lot of the people on here are from England or Australia. I had never heard of them before I researched my trip. Trips range anywhere from 7 days to 73 days depending on what you want to see and how many countries you want to visit. On this trip there are 2 Aussies (Simone and Amy), 1 guy from Finland (Heinrich), 1 guy from Canada (Gary), the driver from Zimababwae (JB), Mary and myself (US) and 4 girls and 1 guy from England. (Rose, Aly -guide-, Laura, Sarah, and David). So far it has been fun. Not exactly as I like to travel because there is no ability to change plans when u find somewhere u want to stay but good way to travel inexpensively in Africa.


January 4, 2013   (Absolute Africa truck safari begins)

We climbed inside the HUGE yellow truck that will be our transport for the next 21 days at 11am. Fortunately, the first day only involves about 3 hrs on the road to the campsite. We leave Zimbabwae and enter Botswana which is know for Chobe National Park and the Okavango Delta. We arrived at the campsite after buying groceries and then set up our individual tents. Since there are only 14 on this truck there is no need to share tents. We had planned on doing a sunset river cruise on the Chobe River to see hippos and crocodiles but it was raining so it was canceled.

January 5, 2013  (BOTSWANA, Chobe National Park)

We left Chobe National Park at 6 am and drove until 3 pm nonstop except for 30 minute lunch break at Maun, the staging point for the Okavango Delta. Since the truck is not crowded we were able to stretch out and catch a few winks. Seat belts are necessary because if the truck hits a large bump in the road it could bounce you into the ceiling. I actually saw one of the girls bounce so high that she almost hit the ceiling. Aly is our guide and JB is the truck driver. Everyone on this trip is from England except David who is Canadian, Amy who is Aussie and myself. Most overland truck companies are British for some reason. It is one of the cheapest ways to travel in Africa. Our campsite here for the next 4 days is at Sedia Hotel and we have access to the pool, bar and restaurant. 


January 5-8th  (Botswana and Okavango Delta)

Everyone on the tour is doing a 2 night/ 3 day camping trip to the Okavango Delta in dugout canoes except for Amy and myself. Amy has been sick and the trip did not appeal to me at all especially since we were not going to see many animals on the trip. The Delta is very similar to our marshes in southern LA. Plus it is the rainy season and being cold and wet with no bathrooms and eating cold food the entire time did not seem like much fun. Decided to make a vacation out of this time and Amy and I laid by the pool and took advantage of the restaurant and bar. 

I hope to be able to take a 45 minute plane ride ($90) over the Delta to take pictures and get an overall view but it is the slow season and no groups flying now and 1 person on the plane is $450. Will keep trying.   

January 10, 2013.   (NAMIBIA, largest meteorite in world)

Arrived at Hopa Farm in northern Namibia and camped next to the LARGEST METEORITE in the world. As we set up our tents around the meteorite tens of thousands of ants appeared and made it very difficult for us. 
After our tents were put up they seemed to go back to their business in the ground. For some reason I expected a larger meteorite but googled it and it is the largest.

The Hoba meteorite is named after the farm on which it's found.  It was discovered to be 82% iron and 16% nickel after excavation. That makes it a rarity as only about 6% of are primarily iron. Most impressively, it weighs around 50 tons, making it the biggest on the planet that is intact.

January 11, 2013. (NAMIBIA,  Etosha National Park,  Day 1)

Meteorite to Etosha Camp. Very nice campsite at Lodge with restaurant/bar and great restroom/shower facilities. We did a game drive in the Big Yellow Truck from 3 pm till 7 pm and did not see any lions but lots of giraffes, flamingos and impala. Try again early in the morning. 

January 12, 2013 (NAMIBIA,  Etosha National Park,  Day 2)

Left at 6:30 am for 4 hour game drive. Saw LOTS of lions including a pride of 8 lioness and 1 male lion next to the road. Looks as though they were looking to make a kill but it never happened as the baby antelope was too fast and too far away to make a try. Saw a black rhino in the far distance but too far away to get a good shot with my camera. (15X) More giraffes and then camped at nice lodge with pool and watering hole to see wildlife , if possible. Did not see any. Rose, Simone and Amy at the pool again. 

Day trip to visit the Himba Tribe in Namibia. The women only bathe once in their life, at birth. The rest of the time they use a small tepee fire to cause them to sweat which is their bathing. This is due to scarcity of water. The women also cover their bodies and hair in a red clay. Another interesting fact is men are allowed to have as many wives as they want if they can afford the dowry to the father. Each wife ,use have their own Hut next to each other. The husband must spend a night with each wife in order and not skip a Hut. Lol


January 13, 2013. (NAMIBIA,  Etosha to Cheetah Park)

Morning game drive after spending night at another lodge. Finally saw elephants in the distance and MORE giraffes. Also, saw more lions, ostriches and antelopes. Stopped and picked up lunch for 2 days at the supermarket. Set up camp at Cheetah Park which is owned by man and his 2 sons. They run a refuge for wild cheetah who have became a nusiance to the ranchers. There are 12 wild cheetahs and 4 domesticated cheetah which we visited and petted. Afterwards we went to feed the wild cheetah donkey meat. The guide would toss the meat high in the air and they would leap up to snatch it. We were in the back of the truck while they were being feed but it did not seem really safe there. The brothers were quite entertaining.

January 15, 2013

Left the Cheetah Farm and started our drive towards Swakopmund. On the way we stopped by the Cape Cross Seal Colony which is located on the Atlantic border of Namibia. We were only there about 30 minutes as the smell is horrible. There are between 100,000 and 200,000 seals there depending on the time of year. Sadly, many of the seal pups were dead for a variety of reasons. It is estimated about 27% of the seal pups die of natural causes. 


January 15-18th (NAMIBIA,  Swakopmund)

A welcome break on our safari (journey) in the German town of Swakopmund. Namibia was first claimed by Bismarck and the Germans in the 1890's. There are still many Germans living in Namibia and Swakopmund has been called more German than Germany. The town has between 25,000 and 30,000 residents with a large contingency of Germans visiting during the German winter to take advantage of the more favorable weather in Namibia's summer.There is a really nice beach, though the water is cold, and Swakopmund has been promoted to one of the adventure and adrenalin capitals of Africa along with Cape Town. Lots of sky diving, sand boarding on the sand dunes, quad biking (4-wheelers) and go karting on fast track. 4 of the girls went sky diving the 1st day and had quite a time. Sand boarding was the choice of the day on the 2nd day. I am enjoying my "down time" and ability to use free internet to catch up with uploading of pictures and blogging. 

January 18, 2013. (NAMIBIA,  Sossusvlei Sand Dunes)

Camped at Sesriem, gateway to the sand dunes. After putting up the tents we went the 6 miles to the sand pan that is located between several large sand dunes up to 960 feet tall (96 stories). About once every 3 years the sand pan is flooded and creates a beautiful lake in the midst of the sand dunes. The sand dunes are Namibia's #1 tourist attraction and cover 32,000 square kilometers (20,000 square miles). The dunes reach as high as 325 meters (1000 feet). It was amazing to stand in the middle of the salt pan while surrounded by the sand dunes.

Afterwards we went to Dune 45 (called that because it is 45 kilometers from campsite) and climbed to the top of it and watched the sunset.    

January 19, 2013. (NAMIBIA,  Fish River Canyon)

The Fish River Canyon is supposedly the 2nd largest canyon in the world at 160 km (100 miles) long and a depth up to 550 meters ( 1700 feet ) deep. Nice but not the Grand Canyon. We watched until sunset. 

January 20, 2013. (Orange River)

After Fish River we drove to a beautiful campsite on the Orange River at the border of Namibia and South Africa. We did a 2.5 hr canoe trip down the river. It was very beautiful and we saw several fish eagles. About half way down the river we stopped on a sandbar for a swim.


January 23, 2013 (SOUTH AFRICA,  Stellenbosch)

Nearing the end of the guided overland bus tour. Arrived in Stellenbosch, South Africa and have finished our camping portion of the trip. Back in the dorm. Stellenbosch is wine country and at this time is the Wine Festival. Not sure if that is good thing or not. 2 nights and then to Cape Town for our last day on the tour with a final dinner with all the tour members.

January 25, 2013. (SOUTH AFRICA,  Capetown)

Will leave Stellenbosch this morning for the short 20-30 minute drive to Cape Town, South Africa. Very excited about viewing Table Mountain up close and hiking to the top. First picture is Table Mountain from the Ashanti Hostel and second is the back of Table Mountain as we were approaching Cape Town. End of a GREAT EXPERIENCE ON A BIG TRUCK.


January 27, 2013  (Gansbaai,  Great White Shark Cage Diving)

I have always wanted to be face to face (me in a cage) with a Great White Shark. This morning I was able to fulfill that dream. We left Cape Town at 5:20 am for the 2 hr drive to Gansbaai where "Shark Alley" would be our cage diving spot. There were only 13 (Lucky 13) of us and usually there are at least 20 people per trip. Smaller groups allow more time in the freezing water. I was curious why the water was so cold in South Africa's summer. I was told that when it is summer in the Southern Hemisphere  the ice in Antarctica melts and there is a stream of the  chilly water straight to South Africa. We wore wet suits but still very cold. When we first anchored, a great white shark about 12-13 ft. started circling the boat. Our guide said that many times the sharks will leave after the cage is lowered in the water.

I quickly put on my wet suit as many were debating when to go in the cage. I was the first one in and then 4 others joined me. The Great White stayed with us for our 40 "cold" minutes in the cage. One of the deck hands kept throwing out a large fish head on a hook with a rope near the cage. The shark was interested in it but not really intent on eating it. The Great White would swim right in front of us and on two occasions it turned its head and looked directly at me at a distance no more than 1 foot away. He had "dead eyes" and I was very thankful for the cage.  We would sit on a bar waist deep in the cage until a Great White was spotted near us and then told to submerge and look for the shark.

2 weeks later in Johannesburg,  another backpacker asked if I had seen the recent YouTube video of a Great White getting inside a cage at Gansbaai.  After watching the video which was only days after my experience,  I was very thankful of my safer encounter. Luckily no one was hurt. (Google shark gets in cage, has happened more than once). 

The first picture, unfortunately, is not mine. Maybe one day. 

I did not rent an underwater camera because I thought the videographer would have great footage but he didn't. But did get some nice pictures from top of the boat. 


January 28, 2013   (Capetown,  Hiking Table Mountain and Devil's Peak)

"The first step in the journey is to lose your way."  Galway Kinnel

 The plan was simple, catch a taxi to base of Table Mountain, hike up the gorge trail to top of Table Mountain (2hrs) and then cable car down and taxi back to Amber Tree.

But the "travel gods" have a sense of humor. I asked directions at the hostel because I do have a tendency to not pay close attention to signs and other paths while walking. All around the world I have ended up on animal paths which no human should be walking because they always seemed to get very narrow and very high.  

I found the path easily but while walking, enjoying the beauty of the scenery and while taking pictures I seem to have missed the turnoff and ended up at Devil's Peak. By the time I realized that I was a long way from my intended destination I decided to go ahead and finish this climb. I had gotten about 250 feet from the summit when I was no longer shielded by the 40-60 mph winds. These were not gusts , these were constant. I actually got pushed to the ground and got behind a rock and had to put on my fleece jacket. That is when I said close enough and headed back to find the original path.

Located it with no trouble but still had ANOTHER 2 hrs to hike in addition to the 2 hrs I had just completed. The scenery was spectacular but by no means easy. Straight up most of the time. Once on top I ate lunch and then went to the cable car. The line was long and when I found out it was $10 to go down, started walking by down the gorge. Walking down is always more painful because it is constantly pounding your knees. Finally made it and then tried to walk back the 1.5 hr to the hostel. I gave up at 45 minutes and hailed a taxi, but it only cost me $3 instead of the $6. I always say I have more time than money. 

Fantastic day.


February 3, 2013.  (Capetown,  Hiking to Chapman's Peak from Hout Bay)

Purchased a hop on hop off ticket to visit the coast area around Cape Town. The bus is a double decker and you can hop on and hop off at any of the listed sights. I only got off at The Wharf at Hout Bay and then walked up to Chapman's Peak. It took about 3 hours in total from The Wharf but the hike up was not very hard. Lot of people driving it and hiking up. It has 114 curves from the bottom to the top. The views were amazing. Houk Bay is also famous for the surfing. During the surfing competition the waves get over 60 feet high. Add that to absolutely freezing water and few Great White Sharks,  I will not add this to my bucket list.


After finishing the hike to Chapman's Peak I got back on the hop on hop off tour bus that traveled along the coast around Cape Town to Hout Bay, Camps Bay through Clifton and back to Cape Town. 



CHAPTER 14.   UGANDA, RWANDA & MOZAMBIQUE 

(February 20 - April 3rd, 2013)

Overview

2/20/13.  (Entebbe)

4 Hr. flight from Johannesburg to Entebbe, Uganda on South African Airways. Paid the $50 Visa fee (ouch) and went outside to look for the taxi that the Entebbe Backpackers had agreed to send. 40 minutes later he showed up. (T.I.A.) THIS IS AFRICA, an almost daily saying. I arrived at the hostel and checked in at 8:05 pm. I note this only because the kitchen closed at 8 pm so no dinner for me. I had planned to stay for 2 nights but wasn't feeling the vibe.  


Feb. 21st and 22nd.   (Kampala)

Caught a minibus from the car park for the 45 minute ride to Kampala. Crammed into a minivan with 12 other people. Kampala has over 1.5 million people and is built on 7 hills. It was very beautiful while driving through the city but mostly people all of the money resides on the hills and the lesser fortunate are in the lower lands.

Upon being dropped of by the minivan, a motorcycle taxi (boda boda) quickly asked me where I needed to go. He asked for 10,000 Uganda shillings and we settled at 7000. He asked a few people where it was and I knew I had chosen too quickly. At an intersection a traffic policeman stopped all traffic but my driver decided to take a quick left and pulled out right in front of an army convoy. Needless to say the traffic police were not happy and quickly caught up with us, impounded the motorcycle and detained the young driver.....and told me to find another ride. Luckily the person next to me said he would take me to Red Chilli Hideaway and he knew where it was. We settled on 5000 Uganda shillings. I made it without further incident and since I did not have to pay the first driver, save 2000 shillings in the process and had a story to tell. 

Really nice hostel. Staying in an 8 bed dorm but nice group mostly of Canadian and Australia girls. I booked the Big 5 tour to Murchison Falls which includes a game drive in the most popular national park, a game cruise and a walking safari along with a hike up to top of Murchison Falls. Also, includes a visit to the Rhino Sanctuary where they have 8 white rhinos. Everything I had planned to do in a week in 3 days instead and only $325 for everything except food.

The next day I took a boda boda (motorcycle taxi) to the Uganda Wildlife Authority to get my Gorilla Trekking Permit. ($500). As I counted out the (5) $100 bills for the payment she inspected them and asked if I had a different $100 bill since one was before 2006. I knew they had to be before 2006 and had asked the bank for bills only after 2006. My fault for not checking. I had more bills back in the hostel safe but that would require another trip. She looked at me and said she would make an exception. Yeah.

March 5, 2013 Gorilla Tracking is set. Expecting another life changing moment.   


February 23, 2013.   (Murchison Falls)

5 hr drive to Murchison Falls on the Nile River. We only hiked for about an hour to view the falls from the top. Tomorrow we will view the falls from a boat near the mouth of the waterfall. The force which the falls shoots through the 25 meter gorge has been called the most powerful in the world.


February 24, 2013.   (Safari at Murchison National Park)

Up early and arrived at ferry to cross the Nile River into the Murchison National Park. The entire game drive, as most, was done in our 4 x 4 vehicle. The Park is bordered by the Nile River. The roads are really good and normally you can see most of the animals. Unfortunately, we did not see any big cats but saw lots of elephants, giraffes, wart hogs, hippos, and cape buffalo. I saw lots of lions in Namibia so was not disappointed. The game drive lasted about 3 hrs. Then we returned back to Red Chilli Campgrounds where we were staying in Safari Tents which were large and really nice with proper beds. We could also see the Nile and surrounding area from our camp perched high on a hill.

(Nile River Cruise Safari)

After lunch at Red Chilli Camp we climbed back into the minibus and drove back to the Nile and boarded a cruise boat for our safari up the Nile River. We departed about 2 pm and cruised until almost 6 pm. We saw lots of hippos, elephants, crocodiles, and many varieties of birds. We cruised all the way to the mouth of the Murchison Falls and then returned.


February 25, 2013.   (Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary)

We packed up to leave and eat breakfast. We were supposed to leave at 8 am but 4 of the young Aussies enjoyed themselves until about 2 am so I heard. On the way back to Kampala we were to have lunch and stop by the Ziwa Rhino Sanctuary. We stopped at the restaurant and ordered our food for later and then arrived at the Sanctuary about noon. Not my idea to choose the hottest part of day to walk through the bush in search of rhinos. We signed in and our guide led us to the area where some of the rhinos were located. At present there are 12 white rhinos (though not actually white, has something to do with their mouth). They have a baby rhino who is about 1 year old that I fortunately got a picture of nursing with his mother. To nurse the mother stands up and the baby lays down under her. One young 3 year old rhino is named Obama because its mother was from the US and its father was from Kenya. (Can't make this stuff up) Since it was the middle of the day the rhinos that we visited, 4 of them, were all resting under a big tree. We circled the tree to try and get good pictures and were fortunate enough that one stood to stretch his legs and then laid back down. Then after 30 minutes of whining by the baby, the mother got up so the baby could nurse. Enjoyable 1 hour but pricey for $40 but which was included in my Big 5 Tour price. The money is used to protect the rhinos and they are under 24 hr. surveillance to ensure no poachers get to them. They also use some of the funds for a children's school and for abused women. So while pricey, at least it is being used for good causes. We were only about 15 feet from them and given instructions to climb a tree if they got up quickly.    


February 27, 2013    (Post bus to Kabale and boda boda to Lake Bunyonyi)

6 am boda boda (motorcycle taxi) from Red Chilli hostel to Post office where I bought a ticket and climbed aboard the Post bus from Kampala to Kbale. The ticket was 25,000 Uganda Shillings ($10) for the 9 hr. ride. The Post bus delivers mail along with transporting passengers. There was only one official bathroom stop and 2 "short stops" in which we stopped on side of the road and looked for a bush. No lunch breaks but plenty of vendors storming the windows of the bus whenever we stopped. Meat on a stick, grilled corn on the cob, some type of pastry, and all varieties of drinks and fruits. When I got off the bus to go to the restroom I had to take both of my bags with me or else they would be gone when I returned.

After finally arriving at Bunyonyi Overland Resort, I asked and got a dorm room for $15 a night. Expensive but beautiful lake and location. Here for 3 nights and then to Kisoro, the staging ground for the mountain gorillas.


February 28, 2013.   (Lake Bunyonyi)

Lake Bunyonyi (Place of Many Little Birds) is Uganda's most beautiful lake and encircles 29 islands and its steep hillsides are intensively terraced. This morning I did the 1 hr hike up to Acadia Cottages for the best view of the lake. It was spectacular but not enough to sway me from moving from my $15 dorm to the $100 room at Acadia. We passed a school and all the children ran to the road waving and wanting to know our names and of course, tell us theirs. Good morning. Everything always seems better when I am hiking up high somewhere. The view down is always better than the view up.


March 1, 2013 (Last night at Lake Bunyonyi)

Last full day at Lake Bunyonyi. Yesterday 2 Overland Trucks pulled up with about 40 new people for the lodge. Definitely interrupted the peace and solitude of the lake. I called yesterday to Bwindi Backpackers Lodge where I wanted to stay for the gorilla visit to the Virunga Mountains. He is based in Kbale nearby and showed up at the lodge today to visit with me. I arranged to be picked up, driven the 3-4 hrs to the lodge, stay in a dorm with all meals included for 5 nights and then transported to Kigali, Rwanda for $150. I am thinking that is pretty good deal since most lodges charge $50-$100 a night around this location. Not only that he said there is a good chance we may see gorillas from the lodge since his property is on the edge of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest. He then agreed to upgrade me from the dorm to a private room. This lodge is very new and in its infant stage as a lodge. I was told about it from my new backpacker friend, Jake Stone, who I met in Kampala. Jake was one of the first ever people to stay there. Since the grounds are still being landscaped everyone gets to plant a tree there with a sign and if you return you stay for half price. (Only $5 a night instead of $10  lol)  Leave tomorrow at 3 pm. 


March 2, 2013.   (Bwindi Backpackers Lodge)

Picked up by Seith at around 4:30 pm for the short drive to Kabale to wait for the other person coming from Kigali. He ran late so we did not leave Kabale until about 6 pm. The drive took a little over 2 hrs on some really bad dirt roads. Since it was dark, we were not able to see what is amazing scenery high up in the moutains. Boht Eliot, Aussie, and I had booked dorms at only $10 a night but the dorms have not been completed at the Backpacker Lodge yet so we both were given a private single room each for the same price. Bwindi Backpackers only opened in November 2012 and we were the 58th and 59th people to stay there. There is no electricity, yet, but the power lines are in place and they are hopeful it will not be too long. My trekking day was not until the 5th  but Eliot was trekking the gorillas the next day. I went with the guide, Ivan, the next day to see the 15 acre garden Seith planted which has all varieties of trees, crops, pine seedlings, rabbits and natural swimming pool is in the works. We also visited a waterfall, cattle ranch and visited the village. It took about 3 hrs in all. Nice day. 


March 3, 2013.   (Church day in Uganda)

2 days before hiking to see the gorillas I had one of those great cultural experiences. Seith's dad asked me about 10:30 am if I would like to go to church with him. Caught by surprise but realizing what a unique experience this would be , I agreed. As we left Seith's dad told the cooks we would be back for lunch at 1:00 pm. We walked the 2 miles to the church and arrived just as they were beginning. We sat in the back but word quickly spread through the congregation that there was a muzunga (white traveler) in the church. The stares back towards me quickly became frequent. Small children who just roam the aisles quickly decided that my aisle was the one to frequent. Seith's dad (can't remember or pronounce his name) acted as a translator throughout the singing, testimony and sermon. While almost everyone speaks English most speak their own tribal language when possible. 

A special group had come from Kisoro to sing for the church. Afterwards, one of the singers gave her testimony to the atrocities that happened to her afer her husband died leaving her with a small child and how God stepped in to help her when she thought there was no hope. This testimony lasted a long time. Then more singing which lasted a long time. By this time a man moved next to me on the other side and told me he would translate for me. Now I have Stereo translation with both giving me the play by play of the singing and sermon which was to come. This was a Protestant Church but there seemed to be a two people addressing the church with one in a robe who gave the sermon. The sermon, even in Stereo, was very long. Seith's dad had given me a coin and paper to wrap it in to give as a tithe. I told him I would give me own money and thanked him. I wrapped it in the small piece of paper and followed him to the front of the church to give it to one of the 5 people in the front. He said we would give it to his wife who was one of the five. Then there was more singing. And then he said they would do a Thanksgiving for those who were blessed who would like to donate. I immediately walked up to the front and deposited some money into the Thanksgiving plate. Caught Seith's dad off guard because he quickly came up after me, made a donation and said that there would be a small prayer while we were up there to ask God to accept our offering. The sermon was a little unusual or maybe it was the translation. They talked a lot about witchcraft and people who were possessed by witchcraft. On a hike the previous day my guide showed me a tree which is used to make a brew to remove witchcraft from those possessed. I kept asking if he was talking about evil but he never would tie the two together completely. Some locals worship a particular tree but the practice is becoming less common.
 .
After the services, I was requested to meet with some of the congregation outside. They were very happy to meet me and all spoke English. Finally time to go back the 2 miles and eat lunch as I was starving. Of course, it was 3PM .  5 Hrs in church. Seems it ran a little long. The word of my church attendance quickly spread throughout the villages and on my many walks many would say hi and said they heard about me going to church. Seems I am the 1st Muzunga to every attend a church service in the area and the fact that I tithed and donated to Thanksgiving made it more impressive to them. Great experience.     


 March 5, 2013.   (Gorillas in the Mist)


The BIG DAY. GORILLA TREKKING IN UGANDA. SOMETHING I HAVE ALWAYS WANTED TO DO MY WHOLE LIFE.

Seith drove me the 10 minutes to the Nkuringo Ranger Station for the gorilla group briefing before the trekking began. Only 8 people are allowed to trek to each gorilla group per day and you are only allowed to spend one (1) hour observing the gorillas. The cost is $500 for the gorilla permit and includes the guides, trackers and 2 armed guards. The guards are to protect us in case the gorillas pose a threat but they only shoot up in the air if there is a problem. The Nkuringo Group of Gorillas are the most habituated group in Uganda we were told and this is the group VIP's come to see. I was fortunate enough that when I applied for my trekking the girl advised me to see them if I had a lot of leeway in my travel schedule. 

There are 14 gorillas in the NKuringo group which includes 4 Silverbacks. We began our trekking 14 Km away from the Ranger station since the gorillas had moved. We hiked down one steep valley and up another, then down a steep valley and up another. Then down one more time until we finally were told the gorillas had been located bythe trackers. Only 2 hrs of hiking and we had found the gorillas. I had heard that sometimes it can take much longer. We were told to drop our backpacks and walking sticks and just bring cameras and extra batteries if we had them. I dropped my bag and was the first person behind the guide as we approached where the gorillas had been spotted. After about a minute a ranger pulled back some brush and a gorilla was sitting there eating leaves. We walked around to another area where most of the gorilla group was situated. We first encountered a mother and her baby. The guide told us their names as each of the 14 gorillas has been named. The gorilla named Christmas is supposedly the most friendly. After about 15 minutes observing some of the mothers and babies, one of the Silverbacks made his way to us to give us an inspection. He walked almost right up to me and I was told to slowly move backwards and give him room. I had NO problem with that as they are one of the most powerful animals in the world. He posed for us several minutes. I even got a picture of a baby gorilla who stood up and walked on 2 feet right in front of us. Even the guide were excited to see it as it was the only time it happened. Not an everyday occurrence. During our time there we were fortunate enough to see 12 of the 14 gorillas including all 4 Silverbacks. One of the Silverbacks climbed up a small tree and perched on a limb while observing us. 

At about the 40 minute mark it started to rain, hard. Of course my raincoat, rain pants and b backpack cover were all inside my backpack which I left behind with the porters as we were told. I was completely soaked in 2 minutes and it was very cold but I kept taking pictures. It became dark and the pictures did not come out as great as I had hoped. One of the gorilla rules is NO FLASH photography. With only 8 minutes left in our hour and the rain pouring so hard you could not see far in front of you, we decided to end our incredible gorilla encounter and head back.

The Ranger said since the rain was so intense we would not be able to go back the same route but must walk back to the Ranger station , 14 km (about 9 miles) back. The guide hacked a new trail straight up a couple of valleys to avoid trails that were too muddy to climb.The rain quit about 2 pm and we stopped at the top of a large hill and had our packed lunch. I had 2 tomato sandwiches, bananas, watermelon and pineapple. Not sure what type of sandwich the English Couple who stayed at Clouds had but it looked pretty impressive. Of course, their accommodations at Clouds cost $750 PER PERSON PER NIGHT. That's right, $1500 a night for a couple to stay at Clouds. (Will post pictures of Clouds later) I was very happy to pay $10 per night and eat my tomato sandwiches and fruit, thank you very much. lol

Arrived back at the Ranger Station about 3:30 pm after 5 hrs intense hiking and 1 hr observing the gorillas. We "graduated" and received our gorilla certificates from the Ranger. 

Back to the Bwindi Backpackers to reflect on the experience. As I thought about it afterwards I can not believe how close we were to the gorillas. Gorillas have 98.4% of the same genes that humans have. They seem so human at time. It is really an experience that is impossible to describe but must be experienced yourself. GREAT DAY.    


March 6, 2013.   (Hiking around Bwindi Backpackers)

I did several hikes with my guide, Ivan, while staying at Bwindi Backpackers. The first was to visit the waterfall and 15 acre garden that Seith had purchased. Seith has planted all kinds of trees, including many fruit trees, throughout this garden. He also plants many crops to help make his lodge self sustainable. He also has nurseries of pine seedling to help the government replant where trees have been cut down and used for timber. It was a beautiful hike and after the waterfall we hiked up through a cattle ranch and into the village.

The second hike involved a boda boda (moto taxi) ride to the beginning of the hike to another mountain gorilla group. While we could only go so to the edge of the National Forest, it was a beautiful of the surrounding areas from on top of one of the mountains. Walked over 20 kilometers (13 miles) including all the way back to the lodge. Definitely getting back in shape. 


March 7, 2013.   (Sad day and didn't know it)

Woke up at 4 am which a strange feeling that something was wrong with someone in my family. Could not shake the feeling and was unable to go back to sleep. Having no internet for the past week was nice but also a little worrisome not being able to make sure everyone was okay. My only travel fear is being gone when needed at home.

I told Seith at breakfast that I needed to leave a couple of days early as I needed to check on my family. He said he could get me transport to Gensenyi, Rwanda on Saturday, 2 days from now. With that my only option, I told him to arrange it.

I would not find out until I arrived in Gensenyi upon going straight to the Internet Cafe that one of my best friends in the world and 1st couisin, Brad Passman, had died early on the morning of the 7th. With the 8-9 hours time difference I figured that I must have awoken a few hours within his death. He will be greatly missed  by all who knew him. Love you Brad, rest in peace.


March 10, 2013. (RWANDA, Kigali)

After a brief overnight stay in Gensenyi where I found out of Brad's passing, I quickly moved on to Kigali from where my flight back to Johannesburg would depart on the 20th. I checked into the Discover Rwanda Youth Hostel which was really nice. It is owned by a non-profit company and the proceeds go to the Rwanda Genocide Foundation. The next day I went to downtown Kigali on a moto taxi and went to the South Africa Airways office to see if I could change the departure date. They said a fee was involved and on many international flights, which this was, the fee is $250 which I could not afford to pay. She told me she could change the flight to the 13th for $44 US dollars. I said book it. Give me more time in Mozambique and really not much else to do in Rwanda but see Gorillas and I did that cheaper in Uganda.


March 12 and 13th, 2003. (Kigali, Rwanda to Johannesburg,  South Africa to Maputo,                                                  Mozambique) Crazy travel day.

I had to go to the Kigali Airport at 10 pm for my next day flight at 6 am to avoid the $20 taxi fee. Spent the night in the cafe until able to check in at 4 am. Departed at 6 am and arrived in Johannesburg at 11 am after a brief stopover in Burundi. Caught the Gautrain (airport train to city) to Park Station where I was to connect with a 6 pm train to Mozambique border. Had 5 hrs to kill before boarding the train at 5 pm and luckily found a KFC where I could eat and play computer games. At 4:45 pm I purchased KFC for the train ride which would last 12 hours. Hopefully will get sleep on the train. I arrived as told at 5 pm at the terminal gate. There were already about 100  people in line with HUGE bags. They obviously had come here to do their shopping for a month or so. Seat are no reserved so grab the first seat you can. I was lucky to find a window seat and had no one seating next to me for half of the ride to the border. But not able to sleep and was miserable for the entire time.Arrived at 7 am and took a minibus to the Mozambique border and was shocked to found out the Visa fee was $82. Lonely Planet mentioned visa fees of $25-$70 but that all border visas were $25. Not true so it seems as he pointed out the fee when I mentioned that. But then I noticed if you pay it in Meticals (currency in Mozambique) that the currency conversion amount to $70 US. So I went to ATM and got local currency which I was going to do anyway and saved $12 in the process. Small victory. Then a 2 hour minibus ride to Maputo (1 million population). I was supposed to call the Fatima Backpackers to have them pick me up at the end of the minibus ride. Unfortunately I was not aware that Mozambique's official language is PORTUGUESE, my nemesis in Brazil. Finally an English speaking taxi driver said he would take me there for $12. Tired after not sleeping for 72 hrs and in not a very nice part of town, I reluctantly agreed. Nice hostel.


March 15- 22nd, 2013.  (MOZAMBIQUE,  Tofu)

I had planned on staying two nights in Maputo and then going to Tofu but then a group of 50 architects on holiday from South Africa arrived at the hostel. Quickly realized there would be little rest here. Asked if I could cancel my 2nd night and appy that to the shuttle/bus service to Tofu which is 7 hrs long. He said yes so up again early at 4:30 am for the 5 am departure to the bus station. Got a seat in the back of the bus on the last row and was surrounded by baggage. Luckily I visited the toilet right before we departed because our 1st toilet stop was 4.5 hrs later. A new personal best or worst, depending on your perspective, for me between bathroom breaks. In Central America you can always depend on at least a break every two hours. Finally arrived and then loaded into a minivan for last 30 minutes to the beach. We were dropped off at Fatima's in Tofu (same owner as Fatimas in Maputo) but though they were on the beach, they did not take Visa or have free internet. Decided to walk around and look as someone I met in Maputo told me about another place. I walked down the path and saw Liquid, a dive shop, my backpacker friend Bill had mentioned and I stopped there to find out about local accommodations. Cindy, one of the owners, asked if I was interested in diving and I said possibly. Told her what I was looking for in accommodations and price and she drove me to two great places. Mozambeats and Turtle Cove. Both had swimming pools, dorm beds for $11 but neither were on the beach. Turtle Cove's dorm only had two beds and the other was currently empty plus free wifi. Sold. Only 15 minute walk to the beach and I have a pool and free wifi. Easter is quickly approaching and may lose my spot then but will deal with that later.    


March 22-April 3rd (2013)   (Back in Johannesburg)

Decided to end my Mozambique journey early as I was getting tired of the beach, did not have enough funds to dive, and the food was really expensive. So back to Johannesburg to stay at one of my favorite hostels, Mbizi Backpackers, for the remainder of my trip. Mbizi is more like a home and usually there are only a few guests there. I can watch movies all day, eat inexpensive Chinese food, and do all the things that do not cost money. When traveling it is not always about having to do something. I have learned to live my life where I am. It is also great meeting the new travelers who have just arrived at the airport and whose journey is just beginning. I like that I can give those interested advice on places that I have recently been to.  


April 3, 2013

AN AMAZING JOURNEY ENDS TODAY as I fly out of Johannesburg, South Africa at 8:25 pm on a direct Delta flight to Atlanta that will last approximately 17 hrs. Getting up at 6 am this morning and a few glasses of wine with dinner on the flight will hopefully help me sleep for at least some of this time.  I arrive in New Orleans at 10:35 am and with any luck will be back hugging on my grandkids by Thursday or at least by Friday. While always sad to end a journey, I am really excited to see family and friends again. Though I will be confronted with the reality of losing my couisin, Brad, once again when I get to Natchez.

During this trip I visited South Africa, Zambia, Zimbabwae, Botswana, Namibia, Lesotho,  Uganda, Rwanda and Mozambique.

I swam in the "Devils Pool" at Victoria Falls, flew in an Ultralight over Victoria Falls, went on numerous safaris in Botswana, Namibia and Uganda, climbed to top of Table Mountain in Cape Town, went Great White Shark Cage Diving, saw Silverback Mountain Gorillas in Uganda and to the beautiful beaches of Mozambique. JUST AS IMPORTANT, I have met many wonderful people in each country, both natives and fellow travelers. 

I end this trip knowing that by everything I have seen and experienced, I will be a better person because of it. 

ANOTHER AMAZING JOURNEY BEGINS TOMORROW. 


CHAPTER 15.   (MEXICO, THAILAND,  INDIA,  BURMA (MYANMAR), VIETNAM & INDONESIA)

Overview

(January 1 - March 10, 2014)

MEXICO

January 1-8th. 

New Years in Merida, Mexico. Next day I took the 6:30 am (2 hour) bus to Chichen Itza to visit the Mayan Ruins, one of the 7 Wonders of the World. Later that afternoon I bus another 3.5 hours to visit my friend Mindi for some fun and sun before my flight to Asia on the 8th from Cancun to Bangkok.


ASIA

 January 8, 2014.   (Flight to Bangkok, Thailand)

This journey began catching a bus at 8 pm from Playa del Carmen to Cancun after visiting my friend, Mindi, for several days. The bus ride was only 45 minutes but the night in the airport took forever. My flight did not leave until 7am the next morning. And then in the wisdom of Delta Airline, My flight to San Francisco had a 6 hr layover in Atlanta, then another connection in Detroit before arriving LATE in San Francisco at 11:15 pm. Unfortunately my SFO flight to Bangkok leaves at midnight. Somehow I made it. Then the China Airlines flight to Tapeii had some diifficulty so we were late there. They held the connecting flight to Bangkok for us and we made it but those who do NOT use carryon baggage only did not get their baggage. I made it to Bangkok at 11 am on January 10th, a journey of about 39 hrs. The joy of travel. Lol



January 10th.   (THAILAND,  Bangkok)

Not my favorite place and as a rule, not a fan of big cities. But here I am for 4 days as I apply for my Visa to India. I finally got all my info complete and hopefully will get my Visa in the next 6-8 days. I did go visit the Grand Palace and Reclining Buddha which was nice. Also had nice boat ride down tne river.

January 14th.   (THAILAND,  Koh Samed)

With protests going on in Bangkok and the fact I don't like Bangkok, I decided to visit the island of Koh Samed or Koh Samet for the 1st time. I had at least a week before my Visa for India will be ready and it was only 4 hrs from Bangkok. I have visited many islands in Thailand and most are more beautiful than here BUT this is probably my favorite. Beautiful beaches, inexpensive rooms and food and its compact. You can walk everywhere. Not as touristy as other islands. Lots of ex pats from Finland, Sweden and Russia along with big crowds of Thais from Bangkok on weekend but not too crowded.


January 22, 2014.  (THAILAND, Bangkok)

Now that I have gotten my Indian Visa and Myanmar Visa, just waiting for flight to New Delhi on Sunday. Have found something I like in Bangkok, KFC has 2 chicken breasts, fries and drink for $2.95 including tax. Will use savings to let out my waistline. Lol.


January 26, 2014.   (Flight from Bangkok to Delhi, India)

I stayed a couple of days in New Delhi before starting the Golden Triangle which includes Delhi, Agra and Jaipur. I am also including a Tiger Safari, Jaisalmer and camel safari.


January 28, 2014.   INDIA, Agra,  Taj Mahal)   Red Fort 

My hotel was only 5 minutes from the Taj Mahal but unfortunately it was closed by the time I arrived. Early plans tomorrow. 

January 29, 2014.  (TAJ MAHAL)

Up at 6 am and at gates at 6:45 awaiting the 7 am opening. Amazing views at sunrise. The entrance fee was 750 rupees ($12.50) which is not much for one of  7 wonders of the World. A local guide inside the Taj Mahal kept following me and asking to be my guide. I did not want to pay an extra fee but he kept pointing out a few good places to take pictures so I gave him an adequate tip for his help. 

The Taj Mahal is an ivory white mausoleum commissioned in 1632 to house the tomb of his favorite wife who died in childbirth. It was built over a 20 year period.


There is a miniature version of the Taj Mahal in Agra, just much smaller and considered a draft and practice version of the much larger Taj Mahal which I also visited. 


January 30, 2014.   (Taj Mahal at sunset)

Supposedly one of the great pictures you can take is from across the river. Usually there us a tour fee involved to get to that location. Fortunately a local near the Taj Mahal entrance told me that local fishermen docked the side of the Taj Mahal would row you to the middle of the River for $1 to get the perfect photo, which I did.


February 1-3rd, 2014.    (INDIA, Jaipur)

I took a bus for the 4 hour journey to Jaipur. While here I visited the Amber Fort and made plans for a Tiger Safari which I am looking forward to.


February 3-5th, 2014.   (Tiger Safari in Ranthambhore National Park)

I stayed in Sawai Modhapur 2 nights and did 3 safaris to Ranthambhore National Park. This is one of the best areas in India to see the elusive Tiger. They say there is usually only  10% chance of seeing one. The region is divided into 6 regions and luck of the draw determines your regions. There are about 43 Tigers here. The cost is minimal, only about $35 pet safari including entrance. Unfortunately no luck but the last day there was a sighting near the main road as we approached our zone but it had gone by the time we arrived. It is a mountainous area and very beautiful. We did see a hyena, though my pic is not so good. We also saw lots of deer, peacocks, owls, other birds, crocodiles, monkeys and a wild boar. Definitely should have stayed a couple more days and tried again but another journey.


February 5-7th, 2014.    (INDIA,  Jodhpur)

Another long bus (6 hours).  Jodhpur is a city in the Thar Desert. It's 15th century Meghrangarth Fort is now a museum displaying weapons, paintings and elaborate royal chairs. 


February 7-10th.    (INDIA,  Jaisalmer)

Went to Jaisalmer specifically for the camel safari but the fort was amazing. Jaisalmer is a "living fort" as people live and have shops within its walls. Stayed at guesthouse Surja which had an amazing view of the man made lake and sunrise. Jaisalmer was definitely my favorite place in India on this trip.


February 10-11th, 2014.   (Camel Safari)

Due to time constraints I only did a 1 night safari into the desert, only 60 miles from Pakistan border in the Thari Desert. Great experience but not a fan of riding camels, very painful. Great bunch on safari with 2 From Australia (Tasmania), 1 girl from Netherlands, 1 girl from China, 1 guy from Belgium, another from Spain and me. Quite the conversations while sitting around the camp fire.


February 12-14th, 2014.   (Overnight train Jaisalmer to New Delhi)

Not sure what I was thinking but took an 18 hour overnight train to New Delhi. To make things worse I chose to purchase a 3rd class ticket, which was the cheapest, because I am a backpacker. Now its obvious to me sometimes I am a stupid  backpackers. After securing me place on a wooden bench, a young Indian boy sat next to me and asked if I was lost. I asked why and he said this was 3rd  class. He said backpackers take the much more comfortable 2nd class which was only $1.50 more. Lesson learned, cheaper may not be best option always. I am still learning every day. He was happy since he had an opportunity to practice his English. As the night progressed, it got colder and the numerous holes in the walls of the 3rd class car did little to stop the air.  Most others had blankets but not me. Lesson learned.  One last night in New Delhi and flight to Mandalay,  Myanmar. 


February 15, 2014.   (New Delhi to Bangkok to Mandalay)

Long day but finally arrived in Mandalay . 

February 16th - February 2nd, 2914  (MYANMAR, Mandalay and Bagan)

Wonderful to revisit Myanmar (Burma) again since they are no longer under military rule. After a few nights in Mandalay, I took a boat  to Bagan. The 8 hour boat ride took 32 hours as we ended up grounded due to low water in the middle of the river overnight. Loved Bagan and stayed there for over a week and saw the magnificent Valley of Temples with several thousand abandoned temples dotting the valley.  I had hoped to do the early morning sunrise balloon ride over the Temples but it was booked weeks in advance. The people were the nicest people that I have met ANYWHERE in the world. They honestly wanted to help you and it was not money motivated.






February 21st - March 2nd, 2014.    (MYANMAR,  Bagan)

Wonderful to revisit Burma (Myanmar) again since they are no longer under military rule. Flew from Bangkok straight to Mandalay where I spent a few days.  Then I took a boat to Bagan. The 8 hour boat ride took 32 hours as we ended up grounded due to low water in the middle of the river overnight. Loved Bagan and stayed there for over a week and saw the magnificent Valley of Temples with several thousand abandoned temples dotting the valley. I had hoped to take a sunrise balloon ride over the Temples  but all were booked weeks in advance.  I did climb to the top of several Temples for some good photos. The people were the nicest people that I have met ANYWHERE in the world. They honestly wanted to help you and it was not money motivated.



February 2, 2014.   (Flight to Hanoi, Vietnam)

This was my first trip to Vietnam. Unfortunately my impression was that everyone was trying to cheat me. I spent a few days seeing the sights and then a 3 day boat trip to Halong Bay. Once again myself and several other backpackers did not get what we paid for. Back to Hanoi for the night and then an overnight bus to Hue. 

February 10, 2014.   (Nightmare bus to Hue)

I SPECIFICALLY PAID FOR AN OVERNIGHT BUS WITH A TOILET.  It was written on my ticket. After boarding the bus I realized there was no toilet and began complaining. At some point the bus driver threatened to kick me off the bus in the middle of nowhere.  Finally he got the bus owner in the phone and I was transferred  to a bus with a toilet . Ironically  the buses arrived in Hue simultaneously.  I no longer practice law but SOMETIMES it will re-emerge and that's not a good thing typically. 

February 11-13th.   (VIETNAM,  Hue)

The major attraction is the 19th century Dai Noi Citadel, surrounded by a moat and nstone walls. It includes the Imperial City with palaces and shrines.


February  13-24th, 2014.    (VIETNAM,  Hoi Ann)

Hoi Ann happened just in time as I was getting disenchanted  with Vietnam.. I had planned on staying only a few days before continuing  to Ho Chi Minh City.  But that quickly changed and decided this would be my last destination  in Vietnam. Staying 11 night here was so easy. My hostel had a swimming pool, unlimited free breakfast with omelet, pancake and desert stations, plus the beautiful beaches were only a short distance away.  It sits on the Perfume River and in the evening they light floating lanterns. 

February 24-27th, 2014  (INDONESIA,  Denpasar and Ubud)

Only here a few days as the "typical " Bali beaches are not in my budget as my trip end. I caught a taxi straight from Denmark to Ubud which has cheaper accommodations,  the Sacred Monkey Forest Sanctuary and amazing rice terraces. I found out from other backpackers that I should visit the budget friendly , beautiful Gili Islands.  From there I will take budget cruise Komodo Island to see the Komodo Dragons.


February 27th - March 2nd, 2014.   (INDONESIA,  Gili Islands)

The Gili Islands were everything I hoped for with cheap accommodations, cheap food and beautiful beaches. While here I booked a 5 day cruise through the Island to Komodo Island.



March 2-8th, 2014.  (5 night cruise to Komodo Island to Lombok)

A highlight of the trip to Indonesia was sailing for 5 days on a boat to Komodo Island. There were about 15 of us all sleeping on mats. We stopped at several islands and swam daily on a beautiful beach. The Komodo Dragons were incredible and they hunt deer and hogs and even attacked two rangers that were inside their office.

March 10, 2014.   (Lombok flight to Denpasar to New Orleans)

End of another GREAT ADVENTURE.    LML (LOVE MY LIFE)



CHAPTER 16.   (EASTERN EUROPE + PETRA, JORDAN) 

(September 27- November 15, 2014  )

Overview

September 30, 2014 (CZECH REPUBLIC, Prague)



I walked up to the Prague Castle which has great views overlooking Prague. On site is also the St. Vitus Cathedral which was beautiful but ABC (another big church). My highlight was a visit to the Strahov Monastery which produces some of the best beer in the world and has best view of Prague. However it was a little hazy when I visited. Also few random street shots. Bacarian Crystal is big here. Some of my shoppers would love it here.

 October 1, 2014.   (CZECH REPUBLIC, Cesky Krumlov)

After early morning pics on St. Charles Bridge I went on a tour to the beautiful village of Cesky Krumlov. Considered by all to be the most beautiful place in the Czech Republic. All day trip with 2.5 hrs each way from Prague. There was a slight rain most of the morning which hampered photos but improved right before we left. 


October 3, 2014.   (POLAND, Krakow)

Spent the day walking around Old Town and the castle. All night bus tonight to Lliv, Ukraine. 


October 4, 2014.   (UKRAINE,  Lviv)

After horrendous night on overnight bus which was so cramped I finally arrived in Lviv, Ukraine before daylight. Decided to pay for taxi because it was still dark and had difficult time finding anyone who spoke English or understood where I wanted to go. Finally found someone. Ironically the Hostel is in the Main Square with a huge banner on the building viewable by everyone. Could not check in for 6 hours as it was full so exhaustion had to wait. Left my bag and started seeing the sights which are not as many as I anticipated. Saw all the sights during the day after couple hours of sleep. Lviv is the most Ukranian of any ciy in the Ukraine with much of the eastern part being Ukraine/Russian, hence the hostilities. I also happened to be there on "Bride Saturday" with new  brides and their husbands roaming the streets with photographers. Lot of people getting married here.


October 5, 2014.    (HUNGARY,  Budapest)

Really enjoyed the beautiful mid 60's sunny day in Budapest. Walked over the Danube River and up to Castle Hill for great view of the city.


October 6, 2014

With all the major sights seen, I decided to spend time in the city park on this beautiful sunny day in high 60's. In cities, which I do not particularly care for, parks are their redeeming quality. In the park was a castle and spa with public baths which seemed very popular. 


October 7, 2014.   (ROMANIA,  Brasov)

Love Brasov, Romania and surrounding area of Transylvania that I have seen. Could really spend a lot of time here as it is beautiful and fairly inexpensive.

October 8, 2014.   (ROMANIA, Dracula's Castle, Peles Castle, & Transfagarasan Highway)

Visited the famous Dracula Castle and there is nothing in truth to Vlad Dracula (Vlad the Impaler) and any ties to vampirism. Those in Romania have long believed in vampires but Vlad was never considered one. His story was made up by Bram Stoker who supposedly never visited Bran Castle or Romania. Vlad the Impaler was noted for his cruelty impaling many of his enemies on dull posts driven through the body. He also never lived in Bran Castle as it was built only as a staging place for his armies to defend or make war plans. The Castle was made livable as a summer home by Queen Maria who was originally from England. She loved this area but hated extravagance and made the castle a very simple place to live with simple furniture. It did have the 2nd elevator built in the world installed since she had a bad foot and loved to visit the garden below the castle. The elevator was installed INSIDE an abandoned well on the castle grounds. This castle was in stark contrast to Peles Castle where other members of royal family would stay.

Visited Peles Castle today. The amazing wood detail is impossible to show through pictures. I refused to pay $10 to take my own photos inside so pulled some off the internet. The first few pics are mine, obviously. Unfortunately it was raining when we arrived. 

Great day driving up this highway with spectacular views especially with the Autumn leaves and small glacier lake at the top.


October 14, 2014.   (BULGARIA, Sofia, Rila Monastery)

Went on a tour to the Rila Monastery about 2 hours out of Sofia. The drive through the mountains was spectacular with the changing of the leaves and magnified when we saw this beautiful monastery nestled in the mountains. The monastery's church was spectacular but unfortunately were not allowed to take pictures. Good day.


October 16, 2014.   (MACEDONIA,  Orhid)

Arrived in Ohrid last night after 3.5 hour bus ride from Skopje. Now time to tell on myself because "stuff" happens backpacking.  Then you just make the best of the situation. After arriving at the bus station I looked at my directions to the hostel which claimed it was only a 3 minute walk. I, of course, refused advances by taxi divers. Long story short. After an hour of looking for the street, I looked back at reservation on my mini ipad and realized I booked the hostel in Skopje and not Ohrid. I had changed my plans at last minute to go to Ohrid but forgot about changing hostel plans. Lol Anyway, taxi driver led me to my current hostel which is amazing. Life goes on.

Walked along the lake and then climbed up to the church for great views of the lake. Most photographed spot in Ohrid according to locals. Then nice hike UP to Samuel's Fortress whose walls are mostly intact but nothing remains within the walls. Also visited the Ancient Roman Amphitheater. Several of the rows of stone seating were removed to accommodate gladiators.


October 18, 2014.  (ALBANIA, Tilaran)

Taxi to Struga then bus to Tilaran, Albania (4 hrs). Only 1 night here which was plenty. Not very exciting from what I saw. Supposedly has lively nightlife but trying to keep costs down. Fly to Belgrade, Serbia tomorrow.


October 19-22nd, 2014.   (SERBIA,  Belgrade)

Staying at Madness Hostel near Republic Square, the center of everything. So far only person staying at the hostel. Lots of pedestrian sidewalk cafes and shopping and they are very proud of their nightlife.

I did the FREE (tips appreciated) guided walking tour around Belgrade which lasted 3 hours. I, personally, am not a guided tour kinda person where they overload you with 1500 years of the cities history but some are.  The tour started off somewhat unusual as we were all given a shot of RAKIA, the local plum liquer, that can be lethal. Nothing like a shot at 11 am. The walk was really nice and enjoyed the Belgrade Fortress overlooking the Danube River. 3 nights in Belgrade and then flying to Split, Croatia for hopefully fun n sun.


Next day I enjoyed my favorite day of each place I visit. It usually involves walking around, obseving and watching everyday life of the country I am visiting. Revisited the Belgrade Fortress and had so much better time than on the tour. Saw more and had a chance to explore. The Fortress has the Sava River and Danube River on two sides. The rivers converge at one point.

October 22 -30, 2014.   (CROATIA,  Split)

Flew into Split from Belgrade on cheap flight as I seem to be getting a little lazier as my journey begins winding down. ( 3 weeks left) Croatia is to be the "vacation" part of my journey which I always try to include on every trip. I have been to Dubrovnik before but my first time here. I am staying in Split 5 nights and Hvar Town for 4 nights then to Zagreb for one night. The city is beautiful and combined with all the sailboats on the Adriatic Sea it is that much more picturesque. Hiked to the park which overlooks the city and got a "birdseye" view of the city and harbor. Breathtaking is best word to describe. Weather has been amazing.


October 25, 2014.   (BOSNIA, Mostar (visiting famous Stari Most bridge)

Up at 4:30 am to catch the 6 am and 4 hour bus to Mostar. The road was high in the mountains and while I wanted to sleep, could not keep from watching the winding roads with the 1000 foot drops. The bridge was impressive and enjoyed the "old town".


October 26, 2014.   (CROATIA,  Krka National Park)

Krka National Park is situated along the Krka River in southern Croatia. It's known for a series of 7 waterfalls. In the south, Skradinski Buk waterfall is flanked by traditional watermills. To the north, a nature trail passes another striking cascade, Roški Slap, and the Krka Monastery, built above ancient Roman catacombs. Visovac Island is home to the 15th-century Franciscan Monastery of Our Lady of Mercy. ― Google


October 27, 2014. (Hvar Town and Fortress)

I took the short ferry ride to Hvar to spend 2 nights to see the sights and visit the Fortress which is well preserved and overlooks the town.


November 1, 2014.   (SLOVENIA, Ljubljana and Bled Lake)


Spent 2 nights in Ljubljana. Beautiful Old Town with Castle high above the city. Did a day trip to Bled Lake and really enjoyed it.


November 3 - 8th, 2014.   (AUSTRIA, Vienna)

Spent the 1st morning visiting the Hopsburg Palace, Vienna Opera House, Parliament and several other old beautiful building. 

That afternoon I realized that the Hostel was walking distance (20 minutes) to the Shonbrunn Palace. It was 4:00 pm so I only had 45 minutes of daylight left. (Gets dark at 4:45 pm, no daylight savings here). I made it in time to take some pics and climb the hill for beautiful view of the Palace and Vienna at sunset. Beautiful gardens everywhere but did not have enough time. Went back again the next day for 3 more hours. 


November 7, 2014.    (SLOVAKIA, Bratislava)

Left Vienna and went to Visit Baratislava, Slovakia which was only an hour by train from Vienna. The "old town" was very small. Like many places in Eastern Europe there was a castle perched above the city. 


JORDAN  (November 8th - November 12th)

November 8, 2014.   (JORDAN, Petra)

1 train, 2 flights and 2 buses and I arrived at PETRA, one of and LAST of the 7 Wonders of the World for me to visit. I arrived at Amman Airport at 4 am and after paying the $56 Visa fee, waited until 5 am for the cheap bus shuttle to Abdali bus station. That is where the Jett Bus to Petra was to depart at 6:30 am. Of course, that's not what happened. EVERYONE told me we stopped at Abdali bus station but no one told thebus driver. Lol  ended up at another bus station and had to take $10 taxi to catch the bus to Petra. PLUS, since I was visiting Petra from the airport I had my 15 pound backpack to carry for the 5 hours I hiked around the ruins which were spread out. The climb to the viewpoint overlooking the Monastery was 914 steps. No sleep in 36 hours, 15 pound backpack and already walked 1 hour BEFORE climbing the steps. Just part of the "backpacking" job description. Lol A luggage storage would have been nice. Lol  

The "Treasury" and "Monastery" were my favorites and quite impressive. No doubt why it is considered one of the modern 7 Wonders of the World". 

Wikipedia

Petra (Arabic: البتراء, Al-BatrāʾAncient Greek: Πέτρα) is a historicaland archaeological city in the southern Jordanian governorate of Ma'an that is famous for its rock-cut architecture and water conduit system. Another name for Petra is the Rose City due to the color of the stone out of which it is carved.

Established possibly as early as 312 BC as the capital city of the Nabataeans,[2] it is a symbol of Jordan, as well as Jordan's most-visited tourist attraction.[3] It lies on the slope of Jebel al-Madhbah(identified by some as the biblical Mount Hor[4]) in a basin among the mountains which form the eastern flank of Arabah (Wadi Araba), the large valley running from the Dead Sea to the Gulf of Aqaba. Petra has been a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1985.

The site remained unknown to the Western world until 1812, when it was introduced by Swiss explorer Johann Ludwig Burckhardt. It was described as "a rose-red city half as old as time" in a Newdigate Prize-winning poem by John William Burgon. UNESCO has described it as "one of the most precious cultural properties of man's cultural heritage".[5] See: UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage Lists. Petra was chosen by the Smithsonian Magazine as one of the "28 Places to See Before You Die".[6]


JORDAN (DEAD SEA and Mount Nebo)

November 9, 2014

Great day trip to Mount Nebo and the DEAD SEA. Salty is not the word. After 2 showers I still feel salty. Lol  As stated below it is earth's lowest elevation on land at 427 meters (1401 feet below sea level). 

From the novel, The Dead Sea

The Dead Sea (Hebrewיָם הַמֶּלַחYām HaMélaḥ, "Sea of Salt", also Hebrewיָם הַמָּוֶתYām HaMā́weṯ, "The Sea of Death"; Arabicالبحر الميت About this sound al-Baḥr al-Mayyit ,[4]), also called the Salt Sea, is a salt lake bordering Jordan to the east, and Palestine and Israel to the west. Its surface and shores are 427 metres (1,401 ft) below sea level,[3] Earth's lowest elevationon land. The Dead Sea is 306 m (1,004 ft) deep, the deepest hypersaline lake in the world. With 34.2% salinity (in 2011), it is also one of the world's saltiest bodies of waterLake Assal (Djibouti) (34.8%), Lagoon Garabogazköl in the Caspian Sea (up to 35%) . It is 9.6 times as salty as the ocean.[5] This salinity makes for a harsh environment in which animals cannot flourish, hence its name. The Dead Sea is 50 kilometres (31 mi) long and 15 kilometres (9 mi) wide at its widest point.[1] It lies in the Jordan Rift Valley, and its main tributary is the Jordan River.
The Dead Sea has attracted visitors from around the Mediterranean basinfor thousands of years. Biblically, it was a place of refuge for King David. It was one of the world's first health resorts (for Herod the Great), and it has been the supplier of a wide variety of products, from balms for Egyptianmummification to potash for fertilizers. People also use the salt and the minerals from the Dead Sea to create cosmetics and herbal sachets.
The Dead Sea seawater has a density of 1.240 kg/L, which makes swimming similar to floating.[6][7]

Rest of trip was spent in Amman trying to go across the border to visit Israel. Unfortunately all land borders were closed at this time. Fly to Venice, Italy on 12th for 2 nights before returning to Louisiana. Heard St Mark's Square in Venice was flooded. Happens a few times a year due to tides. 


CHAPTER 17. (FRANCE, SPAIN and MOROCCO)

This trip was specifically planned to hike the Camino de Santiago which is 800 km or 475miles long. Seville and Morocco were nice last minute plans.

CAMINO DE SANTIAGO 

August 19-22, 2015. (France, Biarritz)

After arriving in Paris, I caught a connecting flight to Biarritz which is on the Atlantic Ocean for a little rest before the Camino de Santiago (475 miles). I leave Saturday to go to St. Jean Pied du Port to begin the hopefully 30 day trek. Just found out the train from Bayonne to St. Jean is not running so as happens frequently, go to plan B, the bus. Biarritz is very beautiful and the hostel is next to a lake. The Beach, however, is over 30 minutes each way. Had to be careful taking pics at beach, as we are in France, and topless is more than a option.


August 22, 2015. (France, Bayonne)

Couple of hours before bus to St James Pied de Port so I visited the Cathedral and strolled streets of Olde Towne. Bayonne is famous for its chocolate.  But as luck would have it the chocolate  shops were closed at noon and my bus was leaving before they opened.


August 23, 2015. (Spain, St. Jean Pied de Port)

THE WAY OF ST. JAMES, THE FRENCH WAY

THE WAY OF ST. JAMES, THE FRENCH WAY IS CALLED THE FRENCH WAY AS IT ORIGINIATES IN ST.JEAN PIED de PORT, FRANCE. 

Here we register for the Camino and get maps and instructions. There is only 1 day of hiking in France across the Pyrenes and the remainder will be across Spain.

Unlike most hikers, I allocated 2 nights here. Not sure why, just did. I leave tomorrow on one of my most physical journeys hiking the 484 miles in hopefully 30 days or less. Most hiking plans lay out 32-35 days to complete but I am assuming I will hike a little quicker. Bought a cheap flight from Santiago so I must make it in time.

 
August 24, 2015

DAY (1) ST. JEAN PIED DE PORT TO RONCESVALLES (27.1 KILOMETERS)

Hiked 27 kilometers (about 17 miles) from St. Jean Pied de Port, France across the Pyrenees Mountains to Roncavelles, Spain. Not gonna lie, was not a walk in the park especially going up for over 5 hours. Walking down very painful in the knees. But amazingly beautiful and enjoyed the solitude and inner peace even though hundreds of other hikers. Just plan to hike alone. As my FB friend, Samantha Hussey, who just finished the Camino in past few days said, " it is both an outward and inward journey."


August 25, 2015
DAY 2  RONCESSVALLE TO LARRASONA (18.9 MILES)

Harder than expected, probably due to soreness and number of miles walked.


August 26, 2015
DAY 3  LARASOANA TO ZARIQUIEGUI (16 MILES)

Hiked about 16 miles today and it is getting a little easier but still 7.5 hours walking. Passed through Pamplona but no bulls were running in the streets. lol


August 26, 2015
DAY 3  LARASOANA TO ZARIQUIEGUI (16 MILES)

Hiked about 16 miles today and it is getting a little easier but still 7.5 hours walking. Passed through Pamplona but no bulls were running in the streets. lol



August 27, 2015
DAY 4   ZARIQUIEGUI TO ESTELLA (35.5 KM OR 21 MILES)

Did not plan it but set a new personal best with over 21 miles in about 9 hours. Was going to quit at 2 pm but clouds appeared and I got got reinvigorated. I have to make up 2 complete days on the Camino to catch my cheap flight and made up 1 day over the past 4. Yeah. Really good day. Will post pics if I don't fall asleep. Hiking straight up tomorrow.


August 28, 2015
DAY 5   ESTELLA TO TORRES DEL RIO (29 KM OR 18 MILES)

Leave a little earlier this morning (6:30 am). The day was not as hard as anticipated but it was hot at noon with no clouds and 92 degrees. No shade on the path made it a little tougher. Fortunately I kept going with only a few 5 minute breaks and arrived in Torres del Rio about 1:30 pm. My legs have almost adjusted to the rigorous daily workout I have put them through. I hope to settle in around 25 kilometers (15 miles) within the next week and will be able to cruise then. Lol  There are MANY who have done this trek several times. Seems there is something addicting to the hike. Also many, not me unfortunately, have their bags sent to the next hostel. I can't even imagine hiking without this 16 pound backpack tugging on my shoulders. Tugging is actually too kind a word, more like hammering on my shoulders. My backpack is less than most. SOME even take buses to next town after taking a rest day. Just doesn't seem right to me but everyone has their own journey, I guess. 


August 29, 2015
DAY 6   TORRES DEL RIO TO NAVARETTE (30 KM, 18 MILES)

Did not plan walking 30 K again but at 1 pm, there was still life in my legs and a horizon calling my name. Now I actually think it was saying " hey dumbass come on and walk some more" instead of my name. Lol  it was so hot after 12:00 pm and a little funny there was shower 15 minutes after arriving at the hostel. I seiously plan on slowing down now. Seriously.


August 30, 2015
DAY 7   NAVARETTE TO CIRUENA (28.9 KM, 18 MILES)


Did not plan walking 30 K again but at 1 pm, there was still life in my legs and a horizon calling my name. Now I actually think it was saying " hey dumbass come on and walk some more" instead of my name. Lol  it was so hot after 12:00 pm and a little funny there was shower 15 minutes after arriving at the hostel. I seiously plan on slowing down now. Seriously.



August 31, 2015
DAY 8    CIRUENA TO BELODARO (27.9 KM, 17.3 MILES)

Left about 6:30 again and it is always beautiful walking for about 30 minutes with mostly moonlight and ocasional flashlight to make sure I am on the right trail. The paths are really well marked and "almost" impossible to get lost. The locals are always willing to help if you need it. I arrived at my destination around 1:30 pm today and found a nice hostel BUT sit outside for a few minutes deliberating on whether to walk a couple extra miles. It was cloudy but there was chance of afternoon thunderstorms. Decided it was enough, checked in and showered, then watched the torrential downpour outside. Hot shower, cold beer and being dry outweigh soaking wet anytime. Did I mention the cold beer is only $1 always. Figured out a few days ago that really good wine at $3 a bottle was not a good thing for someone hiking a lot.



September 1, 2015
DAY 9  BELODARO TO ATAPUERCA (30.2 KM, 18 MILES)

30.2 kilometers or 18 miles. Was going to stop at previous town but hostel was still closed so keep walking. Started at 6:25 am and got there about 1:30 pm. I see there are some artist doing the Camino as once again the sunflowers caught my attention. One said no pain, the other no gain. Lol drizzle almost the entire day but better than scorching sun. Weather has dropped dramatically from 80's at night to 40's. Hiking temps now between 50-70. Nice.



September 2, 2015
DAY 10  ATAPUERCA TO TARDAJOS (31.2 KM, 19 MILES) know walking distance each day according to our map.

Not a pretty hiking day as went through the industrial city of Burgos which took forever. I realize now that I do not take enough breaks as my high ankles are in pain. But 14 hours of rest and I am good again. Supposedly hiking for an then resting 10 minutes is what is recommended. I hiked 7.5 hours today with a 15 minute lunch and another 6 minute rest stop. I feel like Forest Gump when he started running. Lol  guess when I get "tired" I will quit. Hahaha  I needed to get at least 2 days ahead of the 34 day proposed schedule and now I am almost 3 days ahead after 10 days.  The problem is albergues don't open until 1 pm so might as well walk. I can rest next life.

The Clam Shell at the bottom is the symbol for the Camino De Santiago and represents a hand with fingers showing the help that pilgrims offer on their journey.


September 3, 2015
DAY 11 TARDAJOS TO CASTROJERIZ (30.2 KM, 19 MILES)

Not a pretty hiking day as went through the industrial city of Burgos which took forever. I realize now that I do not take enough breaks as my high ankles are in pain. But 14 hours of rest and I am good again. Supposedly hiking for an then resting 10 minutes is what is recommended. I hiked 7.5 hours today with a 15 minute lunch and another 6 minute rest stop. I feel like Forest Gump when he started running. Lol  guess when I get "tired" I will quit. Hahaha  I needed to get at least 2 days ahead of the 34 day proposed schedule and now I am almost 3 days ahead after 10 days.  The problem is albergues don't open until 1 pm so might as well walk. I can rest next life.

The Clam Shell at the bottom is the symbol for the Camino De Santiago and represents a hand with fingers showing the help that pilgrims offer on their journey.


September 4, 2015
DAY 12  CASTROJERIZ TO FROMISTA

Good weather and another tiring walk but really enjoy the solitude and the challenge. As I pass others or others pass me,  there is a determination in each of us to get to that next town. This trip can be done in as many days as you choose but most seem to push themselves, to see what they can achieve.

Well accidentally erased todays pics from my camera so that's that. Oh well, I saw it and that is what is important. Lol


September 5, 2015
DAY 13  FROMISTA TO CARRION (20.2 KM, 12.5 MILES)

44 degrees when I left about 30 minutes before sunrise. 25 mph winds made it worse. So glad I lost my previous jackets as the new one has a hood which has saved me. Temps are much lower than projected and we have to go high in mountains two more times. Forced me to abandon the "sleep liner" as my only form of warmth. Bought a lightweight ( will not seem lightweight after carrying another 2.5 weeks) sleeping bag. Now have to find room in my backpack or tie on outside. Better than freezing. Slept in my jacket last night. Lol Carrion is most beautiful place I have visited, other than St. Jean, so far. 


September 6, 2015
DAY 14  CARRION TO LEDIGOS (23 KM, 14 MILES)

Had planned on walking 3 more kilometers today but saw an Albergue (hostel) that had a private room for $15. Hmmm private room $15 or dorm with 32 people for $8. I splurged. Lol  i also am still having problems with my rt. high ankle area. Been hurting for about 8-9 days so that's not good. Hope a little extra rest will help and hope to stay away from 30k hikes now that I am 2 days ahead of schedule. No swelling yet so that is good. Everyone is hobbling so not a big deal. This is an amazing adventure BUT very little fun involved. Don't think Pilgrimages were supposed to be fun. Hard to get excited about waking up at 6am and realizing you have to walk for next 7 hours over and over and over. 

The Good News is I am almost halfway to Santiago. The Bad News is I am only about half the way to Santiago. "And that's about all I have to say about that."  Forest Gump  


September 7, 2015
DAY 15  LEDIGOS TO BERCIANOS (27.7 KM, 17 MILES)

Enjoyed my private room last night but also had to make up the extra 2 miles I skipped.


September 8, 2015
DAY 16 BERCIANOS TO MANSILLA de las MULAS (27 KM, 17 MILES)

Really nice Albergue in Mansillas but horrible wifi, probably because 60 people trying to get on.


September 9, 2015
DAY 17  MANSILLA TO LEON (20.4 KM, 12.5 MILES)

Pretty easy day and mostly pain free until I quit walking. Big city. The work on this Cathedral began in 1205 and only took 100 years to complete.


September 10, 2015
DAY 18 LEON TO VILLAR MAZARIFE (20 KM, 12.5 MILES)

Only walked about 5 hours today as it was a planned short day but boring. I realized I am not 2 days ahead of schedule but 3 days and not sure how to handle it. Either slow down or find something to do in Santiago. My flight to Seville is on the 25th. I am also including photos of "shelters" previous pilgrims used. Most were initially caves dug into the side if hills. These are scattered along the Camino.

Things to Note:
(1) I have noticed some are walking part of the day and catching a taxi to the next town. Not a lot but a few.

(2) Many are sending their bags by a designated taxi to their next destination and only carrying a small day pack for $5 per trip. That would make it so much easier but add $140 to the trip. 

(3) Bikers seem to have it so much easier. 


September 11, 2015
DAY 19   VILLAR MAZARIFE TO SANTIBANEZ (16.8 KM, 10.5 MILES)

Shortest day so far. It was either 16.8 k or 31 k so I chose the shorter, especially since I am 3 days ahead of schedule. Many others stopped here also but when I see others continue, it makes me feel lazy. Lol  but my feet are thanking me. 


September 12, 2015
DAY 20   SANTIBANEZ TO FONCEBADON (38.6 KM, 24 MILES)

Insanity raised its ugly head today. Rested after 2 short previous days and pain free for 1st time in last 2.5 weeks, I planned on another relatively easy 20 k or 12.5 mile day because I am still 2.5 days ahead of schedule. That was the plan. But NO, that would be too easy and the smart thing to do. After reaching my initial destination I felt so good I decided 5 more kilometers would be fine. Then another 5 kilometers. Then I arrive at a beautiful village with lots of my Camino friends drinking beer at a pub about 2 pm inviting me to stay. My feet kept walking, they were possessed. Lol  I continued on hoping there would be a point where I could stop. The next village was 8km or about 2 hours. I could make that. As I got about 30 minutes out of town I noticed the mountains getting closer. The last 2 hours of my 9 hour hike was all UPHILL. Now I remember why the previous town was circled. To rest before the climb. I now realize today was just about pushing limits. Hope I am through with that. Hahaha


September 13, 2015
DAY 21  FONCEBADON TO MOLINASECA (20.4 KM, 12.5 MILES)

Cannot believe my legs would not hurt after walking 24 miles yesterday. I felt great. Must have been the wine. Jajaja  but it was cold and there was a heavy mist for a few hours then light rain. But the scenery the rain caused was beautiful and made it all worthwhile.  


September 14, 2015
DAY 22   MOLINASECA TO CACABELOS (23.4 KM, 14.5 MILES)

Another dreary day but rain held off. Rumors of a lot of rain tomorrow. I stayed at the Municipal Albergue (hostel) that is connected to a beautiful church. Rooms are bazaar but only 2 beds in each room and no bunk beds, thank God. And there wifi which is nice. Also cleaned my clothes with a washing machine. Only 2nd time in 22 days. Usually wash by hand, then hang on a line. Walked by a beautiful castle that belonged to the Templar Knights who job was to protect Pilgrims on their journey. Also in a small village I went into a beautiful small church. Also looks like harvesting of the grapes has begun. 


September 15, 2015
DAY 23   CACABELOS TO VEGA de VALCARCE (25 KM, 15.5 MILES)

Not my favorite day. Rained all night and rained continuously for the 5.5 hours on the Camino. My rain jacket did well but backpack cover, not so much, as everything in it got a little wet. Also, no rain pants so pants legs were soaked. Outlook for rest of the day, tonight and tomorrow is more showers and thunderstorms. I planned this trip for September, the driest month, but did not count on tropical storm from the Atlantic Ocean. PLUS I get to climb up tomorrow about 3000 feet, in the rain. Yeah


September 16, 2015
DAY 24   VEGA de VALCARCE TO LAGUNA de CASTILLO

Unfortunately the weather was as expected. Hiked up 3000 feet in a steady rain and unbelievable wind. Near the top of the mountain I was almost blown to the ground and all hikers were checking to see if everyone was okay. At its worst wind at the top probably was 70-80 mph but not sustained winds. Only did 11.5 kilometers as there were no rooms for another 20 k so did not want to chance it. Surprising what a hot shower and bottle of wine will do for a cold, soaked hiker.


September 17, 2015
DAY 25   LAGUNA de CASTILLO TO TRICASTELA (23.8 KM, 15 MILES)

Much better day than yesterday. Still drizzled the first few hours but not bad and had to climb about 1000 more feet up this morning. But the extra rest yesterday gave me new life and I hiked quickly up and down. Almost averaged 5 km an hour. I was very disappointed today when a public bus pulled next to the trail about halfway to Tricastela and 8 hikers got out to start the trail. This is AFTER the uphill part. I was joking about it at the hostel after checking in to a young girl from Florida and she admitted she was one of them. Seems some had too much wine and decided to take the bus. She said she and others have taken the bus a few times. For me, kinda defeats the purpose of the Camino De Santiago which is a Pilgrimage. I know many just do part one year and part another and I understand there may be injuries but busing town to town when convenient. Do not see why they even came.  Had to get that off my chest after WALKING for 25 days.


September 18, 2015
DAY 26   TRICASTELA TO PORTOMARIN (39.7 KM, 24.67 MILES)

No rain and day turned out beautiful. Plan was to walk 23k today but so nice I walked over 8 hours and almost 25 miles. The not so fun part was that there was a LOT of climbing today.  Good day but tiring. Need some magical elixer in a wine glass if I can get out of the bed. Lol  New Pilgrims everywhere. If you walk at least the last 100 kilometers or 62 miles you get the Compostela, a certificate of completion, written in Latin and personalized with your name and date of completion. Sarria is a little over 100 kilometers so a lot of new pilgrims are flying, busing or taking train there to begin. So very crowded now. Since I always walk alone I am looking for space between the group in front and ones behind to enjoy my solitude. The French , especially the women, talk at the same time and non stop. I usually have to speed up my pace when I encounter them.

Only 89 kilometers left.


September 19, 2015
DAY 27   PORTOMARIN TO BOENTE (44 KM, 27.3 MILES)

Pushed harder today. 44 Kilometers or 27.3 miles. Walked from 8 am to 6:15 pm with 30 minutes of breaks including lunch. Not sure why??  Lol  

To make the overcrowding worse, seems tour buses let tourists walk a few miles and then pick them up. Great a few hundred more. Probably why I kept walking, after passing the multitudes in the first 4 hours I had peace and quiet. Crazy thing is I feel stronger each day. No pain this morning after 40k yesterday. Hoping for same tomorrow. Lol only 45 kilometers to Santiago which is about what I did today. Hope I will take it easy and do it in 2 days.

Also, few pics of my Pilgrim's Dinner for $11.  1st course was spaghetti bolognesa, 2nd course was chicken breast and fries, bread and wine and cheesecake for dessert. Lot of wine. Not enough cheesecake. Lol


September 20, 2015
DAY 28 BOENTE TO ARCO de PINO

5.5 hour 15 mile stroll after deciding to take it easy on the last day before Santiago. Only 20 km to Santiago tomorrow but heard the lines to the Compostela , to get our signed Latin competion certificate, will be horrendous when we arrive. 


September  21, 2015
DAY 29   ARCO de PINO TO SANTIAGO (20 KM, 12.5 MILES)

September 21st and LAST day to hike the Camino. Left at 7:20 am in the dark to beat the multitudes of Pilgrims finishing today. I arrived at the Cathedral around 11:30 am and was not sure exactly where the Pilgrim Office was located. Out of nowhere appeared the very tall German I had met at several Albergues who showed me how to get there. The line was small because the noon mass was about to start and many Pilgrims were at the Cathedral. Found a great private room at  5 story Albergue for 15 euro. Time for another adventure after a little recuperating. Thanks to all who followed and wished me well.


September 22, 2015. (SPAIN, Finistere)

Day trip through Galicia to Finistere,  one of the closest places in Europe to North America. The Romans believed this was the end of the Earth. 

9/27/15. (SPAIN, Seville)

After real days of resting and visiting Finistere, I fly to Seville which I love. 
Visited the Spanish Plaza today and the Cathedral.


9-28-15 and 9/29/15. (Spain: Caminito del Rey)


Caught the train from Seville to El Chorro and was told by hotel that there were no buses but taxis to take me the 10 kilometers (6.2 miles) up the mountain to the hotel. NO TAXIS, so had to walk it. But actually enjoyed the 2 hour stroll. Got up the next day and walked to the entrance of the Caminito Del Rey which had a $5 million dollar facelift to improve its safety. I was told it would take 2-3 hours one way. Well ii did the hike both ways in 45 minutes each. I can see going much slower if there is a fear of heights. Now 5 hour wait at train station and then 11 hour wait at Seville airport for my 6 am flight to Madrid. Then a connecting flight at noon to Marrakech, Morocco.  Not for everyone but I like it.


October 1, 2015

Taking in the sights and cultural explosion that is Morocco.






CHAPTER 18.   LONDON, INDIA, SRI LANKA, MALDIVES, OMAN and CANARY ISLANDS


CHAPTER 19.  CHINA, RUSSIA, GREECE, ITALY, BELGIUM,  FRANCE, KENYA, SEYCHELLES and MADAGASCAR 

August 14, 2018 to November 17, 2018


CHINA



RUSSIA 

August 18, 2018

Flew from Beijing to Vladivostok, Russia at 3 am and arriving about 7am. Navigated security and passport control and caught local bus to main train station, only 5 minute walk to my hostel. Nice city on east coast of Russia and starting point for TRANS-SIBERIAN RAILROAD journey beginning August 18th. I have a 2nd class sleeper berth for the 6 night journey.


ITINERARY

Vladivostok to Irtuska to Moscow (9289 kilometers, 5760 miles)

August 18-27th. (3 nights train, 3 nights Irtuska hostel, 3 nights train)

August 18th and 19th
I spent the day walking around Vladivostok until my 19:10 departure (everyone uses miliary time outside US). Got settled in my "side sleeper berth" instead of compartment sleeper group. My lack of thoroughly reading my Lonely Planet "Trans, - Siberian Railroad" resulted in my sleeper berth being 4 INCHES SHORTER than compartment berths. Serious problems since I stretch out while sleeping. The sleeper side berth transforms to 2 chairs and table during the day, if you wish. Kept as bunk most time since eating, occasional expensive beer in dining car and sleeping consume most of day.
   The Provodnista, female train attendant, are the WARDENS of our sleeping car. Of course, no English, just have to figure out what she is saying and quick. My saving grace on this trip was the INSTANT COFFEE I brought (hot water available in boiler at end of each car) and SNACKS. Coffee was daily breakfast, lunch was 2 "pigs in a blanket purchased from locals at train stops, and dinner in dining car. Restaurant on train was kinda pricey, always had grilled pork with boiled or fried potatoes and 2 beers for about $16.

August 20th
   Back is now aching due to limited space sleeping and lot of new travelers arrived at 3 am. Also lot getting off. Scenery was nice and diverse with mountains in background and lots of forests, but did not see lot of farming. Russians on train know very little, if any, English. Met 2 travelers who spoke English which was little comforting. Also started keeping a journal which I had done the 1st 6 years or so of my travels but had abandoned. No longer any clue what time it is. My body says make coffee but still no daylight. Made coffee. Will travel through 7 time zones on this trip.

August 21, 2018 (Irkutsk)

Split my Trans-Siberian trip up by stopping in Irkutsk, starting point for Lake Baikal visit. Actually decided time constraints would not allow me to visit the touristy island on Lake Baikal, so saw many beautiful sights in Irkutsk. There was also a well marked walking trail that pointed out most sights in the city.  Nice to have shower after 3 nights on train which has no showers. Back on train at 3:40 a.m on 24th for final 3 nights to Moscow.

August 24, 2018


Back on train. Unfortunately the departure was at 3:40 am and I was too cheap to pay for hostel so spent 9 hours at train station. POOR DECISION BY ME. lol  This sleeper car is completely different from the 1st leg which had mostly older travelers. This train is LOADED WITH KIDS and parents coming back from camp or vacation or something. Also no electric outlet by my bunk as in previous train. ONE OUTLET near toilet and everyone in our car is waiting for opportunity to use it. 2 South Koreans girls, one who speaks English, in bunk next to me so opportunity for conversation. Both studying at University in Seoul and said their studies are BASED SOLELY ON TESTING.  I no longer worry about sleeping all night since impossible and just NAP PERIODICALLY ALL DAY like rest on the train. Last night on train welcomed the arrival of 3 LOUD snoring men near my bunk. (Thank you Bose noise cancelling head phones) 

Finally arrived about 11 am, navigated the metro (subway), located hostel and checked in. LAUNDRY AND SHOWER NOT AT TOP OF MY LIST.

Glad I did the trip BUT other than challenging, not overly impressive.


August 27, 2018.  (Moscow)

Just completed the 2nd half of Trans Siberian Railroad from Irkutsk to Moscow. Took metro to Kremlin Lights Hostel and now 3 nights to recover. My 1st visit was to KREMLIN which is next to hostel and then in afternoon I visited Red Square.



CHAPTER 20.   IRELAND, SCOTLAND,  DENMARK, SWEDEN, ESTONIA, ITALY, FRANCE, SPAIN and PORTUGAL

(May 21- July 30, 2019) 


CHAPTER 21.   (GREECE, ITALY, ISRAEL and EASTERN EUROPE)


















Comments